About Truekind

Truekind Bras Review

Truekind is an online service that specializes in affordable wireless bras.

But, despite the low prices, the brand does not sacrifice comfort, fit, or support. What makes this company stand out is its incredibly inclusive size range.

Truekind has been talked about in Business Wire, Glossy, SELF, and other news sources. Plus, its parent company, Shapermint, has been featured in Forbes, The Washington Post, Yahoo, Reuters, and Us Weekly.

If you’re ready to ditch the expensive bras for ones that are affordable and comfortable, you’ll want to read this Truekind bras review. Ahead, we’ll cover the company, its mission, products, customer testimonials, return policy, and more, so that you can decide if its intimates are worth the buy.

Truekind is owned by the larger shapewear and intimates marketplace Shapermint. Founded by Santiago Zabala and Massimiliano Tirocchi in 2018, this marketplace is a “by women, for women” brand that aims to help customers feel more confident.

Despite the stigma attached to shapewear, Shapermint’s philosophy asks, “How different is comfortable, confidence-inspiring shapewear from a great pair of shoes?” Its philosophy is that women should feel comfortable and unashamed of their undergarments.

Through Truekind, the company wanted to design bras that are accessible in terms of both size and price. This collection boasts that its designs get “back to the basics” by forgoing unnecessary frills and lace in favor of comfort, support, and lift.

The Shapermint headquarters are located in Irvine, California, where the brand cooks up new innovative ways to make intimates more comfy, sexy, and inclusive.

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions. 

Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Pros & Cons

Now that you know more about the brand and its roots, this Truekind bras review will establish some baseline pros and cons:

Pros

  • Comfort: Truekind bras are designed to provide a comfortable fit. They often use soft and stretchy materials that offer a gentle, supportive feel.
  • Wire-free design: Many Truekind bras are wire-free, which can be more comfortable for extended wear and reduce the risk of discomfort or irritation.
  • Versatility: Truekind bras often offer versatile features, such as removable padding or adjustable straps, allowing for customization and adaptability to different outfits and preferences.
  • Seamless construction: Truekind bras are typically seamless, which means they have no visible seams or lines under clothing. This can create a smooth and flattering look.

Cons

  • Limited style options: While Truekind bras prioritize comfort and functionality, they may have a more limited range of styles compared to other lingerie brands. This could be a drawback for those seeking specific designs or aesthetic preferences.
  • Limited support for larger busts: Truekind bras may not provide sufficient support for individuals with larger bust sizes. They are generally more suitable for those with smaller to medium-sized busts.

Features

Truekind Bras Review

What the brand lacks in options, it makes up for in quality. The collection is quite limited, but the company ensures that each bra offers a good fit, support, and comfort.

Coming up soon, this Truekind bras review will introduce you to its top products, but first let’s see what sets this brand apart from the pack:

  1. Wireless design: Truekind bras are often wire-free, which eliminates the discomfort and restrictions associated with underwire bras. This design allows for a more relaxed and comfortable fit throughout the day.
  2. Seamless construction: Truekind bras are typically seamless, meaning they are made without visible seams or stitching. This smooth construction helps create a sleek and flattering appearance under clothing while minimizing irritation or chafing.
  3. Soft and stretchy materials: Truekind bras often utilize soft and stretchy materials, such as nylon and spandex blends. These fabrics offer a gentle and supportive feel against the skin, ensuring comfort throughout the day.
  4. Wide and adjustable straps: Truekind bras commonly feature wide shoulder straps that distribute weight evenly and help alleviate shoulder strain. Some styles also offer adjustable straps, allowing for personalized fit and support.
  5. Removable padding: Many Truekind bras come with removable padding, allowing you to customize the level of coverage and shaping according to your preference. This feature is particularly useful for those seeking versatility in their bras.
  6. Full coverage and supportive cups: Truekind bras typically provide full coverage cups that offer support and help lift the bust. The cups are designed to create a natural and rounded shape while maintaining comfort.
  7. Breathable and moisture-wicking properties: Some Truekind bras incorporate moisture-wicking and breathable properties in their fabric. These features help keep you cool and dry, making them suitable for active lifestyles or warmer climates.
  8. Various styles and colors: Truekind offers a range of bra styles, including T-shirt bras, sports bras, and bralettes. They also come in a variety of colors and patterns, allowing you to choose options that suit your personal style.

Materials

Truekind bras are typically made from a blend of nylon and spandex, which offers a combination of softness, stretch, and durability. The specific materials used may vary depending on the style and design of the bra.

Nylon is a synthetic fabric known for its smooth texture, lightweight feel, and moisture-wicking properties. It is also resistant to wrinkles and shrinkage, making it a suitable choice for bras.

Spandex, also known as elastane, is a stretchy synthetic fiber that provides excellent elasticity and shape retention. The inclusion of spandex in Truekind bras allows for a comfortable and supportive fit that conforms to your body shape.

The blend of nylon and spandex in Truekind bras ensures a soft and stretchy feel against the skin while offering the necessary support and flexibility.

5 Best-Selling Truekind Bras

Truekind Bras Review

From a loungewear bralette to a supportive sports model, the brand offers four bras that are each designed for different activities. Truekind’s inclusive sizes range from XS to 3XL or 4XL, depending on the style.

Each style was designed with your breasts in mind, rather than unnecessary decorations. Up next, this Truekind bras review will introduce you to all of the company’s available styles. What makes them such a hit? Let’s find out.

Truekind Daily Comfort Wireless Shaper Bra Review

Designed for everyday comfort, the Truekind Daily Comfort Wireless Shaper Bra provides a wireless fit and a gentle lift without the need for excessive padding. No matter what you’re wearing over top of it, this bra molds to your breast, providing a natural-looking shape.

The brand boasts that this design is “almost like wearing nothing at all.” Because of this bra’s breathable nylon-elastane blend, you can live your life without having to readjust it throughout the day due to discomfort.

With a three-hook closure in the back and wide straps to distribute the weight more evenly, this design combats that dreadful back pain that curvy girls know all too well.

And, speaking of larger chests, 96% of customers reported that the Truekind Shaper Bra fits as expected, so make sure to check the size guide to find your perfect match.

After you figure out your size, choose between beige, black, or white. Then, add the $45 Truekind daily comfort wire-free shaper bra to your cart.

Truekind Everyday Throw-on Wireless Bralette Review

You know those days when you want to feel free but also want support? That’s exactly what the Truekind Everyday Throw-on Wireless Bralette was designed for. Most bralettes are wireless, but few companies specialize in this feature as much as this brand does. So, you can think of this option as a super bralette.

As the name suggests, it is meant to be thrown on. This Truekind everyday essential bra is breathable and stretchy but still has a structure to it. The structured shape supports you without wires, seams, or hooks.

Plus, its wide straps are meant to be slip-resistant. You’ll hardly notice them as you move through your day without being weighed down by your bust.

Offered in four neutral colors, including white and black, add the Truekind Everyday Throw-on Wireless Bralette to your wardrobe for $20 (from $40). Oh, and PS: the brand recommends choosing one size up if you want an even comfier fit.

Truekind Enhanced Comfort Wireless Shaper Bra Review

Some days just require extra comfort. The Truekind Enhanced Comfort Wireless Shaper Bra is exactly what you’d think: extra comfy. With three layers of foam for the cups, this bra provides medium to high support without feeling too constricting or impacting breathing.

The wide band hugs you with a four-row hook and eye closure, and it even comes with an extender to ensure a perfect fit. The wide straps also help with extra support, security, and comfort. It’ll flatter your figure by lifting your breasts and creating a smooth, but natural, appearance.

You won’t feel like you’re carrying around pounds of padding plus the weight of your natural bust because this Truekind enhanced bra was carefully designed to support you the way bras should—comfortably. But, it’ll still offer the appearance of a slightly fuller chest.

Offered in four neutral colors, including beige and brown, pick your perfect match for $50.

Truekind Reactive Sport Bra Review 

The Truekind Reactive Sport Bra is made with a breathable nylon and spandex blend for a seamless hold that slightly stretches to keep your girls in place. Developed for low to medium-impact sports, this design will reduce bounce throughout your yoga classes, bike rides, and golf rounds.

Depending on how modest you like your bras to be, you can remove or insert the custom cup pads. Other key features include a scoop neck, racerback cut, and wide straps so you stay in place while you’re, well, not in one place.

This bra comes in gym-ready colors like heathered grey and navy blue. The Reactive Sport Bra is available for $38.

Truekind Smooth Silicone Nipple Covers Review

Look—some outfits don’t allow for a bra. Whether you’re going for a backless halter, a plunging dress, or a teeny-tiny top, the Truekind Smooth Silicone Nipple Covers will ensure you don’t show off more than you anticipated.

The silicone is non-adhesive, thin, and should just melt onto your body, adjusting to your curves. The semi-sheer design should blend into most skin tones, allowing for invisibility under whatever you’re wearing.

They are reusable for up to 20 times, washable, and resistant to sweat. Measuring 3.35” in diameter, get a pack of two for $16.

Who Is Truekind For?

Truekind Bras Review

Based on all of our research for this Truekind bras review, we happily found that the brand is for all adult women. Offering an inclusive size range of XS to 4XL, along with band expanders, we think that most, if not all, women should find a size that works for their unique bodies.

With clean cuts, simplistic designs, and neutral colors, Truekind places emphasis on fit, comfort, and shape. The brand forgoes unnecessary bells and whistles, like lace, excessive padding, sparkles, and mesh. As a result, most of its products are geared towards everyday wear.

Comparison: Truekind vs. HerRoom

Truekind Bras Review

Truekind is similar to another brand, HerRoom. Both online shops offer comfortable bras, but the companies are actually pretty different when you look at them side by side.

Firstly, we found a few important similarities between the two brands. They both offer wireless bras, bralettes, and sports bras in a wide size range.

But, HerRoom is a marketplace that sells products from multiple different brands. In contrast to Truekind’s limited product line, the other store, which is based in the UK, also sells wired bras, along with swimwear, shapewear, and sleepwear.

Truekind isn’t trying to operate in the same way. Its team specializes in comfort, fit, and shape, offering a unique style meant for day-to-day wear. And, the brand wants to ensure its prices always remain affordable. On the other hand, HerRoom’s styles range dramatically in price, from $10-$281.

So, where you’ll shop depends on what you’re looking for. If you’re in the market for simple, affordable, comfy wireless bras, continue on your Truekind exploration. If you’re intrigued by the prospect of checking out hundreds of brands, plus different categories of items, check out HerRoom.

Want to learn more about HerRoom? Check out the full HerRoom Bras Review and see how it stacks up.

Truekind Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Truekind Bras Review

For our Truekind bras review to cover all the bases, we need to check out what customers are saying about the brand. We looked at the company’s website, Facebook, and Walmart for key details about fit, returns, and customer service as of June 2023. Let’s get into the positive first (there are a lot!).

On the brand’s site, positive comments account for the majority, with shoppers complementing the soft, comfy, supportive designs. Take this testimonial for the Daily Comfort Wireless Shaper Bra:

Most comfortable bra I’ve ever worn AND the price is affordable for everyone! Great support without wires and a wonderfully smooth look under my clothes! Buy the bra – you won’t regret it!

Other products are praised too, with most earning a solid score. In fact, the following bras have all earned 4.5/5 stars:

  • Daily Comfort Wireless Shaper Bra (from 5448 ratings)
  • Everyday Throw-on Wireless Bralette (from 3412 ratings)
  • Enhanced Comfort Wireless Shaper Bra (from 820 ratings)
  • Reactive Sport Bra (from 284 ratings)
  • Smooth Silicone Nipple Covers (from 50 ratings)

But, there are some negative Truekind bras reviews. Returning to the daily comfort style, some women report an unsupportive fit on larger chests.

Still, overall ratings and comments were quite positive. So, we turned to Facebook, where the brand has only a 2.1/5-star average.

Though there were some positive testimonials about the fit of each bra, women reported poor customer service.

These comments were in direct opposition to what we found on the company’s website, so we opted to check out one more source. Some products are sold at Walmart, where the Daily Comfort Wireless Shaper Bra had an overall 4.3/5 stars, which is pretty close to what we saw on the brand’s own site.

The positive Truekind bras reviews reported comfortable styles that “felt like Heaven,” were basically a pillow for your cleavage, and fit perfectly.

In conclusion, opinions vary on the brand and the products. The positive comments made the bras sound magical, while the negatives reported that the fit was not true to size and instead caused them more pain than if they had worn a regular, wired bra.

Though the positive comments far outweigh the negative ones, we are still concerned about the fit issues, as well as the poor customer service reports. We hope that the company works on improving these areas so that more shoppers can have a pleasant experience.

Is Truekind Worth It?

Truekind Bras Review

The verdict of this Truekind Bras review is that we definitely think the brand’s bras would be a solid addition to many women’s wardrobes. Though it seems like we’re always confronted with super lacy, heavily padded, and over-the-top bra designs—most of us don’t think those styles are comfortable.

We love that this brand specializes in a specific type of bra—wireless. Offering a solid collection of bralettes, daily bras, and sports bras, it seems to cover all of the bases. The attention to fit, comfort, and support is promising, and there are hundreds of testimonials that account for all styles.

Though the positive comments outweighed the negatives, there were enough complaints about the brand, namely the fit and customer service team, for us to feel the need to mention it again.

Be sure to double-check the size guide, and, if you don’t like a super compressive fit, size up on the products that the company recommends doing so on.

If you’re really worried about encountering problems with customer service, you could opt to buy from Walmart or Amazon, just to be on the safer side.

Truekind Promotions & Discounts

Truekind Bras Review

For this Truekind bras review, we discovered that the brand is hosting a 4th of July sale.

Right now, customers will receive up to 70% off select styles. For future promotions, make sure to sign up for the brand’s newsletter—you’ll get 10% off your next order for doing so.

Where To Buy Truekind

Truekind Bras Review

Customers can shop directly from Truekind.com. Other options include Amazon and Walmart.

Alternatives

It’s so important to find the right bra that fits. With that in mind, here are a few more options to consider:

  1. ThirdLove: ThirdLove is a popular lingerie brand that offers a wide range of bras, including various styles, sizes, and inclusive options. They focus on creating bras that provide comfort, support, and a personalized fit through their innovative Fit Finder quiz.
  2. Natori: Natori is a well-known lingerie brand that offers a collection of stylish and high-quality bras. They combine luxurious fabrics with expert craftsmanship to create bras that are both comfortable and aesthetically pleasing.
  3. Wacoal: Wacoal is a lingerie brand that emphasizes both style and comfort. They offer a diverse range of bras, including basic everyday bras, sports bras, and specialty bras. Wacoal is known for their attention to detail, excellent fit, and quality construction.

FAQ

Truekind Bras Review

Where is Truekind made?

Shapermint’s products are made around the globe. In a recent Facebook comment, the brand specified that some of Truekind’s products are made in China. But, these factories follow US standards. Products are shipped from US warehouses.

What sizes does Truekind have?

Our Truekind bras review found that the bralette comes in XS to 4XL and everything else comes in S to 3XL. You can compare these sizes with traditional bra sizing with the handy guide on the site.

What is Truekind’s Shipping Policy?

For US orders, here are your shipping options:

Under $60

  • Standard (4-8 days): $7
  • Priority (within 4 days): $10

Over $60:

  • Standard (4-8 days): Free
  • Priority (within 4 days): $10

International orders will be charged $10 for shipping, and parcels will arrive within 7-15 business days.

What is Truekind’s Return Policy?

Truekind’s return policy offers returns within 60 days. The only thing to note is that $5 will be deducted from your order to cover shipping. The same goes for exchanges: within 60 days.

How to contact Truekind

If you have any questions after reading this Truekind bras review, you can reach out to the brand through the following methods of contact:


Still searching? Check out our reviews for other top bra brands and see how they stack up!

Pepper Bra

AdoreMe

Thirdlove

Lounge Underwear

Parade

Bare Necessities Bras

About Skinceuticals

Skinceuticals Review

Watching myself age isn’t my favorite pastime, nor are bad skin days high on my wish list. Yet, both happen, and while I try to kick my feet up and embrace the journey, I’m often in search of formulas that lessen their blow.

Skinceuticals works to add a bit of science to your self-care routine. Best known for their line of clinical-grade formulas, this cosmetic brand offers products suited for dry, oily, to combination skin

Skinceuticals is a major contender within the industry. They’ve been heavily featured in the press, including Refinery29, New York Magazine, Allure, and Glamour. 

Are you ready to revolutionize your skincare regimen? Stay tuned, as in this Skinceuticals review, we’ll take an in-depth look at the brand, their products, customer ratings, promotions, and more to help you decide if they’re worth checking out. 

It all began with a simple science experiment. Founder Dr. Sheldon Pinell was knee-deep in his profession as he worked on studies concerning dermatology. 

In 1992, his area of focus lay on topical antioxidants[1], leading to the first-ever Vitamin C patent of its time. Making use of Pinell’s discovery, Skinceuticals was established in 1997 with Serums 10 and 15 as their debut formulas. 

I don’t know about you, but I’m pretty impressed that Skinceuticals sprouted from game-changing research—and from one of the doctors responsible for the breakthrough.

I also appreciate that Dr. Pinell isn’t just a dermatologist, he’s a skincare chemist and a professor. In other words, it’s safe to say he knows his way around the lab.

Throughout the years, this cosmetic company has branched out to include more products within their collection. 

Abiding by pharmaceutical standards, they ensure that each formula is tested for safety, quality, and efficacy. With their headquarters in Texas, Skinceuticals continues to be a front-runner in the cosmetic industry.

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions.

Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Pros & Cons

Skinceuticals Review

Before I truly get into this Skinceuticals review and take a look at some of their amazing products, let’s go over some of the brand’s pros and cons: 

Pros

  • Scientifically backed formulations: Skinceuticals claims to develop their products based on scientific research and evidence. They often incorporate active ingredients known for their efficacy, such as vitamin C, retinol, and antioxidants.
  • High-quality ingredients: Skinceuticals is known for using high-quality ingredients in their formulations. They strive to maintain the potency and stability of key ingredients to ensure maximum effectiveness.
  • Professional endorsements: Skinceuticals is often recommended by dermatologists and skincare professionals. Their products are used in many clinical settings, which can instill confidence in their effectiveness.
  • Targeted solutions: Skinceuticals offers a range of products targeting specific skin concerns like aging, hyperpigmentation, acne, and sun protection. This allows users to tailor their skincare routine to address their unique needs.
  • Transparency: Skinceuticals provides detailed ingredient lists and product descriptions on their packaging and website. They also share information about their research and development processes, offering transparency to their customers.

Cons

  • Price: Skinceuticals products tend to be higher priced compared to many other skincare brands on the market. This can make it less accessible for individuals on a tight budget.
  • Limited availability: Skinceuticals is primarily sold through authorized skincare professionals, dermatologists, and select online retailers. This limited availability can make it more difficult to purchase their products, especially for those without easy access to such outlets.
  • Packaging: Some users have expressed concerns about the packaging of Skinceuticals products. The brand uses clear glass bottles for some of their serums, which can expose light-sensitive ingredients to potential degradation and reduce their efficacy over time.

Features

Before we take a look at their products, let’s see what separates Skinceuticals from the pack. Here are some key features associated with the brand:

  1. Advanced formulations: Skinceuticals is known for its scientifically advanced formulations. They claim to develop their products based on extensive research and incorporate active ingredients with proven efficacy. Skinceuticals often utilizes antioxidants, vitamins, retinol, and other beneficial compounds in their products.
  2. Professional-grade skincare: Skinceuticals products are often considered to be of professional-grade quality. They are frequently recommended and used by dermatologists, skincare professionals, and in clinical settings. The brand aims to provide products that deliver effective results and contribute to overall skin health.
  3. Focus on evidence-based skincare: Skinceuticals emphasizes the importance of evidence-based skincare. They strive to provide products that are supported by scientific research and clinical studies. This commitment to scientific evidence helps instill confidence in the efficacy and reliability of their formulations.
  4. Targeted solutions: Skinceuticals offers a wide range of products designed to address specific skin concerns. They provide solutions for concerns such as aging, hyperpigmentation, acne, sun protection, and more. Skinceuticals aims to cater to different skin types and needs, allowing users to customize their skincare routines accordingly.
  5. Quality ingredients: Skinceuticals prides itself on using high-quality ingredients in their formulations. They prioritize sourcing ingredients that are potent, stable, and offer maximum benefits to the skin. The brand is known for incorporating ingredients like vitamin C, hyaluronic acid, niacinamide, and various antioxidants.
  6. Transparency and education: Skinceuticals values transparency and strives to educate consumers about their products and skincare in general. They provide detailed ingredient lists, product descriptions, and information about their research and development processes. Skinceuticals aims to empower users with knowledge to make informed decisions about their skincare.
  7. Professional distribution: Skinceuticals products are primarily sold through authorized skincare professionals, dermatologists, and select online retailers. This professional distribution model ensures that consumers receive guidance and advice from experts when choosing and using Skinceuticals products.

Ingredients

Skinceuticals utilizes a variety of active ingredients in their products, each chosen for its specific benefits and targeted skincare concerns. While the exact formulation and ingredient combinations may vary across different Skinceuticals products, here are some commonly used active ingredients and their purposes:

  1. Vitamin C (L-ascorbic acid): Vitamin C is a powerful antioxidant known for its ability to brighten the skin, reduce hyperpigmentation, and protect against environmental damage caused by free radicals. It also plays a role in collagen synthesis, promoting skin firmness and reducing the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles.
  2. Retinol: Retinol, a form of Vitamin A, is widely recognized for its anti-aging properties. It helps to accelerate skin cell turnover, improve skin texture, stimulate collagen production, and minimize the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles. Retinol is often used in products targeting signs of aging and acne.
  3. Hyaluronic Acid: Hyaluronic acid is a hydrating ingredient that occurs naturally in the skin. It has the ability to attract and retain moisture, promoting optimal hydration and plumping the skin. Hyaluronic acid is commonly used in products that aim to moisturize and improve skin elasticity.
  4. Salicylic Acid: Salicylic acid is a beta hydroxy acid (BHA) known for its exfoliating and pore-clearing properties. It penetrates deep into the pores, helping to dissolve and remove excess oil, dead skin cells, and debris. Salicylic acid is often used in products formulated for acne-prone or congested skin.
  5. Glycolic Acid: Glycolic acid is an alpha hydroxy acid (AHA) derived from sugarcane. It acts as an exfoliant, helping to remove dead skin cells and improve skin texture and tone. Glycolic acid can enhance the absorption of other skincare ingredients and is often included in products targeting dullness, hyperpigmentation, and uneven skin tone.
  6. Antioxidants: Skinceuticals incorporates various antioxidants, such as Vitamin E, ferulic acid, and resveratrol, in their formulations. Antioxidants help neutralize free radicals, which can cause oxidative stress and damage to the skin. They provide protection against environmental aggressors, support skin repair, and can enhance the stability and efficacy of other ingredients.

7 Best-Selling Skinceuticals Products

If I’ve learned one thing about Skinceuticals so far, it’s that this cosmetic brand is anything but limited when it comes to skincare formulas.

From oil-free serums to facial exfoliators, there’s at least one product suited to your complexion type. If you’re a fan of potent, science-backed formulas though, I bet you’ll fall in love with more than just one.

Moving forward, I’ll spotlight a couple of the brand’s hottest picks for you to compare. 

Skinceuticals Hyaluronic Acid Intensifier Review 

Dreaming about the glory days? The Hyaluronic Acid Intensifier can help you get back to those youth-driven years. I’m kind of crazy about what’s inside this formula:

Infused with a blend of purple rice[2], licorice root[3], and hyaluronic acid[4], this proprietary serum works wonders in rejuvenating the complexion. Say goodbye to fine lines, wrinkles, and sagging spots, and say hello to a ‘brighter’ future. 

Studies[5] show there are several different types of wrinkles, and each one can be caused by different things. Fine lines are often caused by dehydration, while deeper wrinkles may be the result of sun damage or smoking. There are a number of effective treatments for wrinkles, including skincare products, lasers, and injectables.

Coming in a gel-like texture, this paraben-free intensifier is best used after dermal fillers, a process that must be recommended by a dermatologist or physician. 

Best followed with the Skinceuticals C E Ferulic serum for a boost of Vitamin C, the Hyaluronic Acid Intensifier costs $102

Skinceuticals Phloretin CF with Ferulic Acid Review 

If you’re fraught with spots, plot your skincare regimen carefully with the Phloretin CF with Ferulic Acid serum. 

Designed to target acne, discoloration, and signs of aging, this powerful formula enforces a protective barrier throughout your complexion. This is all thanks to its blend of superhero ingredients, including phloretin[6], 10% pure Vitamin C[7], and ferulic acid[8]

Together, these additives prevent free radicals and environmental stressors from harming the skin. My favorite part? It’s made to be effective in under 72 hours. Grab a bottle of powerhouse Phloretin CF with Ferulic Acid for $166.

We recommend adding the Skinceuticals Sunscreen for even more protection. 

Skinceuticals Discoloration Defense Review 

Unless you’re blessed with Barbie perfection (and personally, I don’t think that exists), the Discoloration Defense corrector helps to dispel dark spots and imperfections. Designed for all skin tones, this real-life blur tool erases acne scars and brown patches. 

In as early as two weeks, users will see a noticeable improvement in their complexion, as this product works to brighten and rejuvenate sullen textures.

Enhanced with tranexamic acid[9], HEPES, niacinamide[10], and kojic acid[11], the Skinceuticals discoloration defense serum has won the upvote of several customers. 

According to a study conducted by the brand, I read that 60% of participants reported a brighter and clearer complexion after using this formula. 

For an item that can revolutionize your self-care regimen, the $98 Discoloration Defense may prove its worth quickly.  

Skinceuticals C E Ferulic with 15% L-Ascorbic Acid Review 

Getting older is hard, I get it, but aging gracefully is one thing; ignoring your skincare routine is another. For those pushing the 40-year mark, the CE Ferulic with 15% L-Ascorbic Acid can help scale that number 4 or 5 birthdays back. 

Optimized for all skin types, this formula works to eliminate discoloration, wrinkles, and fine lines in one application. 

It is enhanced with a blend of antioxidant-rich ingredients, such as 15% pure Vitamin C, 1% Vitamin E[12], and ferulic acid. Together, these elements work to prevent environmental stress like ozone pollution and UVA/UVB rays. I love that this serum serves double duty, smoothing while protecting the skin.

While on the topic, if you have sensitive skin, the Skinceuticals Phloretin CF can help add that extra layer of armor if you’re looking for it.

Recommended by physicians and dermatologists alike, the C E Ferulic with 15% L-Ascorbic Acid is priced at $166

Skinceuticals Retinol 0.5 Review 

The morning alarm goes off. Swinging your legs out of bed, you head to the bathroom to initiate the daily self-care routine. To your horror, a large volcanic-like zit rests peacefully on your forehead. I know the routine all too well—but no, it doesn’t stop there.

To add more insult to injury, a fine line has graced the inner corners of your mouth. Instead of panicking, the Retinol 0.5 cream can act as a preventive measure in case more fiends pop up during the night.

Designed to work as you sleep, this formula reduces signs of imperfections, ranging from fine lines to discoloration. It’s made out of pure retinol[13], doing wonders in minimizing breakouts. Because of this, I should mention that this cream is quite concentrated, so it’s a good idea to start with very little and increase over time.

For those cursed with blemish-ridden skin, I recommend upgrading to the Skinceuticals Retinol 1.0 for a more potent antidote. Offered in a squeeze tube for convenience, the Retinol 0.5 night cream costs $76

Skinceuticals Phyto Corrective Gel Review 

I don’t mean to be blunt, but that fourth layer of foundation won’t do much to cover those blemishes and acne spots. Don’t worry, we’ve all been there. To help buff out those bumpy textures, the Phyto Corrective Gel promises a ‘smoother’ canvas for makeup application. 

Infused with cucumber, thyme, eucalyptus leaf, olive[14], and hyaluronic acid, this formula is designed to correct dry, blotchy, and uneven skin. I love its vibrant color, a sign of the potent greens packed inside.

Ideally paired with the Skinceuticals Vitamin C Serum for a boost of nutrition, the Phyto Corrective Gel costs $67 in total.  

Skinceuticals Physical Fusion UV Defense SPF 50 Review

There’s nothing worse than a sunburn. Red and flakey in texture, I usually know I’ve made a mistake skipping out on sunscreen when it’s already too late.

This classic beach bum mistake can make your skin super sensitive to water, stretching, or even the lightest of touches.

 For those who’d rather get tan lines than a sizzling scorch, the Physical Fusion UV Defense SPF 50 offers broad-spectrum UVA/UVB protection for the hottest of summer days.

Blended with zinc oxide, artemia salina, and plankton extract[15], this protectant defends the skin against environmental stressors. 

As a bonus, it can also boost your complexion’s radiance to really achieve that sun-kissed look. Protected, glowing skin? Don’t mind if I do.

Designed to be water-resistant, the Physical Fusion UV Defense SPF 50 is available in two sizes:

  • 1.7 fl oz: $35
  • 4.2 fl oz: $66 

Who Is Skinceuticals For? 

Skinceuticals Review

Skinceutical products are for people who have skin. We know it’s self-explanatory, but hear us out. Most people aren’t blessed with Instagram perfection. 

From fine lines to acne spots, a majority of us are troubled with at least one primary skin concern. Studies[16] show that Acne is one of the most prevalent skin diseases. This is where Skinceuticals fits in. 

Since they usually target those who have wrinkles and aging spots, it’s safe to assume that Skinceuticals is catered to an older demographic. 

With that being said, that shouldn’t stop younger customers from applying their products. But before you make any significant changes or lifelong commitments, I suggest consulting with a professional first to see if their formulas are right for you. 

Comparison: Skinceuticals vs. Paula’s Choice

Skinceuticals Review

Cosmetic brands should emphasize transparency and efficacy as their two key values. Unfortunately, there’s a lot of ‘hocus pocus’ surrounding the skincare industry, as most companies only focus on one element or nothing at all. 

With this in mind, can readers trust Skinceuticals products? To help reach a solid conclusion, we’re comparing this label with Paula’s Choice to see which company comes out on top. 

Skinceuticals:

  • Offers an extensive collection of skincare products 
  • Provides professional services such as the SkinLab 
  • Has educational resources dedicated to other skin treatments such as chemical peels and cryotherapy 
  • Pricier than other retailers 
  • Offers some clean formulas on its website 

Paula’s Choice:

  • Also offers a wide variety of skincare products
  • Provides educational resources that customers can access (i.e. skincare quiz and ingredient glossary)
  • Reasonable prices 
  • Offers vegan and cruelty-free formulas 

We value that Paula’s Choice has transparent marketing and reasonable prices. They also offer vegan formulas where Skinceuticals doesn’t.

On top of that, Skinceuticals formulas are quite expensive, as most of their items range from $50 to $100. As a result, Paula’s Choice seems to be a more cost-effective alternative when it comes to skincare, though Skinceuticals appears to be the more professional line.

If you’re torn between the two, check out this Paula’s Choice Review for more details.

Skinceuticals Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Skinceuticals Review

Cosmetic brands will do their best to outrun the competition. From medical claims to celebrity endorsements, it may be difficult to separate hype from credibility due to positive press. 

Fortunately, we’re here to provide a non-biased report on the brand in this Skinceuticals review to help you reach a more informed decision. To start things off, let’s take a look at how some of their top-selling products are rated on skinceuticals.com as of June 2023:

  • CE Ferulic with 15% L-Ascorbic Acid: 4.5/5 stars out of 1,821 ratings 
  • Skinceuticals Triple Liquid Restore 2:4:2: 4.7/5 stars out of 1,148 ratings 
  • Hyaluronic Acid Intensifier: 4.6/5 stars out of 654 ratings  
  • Phloretin CF® with Ferulic Acid: 4.5/5 stars out of 272 ratings
  • Discoloration Defence: 3.7/5 stars out of 236 ratings
  • Phyto Corrective Gel: 4.4/5 stars out of 244 ratings

Skinceutical products definitely look promising, as I found a large number of success stories attributed to their best-selling formulas. From serums to cleansers, customers are reporting a smoother, clearer, and brighter complexion after repeated use.

“I have noticed improvement around my eyes where crows feet hang out. It truly has tightened those wrinkles; which means they are still there but my foundation is going on much smoother now. I am 72,” one customer wrote for the Hyaluronic Acid Intensifier

On the other hand, the CE Ferulic with 15% L-Ascorbic Acid won the upvote of one particular user: “This product is the biggest game changer in my vanity. It helps even skin tone and makes my skin look bright and fresh. It also helps ease redness.”

The positive vibes for Skinceuticals don’t stop there, as I found other websites offer a promising amount of encouraging reviews. This includes sources like:

  • Dermstore for the Skinceuticals CE Ferulic with 15% L-Ascorbic Acid: 3,699 reviews with 4.8/5 stars 
  • Makeup Alley: 2,290 reviews with 3.8/5 stars 

According to hundreds of online customers, Skinceuticals proved effective in achieving a youthful complexion. While some complained about their hefty price, a majority of users noted that it was ultimately worth it. 

“This is well worth the money. Why spend on something that is so-so. When it comes to good skin, this brand is the best, and if you’ve used vitamin C serums before, you can tell when one has a high amount of C. This does,” one Dermstore customer wrote for the CE Ferulic Acid

Independent blogs, such as Posh in Progress, also wrote a favorable Skinceuticals review. The author was quick to recommend the Triple Lipid Restore cream and the Phloretin CF serum, as they both seemed to do their job in rejuvenating the skin.

“I swear my skin actually looks better today. One of my California friends tells me that every time they see me, I actually look younger. I’m going to take that as a sign that my skincare routine is working,” via a statement made by Posh in Progress

Despite the hype, while doing some research for this Skinceuticals review, we uncovered a few less-than-positive reports. Some customers on Makeup Alley and Dermstore reported no noticeable improvements after using some of their products.

On worse occasions, others noted side effects – such as dry skin and breakouts – when applying their serums and creams. In addition, we found some customers complaining about the scent of the CE Ferulic Acid, as it reportedly smelled like ‘pennies.’

Aside from the negative testimonials, we’re inclined to give a positive rating towards Skinceutical products. This is partially due to the sheer number of success stories online and the reported efficacy of the brand’s products. 

Is Skinceuticals Worth It?

Skinceuticals Review

Thankfully, after everything we’ve learned throughout this Skinceuticals review, the brand seems to live up to the internet hype. Due to the amount of encouraging success stories, their products are far from false advertising. From oily sheens to dry textures, there are a number of ways to attain that coveted clear complexion. 

Aside from the brand’s expansive inventory, we appreciate that Skinceuticals does their best to help customers understand the world of dermatology, as shown through their line of professional services and ingredient glossary. 

With that being said, customers should be prepared to pay a hefty amount for their formulas. Skinceuticals isn’t exactly an affordable brand—some products can cost as much as $100. But if you’re willing to make the commitment to better-looking skin, we recommend giving it a try

Skinceuticals Promotions & Discounts 

Skinceuticals Review

During this Skinceuticals review, we uncovered a few ways to help readers save some money. For instance, if you spend $185 you can build a complimentary mini regimen of 3 products + a bag. Spend $250 and get a mini C E Ferulic serum.

I also saw that the brand offers an auto-replenishment service. Sign up to get free shipping on orders over $55 and complimentary samples with your 2nd, 3rd, and 4th orders.

Skinceuticals also have a rewards program called VIP SKINSIDER where members can accumulate points to gain access to exclusive deals and perks like a private 1:1 video chat with a licensed aesthetician.

Where To Buy Skinceuticals

Skinceuticals Review

Start your journey to healthier skin by visiting skinceuticals.com. You can also find them at these select retailers:

  • Dermstore
  • Gee Beauty
  • Walmart
  • Beautysense
  • Amazon

Alternatives

There are several brand alternatives to Skinceuticals that offer high-quality skincare products. Here are some well-regarded brands known for their effective formulations and similar target areas:

  1. Paula’s Choice: Paula’s Choice is a brand that emphasizes evidence-based skincare and offers a wide selection of products. They focus on ingredient transparency and creating formulations that are gentle yet effective. Paula’s Choice offers products for concerns like aging, acne, hyperpigmentation, and sensitivity.
  2. Drunk Elephant: Drunk Elephant is a clean skincare brand that is known for its effective formulations free of potentially harmful ingredients. They prioritize using high-quality ingredients and avoid the “Suspicious 6,” including essential oils, drying alcohols, and silicones. Drunk Elephant offers products for hydration, brightening, and anti-aging.
  3. Sunday Riley: Sunday Riley is a brand that combines botanical ingredients with scientifically advanced formulations. They offer a range of products targeting different concerns, such as acne, hyperpigmentation, and anti-aging. Sunday Riley is known for products like Good Genes, Luna Sleeping Night Oil, and C.E.O. Vitamin C Serum.

FAQ

Skinceuticals Review

Where is Skinceuticals made? 

According to their webpage, I found that the brand’s products are made in the USA

Is Skinceuticals vegan and cruelty-free? 

In an official statement released by the brand, Skinceuticals does not test on animals. At the time of writing this Skinceuticals review, they do not offer any vegan formulas on their website. 

What is Skinceuticals’ Shipping Policy?

Depending on how much you spend, shipping costs will differ for every order. For instance, purchases that range within a $1 to $100 spending amount will have a $6 delivery fee. 

To help monitor the status of your package, the brand will issue a tracking number alongside a confirmation email. Sadly, Skinceuticals only ships to those residing in the United States. 

What is Skinceuticals’ Return Policy?

Skinceuticals offers a 30-day window for customers to send back their orders. I should note that this only applies to products purchased directly on their website. To initiate this process, buyers must log in to their accounts and access the return portal. 

How to contact Skinceuticals

For inquiries unrelated to this Skinceuticals review, you can reach out to the company through three methods of contact:

  1. Phone number: 1-800-771-9489
  2. Using the live chat function on its website 
  3. Filling out the request form online 


Looking for more trusted skincare brands? Check out these options below:

Proven

True Botanicals

Timeless

Versed Skincare

NuFACE Skincare

About Thorne Supplements

Thorne Vitamins Review

Thorne is an online wellness brand that specializes in selling daily supplements and at-home tests. Made for average consumers and professional athletes, the company maintains a high standard of quality and efficacy. 

Throughout the years, the brand has gained the attention of notable media outlets, including USA Today, Elle Magazine, and the Observer. Thorne has also been affiliated with the NBA, the NFL, and the UFC

Curious to learn more about this company? Look no further than this Thorne supplements review. We’ll take a closer look at their products, customer ratings, promotions, and more to help you decide if their products are worth the buy. 

Kickstarted in 1984, Thorne was on a mission to revolutionize the supplement industry by providing high-quality vitamins to the masses.

Founded by Al Czap, the company focuses on investing in clinical research to help produce and test their formulas. The perfect example is their innovation labs, working to provide various health solutions. 

Using only the best ingredients, Thorne has been the favorite among several pro athletes including Julianne Hough, Josh Hart, and Jrue Holiday.

The brand also collaborates with numerous respectable companies, notably Team Penske and The USA Triathlon. Today, their headquarters are located in New York City. 

“Finding out what your body needs is only half the solution. Giving it to you is the other half. We offer personal at-home tests to help understand your health and supplements to unlock your full potential,” via a statement made by Thorne Research. 

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions. 

Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Pros & Cons

Thorne Vitamins Review

Before we get into this Thorne vitamins review, let’s go over some of the company’s pros and cons: 

Pros

  • Quality control: Thorne Research is known for its rigorous quality control measures. They often adhere to Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP) and may conduct third-party testing to ensure the purity, potency, and safety of their products.
  • Ingredient transparency: Thorne typically provides detailed information about the ingredients used in their products, including their sources and manufacturing processes. This can help consumers make informed decisions.
  • Nutrient supplementation: Thorne vitamins can help fill nutritional gaps and ensure you’re meeting your recommended daily intake of essential vitamins and minerals.
  • Formulations for specific needs: Thorne offers a variety of specialized formulations targeting specific health needs, such as prenatal vitamins, multivitamins for athletes, or vitamins designed for certain health conditions.
  • Professional partnerships: Thorne collaborates with healthcare professionals and offers professional-grade supplements that are often recommended by practitioners.

Cons

  • Cost: Thorne vitamins are often priced at a higher range compared to some other brands, which may make them less accessible for some individuals.
  • Potential side effects: While most vitamins are generally safe when taken as directed, some individuals may experience adverse reactions or side effects. It’s important to consult with a healthcare professional before starting any new supplement.

Ingredients

Thorne Vitamins Review

A supplement is only as good as its ingredients. With that in mind, let’s take a look at the active ingredients in Thorne products.

Thorne offers a wide range of products, including vitamins, minerals, herbs, and other dietary supplements. The specific ingredients used in Thorne products can vary depending on the formulation and intended purpose of the supplement. Here are some common types of ingredients you may find in Thorne products and their general purposes:

  1. Vitamins and Minerals: Thorne products often contain essential vitamins (such as Vitamin C, Vitamin D, or B Vitamins) and minerals (such as calcium, magnesium, or zinc). These nutrients are necessary for various bodily functions and are included to help fill nutritional gaps and support overall health.
  2. Botanicals and Herbal Extracts: Thorne utilizes various botanical ingredients and herbal extracts in some of their products. These may include ingredients like turmeric, green tea extract, or milk thistle extract. Herbal extracts are often included for their potential health benefits and specific properties, such as antioxidant, anti-inflammatory, or immune-supporting effects.
  3. Amino Acids: Amino acids are the building blocks of proteins and play crucial roles in the body. Thorne products may contain specific amino acids like L-theanine, glutamine, or N-acetylcysteine. These amino acids can support various functions, such as neurotransmitter production, muscle recovery, or antioxidant activity.
  4. Enzymes and Probiotics: Thorne offers products that contain enzymes and probiotics. Enzymes help with digestion and nutrient absorption, while probiotics introduce beneficial bacteria to support gut health and promote a balanced microbiome.

Health Benefits

The reported health benefits of Thorne products can vary depending on the specific product and its ingredients. Here are some general areas where Thorne products may have reported health benefits:

Nutritional Support

Thorne products often provide essential vitamins, minerals, and other nutrients to help fill nutritional gaps and support overall health and wellbeing. They can help ensure you meet your recommended daily intake of key nutrients and support various bodily functions.

Immune Support

Some Thorne products may contain ingredients like Vitamin C, Vitamin D, zinc, or medicinal mushrooms, which are known to support immune function. These products may be formulated to help strengthen the immune system and support overall immune health.

Antioxidant Support

Many Thorne products include ingredients with antioxidant properties, such as Vitamins C and E, selenium, or botanical extracts. Antioxidants help combat oxidative stress and protect the body against damage caused by free radicals.

Joint and Bone Health

Thorne offers products that include ingredients like glucosamine, chondroitin, or specific minerals that support joint health and promote healthy bones. These products may be formulated to help maintain joint flexibility, reduce inflammation, or support bone density.

Digestive Health

Thorne offers products that support digestive health, including probiotics, enzymes, and other ingredients. These products may help improve gut health, support digestion, alleviate digestive discomfort, or promote a healthy balance of gut bacteria.

9 Best-Selling Thorne Supplements & Vitamins

Thorne Vitamins Review

Whether you’re a trained athlete, a pregnant mother, or just someone looking to adopt a better lifestyle, healthy living should be accessible to everyone. The brand also has a commendable variety of at-home tests and multivitamins.

From Thorne prenatal supplements for novice moms to isolates that help improve your gym performance, this review will provide a selection of their bestsellers to help you get started. 

The brand has a wide assortment of multivitamins formulated for your daily needs. You can shop for supplements designed for metabolism, mood, energy, immunity protection, and more. Below in this Thorne vitamins review, we’ll take a look at a few of their most popular supplements to get you started. 

Thorne Theanine Review

Productivity can only be achieved through a calm state of mind. Specially formulated for those moments when you can’t sit down and concentrate, the Theanine supplements are designed to support a healthy stress response while promoting relaxation.

Derived from the tea plant, this exceptional amino acid plays a key role in the creation of feel-good neurotransmitters. More serotonin and dopamine? Yes please!

This is a great vitamin to take in the morning, so you get ready to power through those writeups, tasks, and other responsibilities. For a 90-capsule container, the Theanine supplements cost $58

Thorne Zinc Picolinate Review

When the common flu forces you to place those daily tasks on the back burner, we often regret that we could’ve taken some precautionary measures to prevent this from happening. With that being said, the Zinc Picolinate supplements can be used to boost immune function and reproductive health. This product can help keep you out of the doctor’s office and pharmacy aisles.

Specifically, this daily capsule can be used to help maintain healthy eyes, connective tissues, and support the body’s normal production of testosterone. Designed to aid your white blood cells in their time of need, the supplements cost $11 for 60 pills. 

Thorne Glutathione-SR Review

Designed with pro athletes in mind, the Glutathione-SR supplements produce a healthy dose of antioxidants to help relieve oxidative stress and damage.

It’s formulated to boost the overall function of the liver, brain, and lungs. Considered essential in aiding the body’s response to physical activity, gym lovers can take this vitamin for endurance tests and high-performance exercises.

NSF-certified for sport, the slow-release formula ensures that the Glutathione molecules stay at a steady level within the bloodstream. It can also be used to support cognitive health, especially as we age. Taken best before or after those intense workout sessions, these supplements cost $42 for 60 capsules. 

Thorne Hemp Oil+ Review

Due to the waves of legalization, the cannabis industry has enjoyed a sudden boom in popularity. As people grow more open-minded towards hemp products, it’s only natural that some companies are starting to create formulas of their own. The Hemp Oil+ by Thorne contains a potent combination of phytocannabinoids to help balance the body’s naturally occurring endocannabinoid system.

Made out of pure hemp stalk oil, this organic supplement helps to regulate the response to fear, stress, and physical discomfort.

It’s also THC-free, meaning you won’t be left high and flying. Enriched with an additional mix of thyme, black pepper, and rosemary, 30 gel capsules of the Hemp Oil+ cost $68 in total. 

Thorne Zinc Picolinate 30 mg (180) Review 

Offered in large quantities, the Zinc Picolinate 30 mg (180) is made for those who are determined to keep living healthy no matter what. Helping to support the immune system, this mineral compound is essential in maintaining our connective tissues and boosting reproductive health. 

Here’s a fun fact: did you know that this micronutrient is crucial for more than 200 enzymatic reactions? It’s partially responsible for helping to keep your immune system, growth, and metabolism in check. 180 of these little capsules of health are available for $33.  

Thorne L-Glutamine Powder Review 

Who ever said that exercise was a piece of cake? In between those rigorous training sessions, you may find it hard to bounce back after all the intense sprints, squats, and lifts.

Formulated to help in muscle cell repair post-workout, the L-Glutamine Powder can aid in the healing process so you can hit the gym again faster with potentially less risk of injury. 

Best used to help in the recovery process, this NSF certified for sport supplement also supports a healthy intestinal lining and improves overall immune function.

This amino acid does wonders in remedying certain stress factors involved in trauma, infection, and malnutrition. Pair with any products from the Thorne B complex line for an even quicker healing time.

With 90 servings in total, you can stir a couple of scoops of the powder into your smoothies and shakes for $61

Thorne Vitamin K2 Review 

Essential in supporting heart and blood vessel health, the Vitamin K2 supplement has a more potent effect in maintaining bone structure than the K1 version. This essential nutrient has no estrogenic effects and is safe to use for those dealing with anorexia and cirrhosis, as well as people on dialysis. 

This additive enables the body to better move calcium to your bones and out of areas where it’s not necessarily needed (think kidney stones and artery blockage, ouch!) Meant to be ingested on its own or with your meals, a 1 fl oz bottle of the Vitamin K2 supplement costs $69

Thorne Creatine Review 

It’s important to take care of your body after completing an intense workout. To complement those hearty and healthy recovery meals, Thorne recommends taking their Creatine dietary supplement on a daily basis.

NSF-certified for sport, this powder contains the necessary amino acids to help generate more energy. It’s also ideal for maintaining lean body mass and muscle endurance. 

Colorless and odorless, this product is formulated with enhanced solubility, meaning it can be easily mixed into smoothie bowls or workout shakes. Pair it with the Thorne Whey Protein Isolate for an extra edge in the gym. For 90 scoops, or 16 oz in total, the Creatine supplement powder costs $31

Thorne NAC N-Acetylcysteine Review 

Whether you know it or not, our white blood cells are hard at work in protecting us from viruses and unwanted bacteria. It’s time they got a ‘raise’ with the NAC N-Acetylcysteine supplement.

This diligent antioxidant never takes a day off when it comes to boosting the immune system and getting rid of potentially toxic substances. Color this Thorne vitamins review impressed!

Specifically, this product supports the thinning of mucus in the lungs and helps get rid of excess heavy metals. Considered an MVP in respiratory health, keep your body functioning and fulfilled by purchasing the 90-capsule NAC N-Acetylcysteine supplement for $25

Thorne Subscription Review 

Thorne Vitamins Review

For those who take supplements on the daily, there’s a more cost-effective way than ordering it as a one-time purchase over and over again.

To help you save a few dollars on items such as the Thorne Magnesium Bisglycinate supplement, we recommend the brand’s subscription plan. By creating an account, members can save 10% on each refill order. 

In terms of delivery, users have full freedom to choose how often they’d like their shipments delivered. This can range from a 45-day basis to every four months.

Customers can edit and personalize their own subscription plan by logging into their account. Membership options such as the auto-ship function can be toggled on and off if you wish to cancel future deliveries. For more details on the Thorne Subscription plan, you can visit the FAQ page on their website. 

Who Is Thorne For?

Thorne offers a wide range of supplements that cater to various individuals with different needs. While the specific target audience for each product may vary, it’s safe to say that their products can be suitable for anyone looking to fill nutritional gaps, support overall health, and maintain a balanced lifestyle.

Their wide range of products includes multivitamins, mineral supplements, and other formulations designed to support general health and wellbeing.

Thorne Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Thorne Vitamins Review

For this section of our Thorne vitamins review found a generally positive customer response for the brand online. While their website holds only a few critiques, Amazon has a staggering amount of user testimonials. 

For example, the Vitamin D/K2 supplement page has over 2,500 ratings averaging 4.7/5 stars. Customers have stated this product is of high-quality value given the price.

Many users like this Thorne vitamins review wrote that the product is a pleasure to take: “High quality vitamin D/K supplement. Thorne makes some of the best quality supplements out there… No noticeable taste either when putting the drops directly onto your tongue.” 

There are even more positive reviews on other Amazon product pages:

  • Creatine: 4.7/5 stars, nearly 850 ratings
  • Glutathione-SR: 4.7/5 stars, over 200 ratings
  • Zinc Picolinate: 4.8/5 stars, nearly 2400 ratings
  • L-Glutamine: 4.6/5 stars, over 300 ratings

One Thorne vitamins review on Amazon was pleasantly surprised with the quality of their supplements: “I’ve purchased several of Thorne products now without realizing they were all from the same brand, because it was my highest priority to find high-quality supplements without any added ingredients. Now I feel confident in trusting Thorne’s quality.”

On iHerb, thousands of customers highly rate many of Thorne’s products. Zinc Picolinate has a near-perfect score of 4.9/5 stars out of nearly 4,900 reviews. To say that these reviews are impressed is an understatement.

In terms of any negative testimonials, some customers experienced a few side effects when using their products. A few buyers stated that they felt more anxious and tired after taking certain supplements. Others wrote that the dropper vial for the Vitamin D/K2 broke or didn’t work properly. 

Overall, this Thorne vitamins review found that the majority of people who try the brand’s products sing the company’s praises. Their formulas are potent and effective and are sometimes even too strong in certain cases.

Are Thorne Supplements Worth It?

Thorne Vitamins Review

Are Thorne Vitamins good? Based on the number of positive reviews posted online, we definitely think so. On many of their offered products, the brand provides a detailed list of information for all formulas involved.

Customers are thoroughly educated on what each supplement does, as well as what ingredients are responsible for the item’s effects. This practice helps to build trust between the consumer and the supplier, granting them an A+ in transparency in our books. 

There’s also the fact that the company offers several quizzes for users to freely access on their website. The world of vitamins can be confusing and overwhelming for novice buyers, but these guides can help make the purchasing decision a lot less puzzling. 

The brand is very committed in terms of upholding sustainable practices within their operations, as seen through their push for eco-friendly packaging.

If you’re on the search for a user-friendly vitamin brand that can help you find the most effective products for a reasonable price, this Thorne supplements review wholeheartedly recommends this brand. 

Thorne Promotions & Discounts 

Thorne Vitamins Review

you can save 10% on products like the Thorne Bacillus Coagulans supplement by signing up for a subscription plan.

The brand also has a referral program where customers can receive $25 in credit for every friend that makes their first purchase. Additionally, there is also a point-based rewards program to gain access to exclusive deals and perks. 

Where To Buy Thorne Vitamins

Thorne Vitamins Review

Customers can purchase products such as the Thorne nootropics supplements by visiting their official website. You can also find them at select retailers:

  • Amazon 
  • Well.ca
  • Walmart

Sign Up for Thorne

To sign up for Thorne, customers must simply go to their main page and click the ‘sign in’ button on the right-hand corner of the screen. You will be taken to the login area to sign up for an account. 

Alternatives

Every body is different, so it’s important to find the right supplements that work for yours. With that in mind, here are a few more options to check out:

  1. Garden of Life: Garden of Life is a popular brand that offers a range of organic and plant-based supplements. They are known for their emphasis on using clean, whole food-based ingredients and their commitment to sustainability.
  2. Nordic Naturals: Nordic Naturals is a renowned brand specializing in high-quality fish oil and omega-3 supplements. They prioritize sustainable sourcing, third-party testing for purity and potency, and offer a variety of formulations for different needs.
  3. Life Extension: Life Extension is a brand that combines scientific research with supplement development. They offer a wide range of products targeting different health areas, including anti-aging, cognitive health, cardiovascular health, and more.

FAQ

Thorne Vitamins Review

Where is Thorne located? 

The brand’s headquarters are located in New York City. Their manufacturing facilities are in Summerville, South Carolina.

How do I cancel my Thorne subscription? 

Members can simply cancel their subscription by logging into their account. Afterwards, you can click the option to modify your account, then unsubscribe. 

What is Thorne’s Shipping Policy?

For this Thorne vitamins review, we found out that they offer free ground shipping on all orders. All wholesale purchases that have a minimum total of $99 will also receive free standard shipping. 

Customers have the option to choose expedited or overnight delivery as well.

To help track the location of the package, you can click on the ‘order status’ button on the drop-down menu of their website. Thorne also offers international shipping, although rates and product availability may vary. 

What is Thorne’s Return Policy?

In the event that a customer is unsatisfied with their order, they can send it back within 60 days for a refund. This is only for items purchased directly from their website. You can initiate the return process by contacting their customer service team. 

Are Thorne Packing Materials Recyclable?

All Shipping materials, including boxes and envelopes, are made with recycled materials.

How to contact Thorne

For inquiries unrelated to this Thorne vitamins review, you can reach out to the company through the following methods of contact:

  1. Phone number: 800-228-1966 (Monday to Friday from 9:00 am to 7:00 pm ET)
  2. Email: [email protected] 
  3. Filling out their message form online

Explore your options for health supplements and full-body wellness with these popular brands:

Vitamins and nutrients are a key part of clear, glowing skin. Read all about cruelty-free, all-natural skincare by REN.

About Poly and Bark

Poly and Bark Review

If you surf the web, you just might’ve heard of this brand before. Calling themselves the makers of “The Internet’s favorite sofas” and built around the principles of creating your own comfortable escape, Poly and Bark works to provide quality furniture at affordable prices to US customers. 

Composed of simple furniture styles that will complement any room, this brand cuts out the middleman to save you time and money on your purchases.

Are the savings and rave ratings too good to be true? This Poly and Bark review will guide you through the brand’s products, customer testimonials, materials, costs, and more to help you decide if they’re worth it.

Not much is known about the origins of this company. Their “About Us” section promises “incredible design, impeccable quality, and durability that lasts.” 

No information is available on the founders, but we do know that the current CEO is Dov Coleman and the brand is based in Los Angeles, CA according to Linkedin.

This company’s big focus is the pricing options available for their furniture, making it easier to finance larger items for your home. Products are promised to be made with love, care, and creativity by this US company, though manufacturing actually takes place in Asian factories.

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions. 

Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Pros & Cons

Poly and Bark Review

Before we dive in, check out a few notable pros and cons:

Pros

  • Design and Style: Poly and Bark is known for its modern and contemporary furniture designs. They offer sleek, stylish, and aesthetically pleasing pieces that can complement various interior design styles.
  • Quality Materials: The brand emphasizes the use of quality materials in their furniture construction. They often use durable materials such as solid wood, metal, and high-quality upholstery fabrics, which can contribute to the longevity of their products.
  • Affordability: Poly and Bark generally offer furniture at a more affordable price range compared to some high-end designer brands. This can make their products accessible to a wider range of customers.
  • Wide Selection: The brand offers a diverse selection of furniture pieces, allowing customers to find options that suit their personal preferences, space requirements, and functional needs.
  • Customer Service: Poly and Bark have received positive feedback regarding their customer service. They are known to be responsive to inquiries and address customer concerns in a timely manner.

Cons

  • Limited Showroom Availability: Poly and Bark primarily operate as an online retailer, which means customers may not have the opportunity to physically see or try out furniture pieces before purchasing. This can make it challenging to assess comfort and quality firsthand.
  • Assembly Required: Many Poly and Bark furniture pieces require assembly upon delivery. While this is common in the furniture industry, some customers may prefer ready-to-use items without the need for assembly.

Features

No Poly and Bark review would be worth a read without covering some of the products that make the company what it is. 

I’ve covered the pros and cons, so it’s almost time for products and prices to come into consideration. Each product typically comes in multiple color options, especially the leathers! So, be sure to check out what’s available online.

First, let’s see what sets this brand apart from the rest:

  1. Modern and Contemporary Design: Poly and Bark are known for their modern and contemporary furniture designs. Their pieces often feature sleek lines, clean aesthetics, and a minimalist approach. They aim to provide furniture that fits well with modern interior design styles.
  2. Wide Range of Furniture: Poly and Bark offers a diverse selection of furniture pieces to furnish various areas of the home or office. Their product range includes chairs, sofas, tables, stools, benches, lighting, and accessories. This allows customers to find pieces that suit their individual needs and preferences.
  3. Quality Materials: The brand emphasizes the use of quality materials in their furniture construction. They often utilize materials like solid wood, metal, high-quality upholstery fabrics, and durable finishes. This focus on quality materials aims to ensure the longevity and durability of their furniture pieces.
  4. Affordability: Poly and Bark strive to provide furniture at a more affordable price range compared to some high-end designer brands. They aim to make modern and contemporary furniture accessible to a wider range of customers, offering stylish designs without the premium price tag.
  5. Ergonomic and Comfort Considerations: While prioritizing aesthetics, Poly and Bark also takes into account the comfort and functionality of their furniture. Their chairs, sofas, and seating options often feature ergonomic designs and comfortable seating surfaces, making them suitable for everyday use.
  6. Online Retail Model: Poly and Bark primarily operate as an online retailer, allowing customers to browse and purchase furniture directly from their website. This online model provides convenience and accessibility to customers, but it also means that customers may not have the opportunity to physically see or try out the furniture before purchasing.
  7. Customer Service: Poly and Bark are known for their responsive customer service. They aim to provide prompt assistance to customers, addressing inquiries, concerns, and providing support throughout the purchasing process.

Materials

Poly and Bark uses a variety of materials in the construction of their furniture products. The specific materials used can vary depending on the type of furniture and its design. Here are some common materials you may find in Poly and Bark products:

  1. Wood: Poly and Bark often utilize different types of wood in their furniture construction. This can include solid wood, plywood, or engineered wood. Wood is commonly used for chair frames, table legs, and other structural components.
  2. Metal: Metal is another material frequently employed by Poly and Bark. It can be used for chair frames, table bases, and other structural elements. Common metals used include steel, aluminum, and iron.
  3. Upholstery Fabrics: Poly and Bark offer furniture pieces with upholstered surfaces, such as chairs and sofas. The brand may use a variety of upholstery fabrics, including polyester, linen, velvet, or leather. These fabrics can vary in texture, color, and durability.
  4. Foam and Cushioning: Poly and Bark incorporates foam and cushioning materials in their seating products for enhanced comfort. High-density foam is often used in chair and sofa cushions to provide support and resilience.
  5. Plastic and Polycarbonate: Poly and Bark also incorporates plastic and polycarbonate materials in certain furniture pieces. These materials can be found in chair shells or transparent components, providing a contemporary look and durability.
  6. Glass: Some Poly and Bark furniture may feature glass components, such as tabletops for dining tables or coffee tables. Tempered or safety glass is typically used for its strength and safety characteristics.

5 Poly and Bark Bestsellers

Below, I’ve put together a mini catalogue of my favorite chairs, sofas, and other furniture in this section to show off the true range of Poly and Bark.

Poly and Bark Weave Chair Review 

Bring Scandinavian simplicity to your own home with the Weave Chairs. Also known as the Poly and Bark wishbone chairs, these soft white pieces twist together in a curved organic fashion to make a comfortable and stylish addition to your sitting room.

Secure your favorite seat with the woven rope cushion that’s set at just the right tension. Not too stiff, but you certainly won’t be slouching when it comes to this accent piece. Grab some Scandinavian luxury for $179.

Looking for something more metallic and standout? Check out the Poly and Bark Trattoria Side Chair.

Poly and Bark Essex Lounge Chair Review

One look at the Essex Lounge Chair and you can tell this piece of furniture means comfort business. All upholstering details are done in prime Italian leather, ensuring the chair feels as smooth and classy as it looks to your guests.

Comfort isn’t the only focus of this chair as the wooden frame locks all pieces into place to promise a long-lasting piece for years to come. Cushions consist of a duck feather down filling to make each seat as soft as can be.

Grab this striking piece for $1,195. More on the business end of things, exude “directorial” with the Poly and Bark Eames Chair as an excellent side chair to go with this featured product.

Poly and Bark Napa Sofa Review

Easily the most popular item listed in this Poly and Bark review, the Napa Sofa is well-loved by customers from all across the US. Designed with a weathered look, this sofa will perfectly blend into any study or living room to add a subtle vintage style to your décor.

This jewel of the Poly and Bark leather sofas runs 88.5” long with a seating width of 24” so you can really sink back into it. With its two included bolsters, this wooden marvel offers comfort, class, and an element of aged luxury to whatever room you want.

Add this trendy piece to your home for $1,799.

Poly and Bark Napa Velvet Sofa Review 

Tired of the leather aesthetic being so popular these days? Why not switch to a Poly and Bark velvet sofa? Or more specifically, the Napa Velvet Sofa. Available in three color options, this soft and comforting couch is more than able to warm up any room you put it in.

Made with walnut framing to keep you sturdy and secure, this piece matches the style of the Leather Napa but offers a more regal finish of velvet. 

Soft to the touch, easy to maintain, and filled with the same down feathers as its twin, this $1,299 piece offers an easy assembly for a focal piece to any room.

Poly and Bark Marble Daisy Side Table Review

What’s more modern than marble? Especially the Marble Daisy Side Table from Poly and Bark. Standing with its simple and stunning design, this piece will add a bit of class to any room by appearance alone.

The white aluminum base holds your table upright and keeps the sturdy, scratch-proof top from toppling down. Built on a pedestal base, this side table will hold all you can pile on it and perfectly accompany whatever chair or couch you pair it next to.

This table is available for $199.

Who Is Poly and Bark For? 

Poly and Bark Review

Based on everything we found out for this Poly and Bark review, we believe the brand can work for anyone. If you’re looking to furnish your place for an affordable price, this company is one to consider. Their designs are simply styled and will complement your décor without taking over the whole room.

Financing options make this brand one to bookmark as you can break down bigger items for manageable costs. If you’re in need of tables, stools, or even looking into one of the Poly and Bark floor lamps, they’ve got a variety to choose from for low costs.

Comparison: Poly and Bark vs. Article

Poly and Bark Review

Buying furniture can always be a frustrating experience. Comparing prices, comfort, sizing, and products, it all gets to be a bit much. 

Poly and Bark come at a more affordable price than most, but they’re far from the only budget furniture company. Alongside this brand is a company called Article, on a mission to create fashionable furniture for reasonable prices.

If you glance through these websites, you’ll actually find a lot of the same products available. What makes them different then?

  • Inventory – Article offers a wider stock, so you’ll have more products and styles to choose from. This brand also offers categories for outdoor, storage, and bundles
  • Return – Poly & Bark has an amazing 100 day trial period
  • Price – Both brands offer competitive prices for each category
  • Material – Both companies use the same fabrics, wood, and semi-aniline leathers for their couches. Some variety is found in wood types used, however not enough for a noticeable difference
  • Comfort – Both brands have many claiming supreme comfort

Both brands come out fairly equal. Many of their pieces claim the same styles, designs, and materials.

Make sure you check out all options before buying to find the right fit for you. Don’t always settle for what’s the cheapest. Take your time when buying big.

Poly and Bark Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Poly and Bark Review

Poly and Bark reviews come in waves for their pricing and product options as of June 2023. Yelp rates the company 4.4/5 stars based on over 100 customer reviews. 

While some lower ratings drag this score down, the majority of verified customers are pleased with the service and products they were given.

One customer on Yelp stated, “I can’t speak highly enough for the quality, affordability, and customer service from Poly & Bark. Every order and every time I have purchased from them has been seamless…  everything I have ordered from them has held up over time.”

Numerous customers on Yelp have commented on how Poly and Bark has become their go-to for new furniture purchases, largely due to pricing and services. 

Costing less than their competitors, this company also offers financing options to cut the cost of larger items and make payments reasonable and effortless, as well as including a good return policy:

They have a generous return policy which we did not need to utilize. If you’re spending a few thousand dollars on furniture, it’s a good idea to understand their policies. We had very good customer service throughout, including delivery updates, always very courteous.

The Poly and Bark reviews section on their website rates the company at 5/5 stars based on almost 4,500 ratings. This website has an extensive number of positive ratings and comments from verified customers. Most comments on the brand website sound a little like this: 

Obsessed with this couch. I was a little hesitant to order this new model because of the lack of reviews but so glad I pulled the trigger. Great quality, super comfy, arrived on time and customer service was solid. First purchase from Poly & Bark but it won’t be my last.

Reviews for this company on Amazon are also quite favorable. Their Napa 88.5” Sofa was rated as 4.7/5 stars by over 430 customers.

One happy buyer stated “We love this couch. It is comfortable, and big. The pillows are soft and help for back support. The leather is high quality and it goes so well with our house. The delivery was about 3 hours later than planned, but other than that there were no complaints!

Other Poly and Bark items also do quite well on Amazon:

  • Cafton Crossback Chair: 4.4/5 stars based on 150 ratings
  • Luca Leather Modern Bench Seat: 4.7/5 stars based on 438 ratings
  • Paxton 24” Counter Stool Set of 3: 4.8/5 stars based on 357 ratings

All in all, most of the reviews are glowing, and rightfully so.

Is Poly and Bark Worth It?

Poly and Bark Review

Based on all the Poly and Bark reviews, prices, and products, we’d give this brand a hearty yes

The prices are great in comparison to other name brands, so you’ll always be saving even if you aren’t working with a promotion price. The majority of customer testimonials also are strong, especially on Amazon and Yelp.

The wide product range offers a number of fun and fashionable pieces (our favorite is the Poly and Bark wishbone chair! with good shipping and return options available. Overall, customers seem satisfied with their purchases.

Our recommendation is to spend big money on big items. Don’t buy your cozy couches or sofas for cheap, and instead invest in a well-known company whose pieces are tried and true. 

When it comes to Poly and Bark, counter stools, chairs, lamps – those are your prime purchases for this brand.

Save your money on the smaller items to help you afford the bigger pieces. Seems like a good compromise to us!

Poly and Bark Promotions & Discounts 

Poly and Bark Review

Checking out their website doesn’t immediately provide the Poly and Bark coupon codes we all hope for. 

Luckily, you can sign up for their newsletter and receive information about new products and promotions with plenty of time in advance to properly budget for buying the pieces you desire.

Whether you’re looking to add a Poly and Bark office chair to your study, or you want more of a lounge chair for the living room, the newsletter will provide the promo codes you need to save money and live comfortably.

Where To Buy Poly and Bark

Poly and Bark Review

If you’ve found a perfect piece but can’t get delivery through polyandbark.com, we found some retail partners you can check out for more shipping options:

  • Amazon
  • Home Depot
  • Bed, Bath, & Beyond
  • Target
  • Walmart

Alternatives

Looking to make a house a home? Here are a few more options to consider for amazing furniture:

  1. Article: Article is a brand known for its modern and Scandinavian-inspired furniture designs. They offer a wide range of furniture pieces, including sofas, chairs, tables, and accessories. Article focuses on providing high-quality materials and craftsmanship.
  2. West Elm: West Elm is a popular brand that offers modern and contemporary furniture with a focus on sustainability and ethically sourced materials. They have a diverse range of furniture options for various rooms in the home, including living room, dining room, bedroom, and outdoor spaces.
  3. Blu Dot: Blu Dot is a design-focused brand that offers modern furniture with a playful and innovative touch. They create furniture pieces with clean lines, interesting shapes, and functional features. Blu Dot’s collection includes seating, tables, storage solutions, and lighting.

FAQ

Poly and Bark Review

Where is Poly and Bark made? 

Poly and Bark products are manufactured in India, Vietnam, Malaysia, Turkey, Indonesia, China, and Taiwan. The company operates solely within the continental US.

What is Poly and Bark’s Shipping Policy?

You’ve found your furniture, made room for it in the perfect spot, so how do you actually go about getting it? Poly and Bark offers both parcel and truck delivery, depending on the size of the item you purchase. For truck delivery, you have four options to choose from at checkout:

  • Front Door Delivery, free – furniture left at the front door
  • Enhanced Delivery, $99 – furniture delivered to any room inside your home
  • Premium Delivery, $149 – delivery inside plus set up
  • White Glove Delivery, $249 – delivery inside, set up, and packaging removal

Shipping is free for standard/ground delivery for parcels, so take what you can to save money. Once packages have shipped, you’ll be sent a tracking number for your parcel deliveries. 

Truck deliveries will call to contact you about delivery times so you’ll be home to receive your new furniture.  

One thing to note, Poly and Bark only ship within the continental US. Sorry, Hawaii and Alaska.

What is Poly and Bark’s Return Policy?

Need to return your Poly and Bark organic armchair? That’s fine because Poly and Bark have you covered with their return policy. You have 100 days from the delivery date to decide whether or not the item works for your space.

Just remember to keep your packaging to return it all in its original state – that means everything from bubble wrap and foam bits to the box it arrived in! 

If you’ve already tossed the packaging from its original shipment, you’ll have 30% of your refund taken off for repackaging fees.

This company offers one free return on an item, meaning you can return the first order for free, but if you order the same item again then that return won’t be free. 

This only works on the same items. You’re free to return a sofa, a chair, and a table all for a full refund so long as it’s the first return on those items.

For claims of damage or defect, you have 48 hours to report anything wrong with the purchase. Make sure you really check out your item upon arrival to get those issues reported.

Ready to make your return? It’s a simple process that only takes a few steps!

1.    Email customer service at [email protected] to begin the request

2.    They’ll send you a code to authorize the return, followed by details on the process

3.    Smaller items will be given a free shipping label to send back through FedEx or other carriers

4.    For larger items, trucks will be arranged. You’ll be called about pick-up times and dates

How to contact Poly and Bark

Everyone appreciates the ability to reach out when they have questions, concerns, or comments regarding their purchase. This Poly and Bark review found that the brand offers multiple ways to get in touch with a representative.

So lean back in your Poly and Bark Inverness Ergonomic Office Chair and contact them in any of the following ways:


Save time on researching which companies offer the best furniture by checking out our full review for these top trusted brands:

Wayfair

Apt2b

Albany Park

West Elm

About Fair Harbor

Fair Harbor Review

Fair Harbor is a sustainable swimwear and clothing brand for all. Their clothing is made of recycled materials, and to this day, they’ve upcycled more than 27 million plastic bottles. 

Sibling founders Jake and Caroline Danehy came up with the idea of sustainable swimwear in 2014. After spending their younger years vacationing in Fair Harbor, New York, they were all too familiar with the amount of plastic waste disposed of in the ocean[1]

As the amount of waste kept growing, both siblings realized that the places they love aren’t guaranteed to last forever. That’s a pretty hard truth to come to terms with, but instead of standing idly by, they decided to do something about it.

The beachwear company was then born, and they remain committed to sustainable fashion[2] and eco-friendly practices to keep the shoreline clean and beautiful for generations to come. 

In this Fair Harbor review, I’ll give you the lowdown on the company, their products, and more to help you decide if you should take the dive and buy their items. 

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions.

Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Pros & Cons

Fair Harbor Review

Before I get into the details of some of their amazing products, just ahead in this Fair Harbor review, I’ll provide a quick overview of some of the brand’s pros and cons:

Pros

  • Sustainably and ethically made from recycled plastics
  • Free returns in the United States 
  • More affordable than competing swimwear brands
  • International shipping is available
  • You can receive discount codes by recycling old bathing suits
  • 60-day return policy

Cons

  • Customer complaints about the unresponsive customer service team

Features

Ready to start paddling? In this review, I’ll be going over the best-selling Fair Harbor clothing options for men and children. The brand has added a line for women as well, but I’ll leave that for another day.

Before all of that, though, let’s see what truly makes this brand stand out:

  1. Sustainable Materials: Fair Harbor creates apparel, including swimwear, using recycled materials, particularly recycled plastic bottles. This approach helps reduce waste and promotes the reuse of materials that would otherwise end up in landfills or oceans.
  2. Comfortable and Chafeless Liner: Fair Harbor’s swim trunks feature a liner made with BreezeKnit™ technology, which is designed to be soft, supportive, and 100% chafe-less. This liner technology aims to enhance the overall comfort and functionality of the swimwear.
  3. Focus on Outdoor Lifestyle: Fair Harbor’s apparel and swimwear cater to individuals who lead active outdoor lifestyles. The brand aims to provide comfortable and functional clothing suitable for those who spend time at the beach, enjoy water activities, or embrace an outdoor coastal lifestyle.
  4. Range of Products: Fair Harbor offers apparel and swimwear for men, women, and children. Their collection includes swim trunks, shorts, tops, and other active gear, providing options for various preferences and needs.
  5. Sustainable Manufacturing: Fair Harbor focuses on creating a more sustainable fashion industry by using eco-friendly materials and supporting initiatives that benefit the environment. While their environment rating is considered “it’s a start,” their commitment to utilizing recycled materials shows their dedication to sustainability.
  6. Recognition and Honors: The founders of Fair Harbor, Jake Danehy and Caroline Danehy, have been recognized for their sustainable brand. They were honored for their efforts in turning recycled water bottles into clothing, and Jake and Caroline were listed on the Forbes “30 Under 30” list, showcasing their entrepreneurial success and commitment to sustainability.
  7. Retail Presence: Fair Harbor has expanded its reach by opening a retail location in Soho, New York, offering swimwear and lifestyle apparel for men, women, and boys. This physical presence allows customers to experience the brand’s products firsthand.

Materials

If we haven’t emphasized this enough yet, Fair Harbor creates beachwear from recycled plastic bottles. They use this innovative approach to transform plastic waste into ultra-comfortable beachwear, allowing people to enjoy their favorite places while also protecting the environment.

In addition to recycled plastic bottles, Fair Harbor also incorporates other sustainable materials such as upcycled coconuts into their swimwear for both men and women. By using recycled materials and sustainable alternatives, Fair Harbor aims to reduce waste and contribute to a more sustainable fashion industry.

5 Best-Selling Fair Harbor Products

Fair Harbor Shorts Review

Some swim trunks can be uncomfortable, especially after a day at the beach. Luckily, Fair Harbor swim trunks and shorts have got you covered with their comfortable fabric and liner technology.

Let’s take a look at what they have to offer. 

Fair Harbor The Bayberry Trunk 

First up in my Fair Harbor review is the Bayberry Trunk. I think these swim trunks are ideal for lounging by the water and are the company’s take on the classic swim trunk. 

With the Bayberry, you’re able to focus on relaxing instead of feeling uncomfortable. They come in 11 fun patterns guaranteed to make a splash at your local pool or beach. 

Here’s my favorite part: These trunks are made from 11 plastic bottles so the fabric is 80% recycled polyester

They’re sturdy, quick-drying, and have a drawstring waist, so beach volleyball is a definite yes. Worried about where to store your keys or wallet? These swim shorts have a zippered back pocket that can hold all of your valuables. Just remember to take them out before you take a dip.

Hit the beach in utter style and comfort with the fashionable Bayberry Trunk, available for $68

Fair Harbor The Anchor 

Some higher-performance water sports need high-performance swimwear, and The Anchor trunk was built to tackle a variety of aquatic activities effortlessly. I think all you sporty guys will love these.

They’re a longer trunk that has a multi-directional stretch for supreme comfort and a built-in CoolMax Liner for a chafe-less experience. I’ll even go as so far to say that you’ll be the most comfortable surfer out there with these on.

The Anchor offers easy movement without sacrificing integrity thanks to their durable fabric. 

These trunks also provide support, odor resistance, and have water-repellent fabric whether you’re lounging, running, or surfing. Take that, Mother Nature. 

Fair Harbor’s Anchor trunks are made of 88% recycled plastic bottles to stay true to their sustainable brand. 

With their 14 pattern options, you’re bound to find an eco-friendly style that suits you. Cast off the right way with the $68 Anchor trunks. 

Fair Harbor The One Short 

The third pair of shorts in this Fair Harbor review is the adaptable and ever-versatile One Short. I quickly learned there’s a reason it has “one” in the name: these cotton-looking shorts can be used as part of an everyday outfit or they can be used when swimming. 

They have the same water-repellent technology that all Fair Harbor trunks have. Even better, they have the look of comfy casual bottoms that you can wear anywhere, so feel free to tackle some errands before hitting the beach. No one will know you’re wearing comfortable trunks—though these days, anything goes.

The One Short has an optional soft liner that you can take out whenever you don’t need it. Since they’re shaping up to be a lightweight short every guy should own, I think these shorts are a perfect gift for yourself or your Dad. 

Don’t know where to put your phone? No worries! If you need some storage, these shorts have a hidden zipper pocket

Fair Harbor upcycled 11 plastic bottles to make the One Short, and they come in 8 different colors, including navy, red, light blue, and khaki. Keep it casual with this sustainable short for $68

Fair Harbor The Nautilus Boardshort 

Comfort and durability are definitely a pattern when it comes to Fair Harbor shorts. Not that I’m complaining! 

That pattern continues with the Nautilus Boardshort. This is the only style in my review that doesn’t have a liner (or the option to include one). Fair Harbor recommends going commando for this pair of stretchy duds. 

The Nautilus is another high-performance short, meaning you’ll be comfortable performing any task in and around water. It comes in 10 stylish color patterns that can easily be paired with one of Fair Harbor’s Henley tops or their SeaBreeze hoodie

These boardshorts also give off a relaxed, cool-guy vibe, so they’ll definitely be a hit on the beach. The Nautilus shorts retail for a chill $68

Fair Harbor Kids Bayberry Trunk 

Adults don’t get to have all the fun when it comes to the brand’s swimwear. Kids can too! With a pair of the Fair Harbor Kids Bayberry trunks, you and your tot will be the talk of the shore. 

This little version of their Bayberry trunk is designed for swimming and I think it’s pretty darn cute. It has a built-in anti-chafe liner, so your child can enjoy their time and not worry about any discomfort that could occur with a regular trunk. 

These pint-sized shorts have all of the same specs as the other trunks in this Fair Harbor review. They’re made of 9 plastic bottles, stretchy, and have an elastic waistband for maximum comfort. 

Also, if your youngster has stuff they want to tuck away like a tiny seashell collection, they can easily store things in the built-in zipper pocket. 

The Kids Bayberry trunk comes in the same patterns as the adult Bayberry trunk, so you can match to your heart’s desire. Fittingly, these trunks retail for $48

Who Is Fair Harbor For? 

Fair Harbor Review

Fair Harbor makes apparel and swimwear for men, women, and children. Their focus is on swimsuits and active gear, so I think it’s a great match for anyone who spends a lot of time outdoors. Also, since the collection is sustainable, it’s a good choice for eco-conscious folk.

Comparison: Fair Harbor vs. Vilebrequin  

Fair Harbor Review
Vilebrequin  

Both Fair Harbor and Vilebrequin are committed to a more sustainable fashion industry. They’ve both supported initiatives that better the environment and manufactured their products with eco-friendly materials. The main difference I found is in their price ranges.  

Vilebrequin is marketed as a luxury brand, and their prices reflect that. Prices for the apparel range around the $100-$300 mark. While this isn’t a bad thing, it isn’t as cost-effective for some people. 

Fair Harbor Review

Fair Harbor’s apparel generally stays around $40-$70, making their clothing more affordable than Vilebrequin. If you’re looking for a more upscale swimsuit and think this brand might be more your style, check out our Vilebrequin review for the latest deets.

Fair Harbor Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Fair Harbor Review

No Fair Harbor review would be complete without taking a look at some customer feedback. With that in mind, I dusted off my investigative swim cap and dove into the internet for all the juicy info when it comes to what buyers truly think of the brand and their products as of June 2023.

Fair Harbor receives high praise on their website for their excellent quality products and sustainability efforts. 

None of the shorts have an average below 5/5 stars. Their Facebook page is also littered with positive reviews, but there is the occasional criticism about long shipping times. 

Fair Harbor shorts are treated to superb reviews from their customers on the company website. Here’s a quick look at all the great ratings:

  • The Bayberry Trunk: 5/5 stars out of over 4.6k ratings
  • The One Short: 5/5 stars out of 3.5k+ ratings
  • The Nautilus Boardshort: 5/5 stars out of nearly 700 ratings
  • The Ozone: 5/5 stars out of over 400 ratings

Out of the shorts in this review, The Anchor trunks seem to have the highest ratings, with nearly 10.5k customer reviews. 

One buyer reports that “I purchased The Anchor bathing suit […] after searching the web and comparing five different brands. I am very pleased with the quality of the suit I received, especially the inner lining that is very comfortable. Delivery was fast, and the product’s great.”

Another customer agrees, and says, “These are by far the best swim trunks I’ve ever worn. They are so comfortable. I bought 3 pairs. I’ve also thrown out all my other swim trunks. I’m not wearing anything else but Fair Harbor.”

On their Facebook page, one shopper was raving about the smart design of the brand’s swimwear: 

I love these swim trunks. I hate sitting in wet mesh trunks so bad I barely get in the pool anymore. I bought these for vacation and have gotten in and out of the pool so much that I forgot I was wearing new trunks. They’re so light when wet, and they haven’t itched once.” 

On that same page, there are complaints about long waiting times or not receiving items. Some customers weren’t receiving a response from Fair Harbor’s customer service team. 

While this isn’t ideal for anyone, I was happy to see that their team responds to these complaints and promptly messages customers to fix any issues. 

Overall, I found a ton of positive feedback about the brand. Forbes even reviewed Fair Harbor and had great things to say about them. The author loved their mission and how absolutely eco-friendly they are. The technology and thought given to the little details is definitely something I think sets them apart from their competitors.

Is Fair Harbor Worth It?

Fair Harbor Review

The demand for sustainable fashion brands is growing, and Fair Harbor is a forerunner in that department.

It’s estimated that 14 million tons of plastic end up in the ocean each year, so it’s essential to protect our environment as much as we can, and that extends to clothes consumption. 

Based on everything I discovered in this Fair Harbor review, I wholeheartedly believe that their products are worth the buy. Their apparel is comfortable, functional, and stylish. Plus, they’re eco-friendly and committed to their ethical practices. 

If I was to poke holes, it’s apparent from buyer reviews that the brand needs a bit of improvement when it comes to their customer service and deliveries. While their products are amazing, being left on read by a company is anything but.

At the end of the day, the brand’s shorts speak for themselves, and many customers end up raving about how much they enjoy wearing them. If you’re looking for an environmentally friendly swimsuit with some classic and trendy designs, I’d suggest giving Fair Harbor a shot.

Fair Harbor Promotions & Discounts 

Fair Harbor Review

Fair Harbor gives out discount codes through their Roundtrip Initiative. All you have to do is recycle your old bathing suits through Roundtrip to receive them. I’ll break down the whole process:

  1. Fill out a form with your info 
  2. Pack up your bathing suit with a complimentary prepaid label. Fair Harbor will email you instructions on how to send your items. 
  3. Get your discount! You can get a $5 Fair Harbor credit for each suit you donate for up to $25 off your next purchase
  4. They send your old suits to 2ReWear where they’ll be re-made into insulation and material for rugs

Other than the Roundtrip Initiative and free shipping for orders over $100, I couldn’t find any current promotions or discounts for this part of my Fair Harbor review. Fortunately, you can sign up for their emails to be the first to hear about their latest sales. 

Where To Buy Fair Harbor

Fair Harbor Review

You can buy Fair Harbor shorts directly from their website, fairharborclothing.com, or at select retailers including Nordstrom and Amazon. 

Be cautious when ordering, as some customers have had experiences with fake Fair Harbor shorts, so make sure to buy from established and reliable retailers. 

Alternatives

Looking for other sustainable clothing brands to check out? Here are two more options to consider:

  1. Patagonia: Patagonia is a renowned leader in ethical practices and sustainability. They offer a wide range of sustainable clothing, including adventure gear, casual wear, outerwear, sustainable swimwear, and eco-friendly luggage and bags. Patagonia is known for its dedication to minimizing environmental impact and supporting fair labor practices.
  2. Girlfriend Collective: Girlfriend Collective is a brand known for its sustainable and Earth-friendly activewear. They offer matching activewear sets made from eco-friendly materials and have been featured as one of Oprah’s Favorite Things. The brand combines style and sustainability in its products.

FAQ

Fair Harbor Review

Who owns Fair Harbor? 

Jake Danehy and Caroline Danehy are the co-founders and owners of Fair Harbor. They started the company because of their shared love of the ocean and their desire to protect it. 

Where is Fair Harbor made? 

Fair Harbor clothing is designed at their HQ in New York. They are made in factories in the United States, China, Peru, and Pakistan. 

What sizes does Fair Harbor have? 

Here are the sizes Fair Harbor carries for the shorts I reviewed:

  • The Bayberry: S-2XL (Small sizes are currently sold out)
  • The Anchor: S-3XL
  • The One Short: S-2XL 
  • The Nautilus Boardshort: 30-36
  • Kids Bayberry Trunk: S-XL (Small sizes are currently sold out)

What is Fair Harbor’s Shipping Policy?

Processing and shipping can take 1-2 business days. If you’ve ordered during the holidays, your orders will ship in 5 business days. They do offer international shipping, and all costs and shipping times are calculated at checkout.

What is Fair Harbor’s Return Policy?

Fair Harbor offers free exchanges and returns in the United States. You can return your item within 60 days, and it could take about 1-2 weeks for processing. 

To initiate your return, visit the brand’s return portal and you’ll be able to get a prepaid shipping label to send back your items. Make sure to include your order number and shipping address so you can ask for a return or exchange.  

Though I tried to for this Fair Harbor review, I couldn’t find any information on the main site or third-party websites about returns for international locations. It is safe to assume that return costs are not covered by the company.

How to contact Fair Harbor

Do you have any questions after reading this Fair Harbor review? If so, you can reach out to the brand in the following three ways: 

They will do their best to get back to you within one business day or sooner. 


Still searching for more options? Check out Vilebrequin,  a French luxury apparel brand that specializes in selling swimwear and ready-to-wear clothing for men, women, and kids.

About Splat

Splat Hair Dye Review

Get the hair of your wildest dreams with Splat’s expressive, semi-permanent and temporary hues. Offered in complete kits, single-serve pouches, and natural formulas, the paraben-free hair dye boasts long-lasting color and ultra-vibrant results. 

As the official Warner Bros. hair color, Splat signed on with the pictures group in 2020 to be used in Birds of Prey and the newest Suicide Squad film. 

Offering an extensive range of shades, formulas, and methods, Splat is known for their complete kits that offer everything from bleach and color to aftercare and gloves.

Need more color? More volume? You may have found the product to do it. Before you start dreaming of neon-pink bangs and bright blue ombrés, take a peek at this Splat Hair Dye Review. 

I’ll dig into information about the brand and their bestsellers, provide customer feedback, compare it with a top-selling competitor, and so much more to help you color with confidence. 

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions. Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Pros and Cons

Splat Hair Dye Review

Splat Hair Dye Review

Before we get into some more important details about the brand’s expressive product lineup, my Splat Hair Dye review will give you a rundown of their pros and cons:  

Pros

  • 23 Original colors to choose from
  • Available in a variety of formats: natural, 1-wash, 10-wash, Splat Hair Chalk, and more
  • Customers can return a product at any time even if it’s been used
  • Affordable prices
  • Accessible – sold in many big and small retailers
  • Good promotions & discounts offered
  • Free shipping on orders over $35
  • Ships internationally

Cons

  • Products may irritate skin and bleed when wet for as long as 2 weeks after dyeing 
Splat Hair Dye Review

How To Use Splat

Bleach is tough on hair. There’s just no way around it. Do you want vibrant colors? Bleach is the key

Though it takes from your hair, what you put back into the follicle is crucial, so that’s why Splat’s formula is packed with nourishing ingredients like Baobab seed oil and quinoa extract. 

After your color deposit is complete, Splat recommends using a conditioning treatment, and if you’ve chosen one of its Original Complete Kits, then you’re in luck because they include a great one. 

Kits aren’t the only thing the brand has to offer. On their website, you’ll find a broad selection of temporary and semi-permanent hair colors, as well as natural formulas and a la carte packets that let you easily mix and match colors. 

Splat Hair Dye Review

In all of Splat’s formulas, you’re getting paraben-free, sulfate-free, PPDs-free, and Ammonia-free color that despite what it lacks, certainly doesn’t skimp on vibrancy

In the next section of this Splat Hair Dye review, I’ll walk you through some of the brand’s most popular colors. 

7 Splat Semi-Permanent Hair Dye Bestsellers

Splat shades promise high payouts and long-lasting results – up to 4-6 weeks. Not sure about a color? Use Splat’s Virtual Try On to see your hair transformed before your eyes. 

To see the results shown in your try on, remember you’ll need to bleach your hair first. That’s precisely why the brand offers complete kits like the one I’ll start with next in this Splat Hair Dye review. 

Splat Original Complete Kit with Bleach and Semi-Permanent Hair Color – Neon Green

For a truly punky style, Neon Green is the way to go. It delivers an electric herbaceous green color, sort of like Poison Ivy’s venom in Batman, back in the days when Tim Burton was still the director and it was super imaginative. 

Anyway, this potent shade of Splat green hair dye promises eye-raising results, whether it’s just on your tips or covering your full head. 

Add a little venom to your look with a 3 oz Original Complete Kit with Bleach and Semi-Permanent Hair Color – Neon Green for $13

It’s important to note that all of the complete kits come with hair color, lightening bleach, gloves, and Splat hair dye instructions. 

Splat Original Complete Kit with Bleach and Semi-Permanent Hair Color – Blue Envy 

If you’re bored of regular dark hair colors like basic brown or black, try Blue Envy. It’s a deep, mysterious shade that has some edge yet remains pretty subtle. 

A good pick for those who want to experiment with color but want something a little less bright, this Splat blue hair dye is a great cool shade to mix with black hair or add dimension and depth to lighter colors like lilac. 

Push your limits with the 3 oz Original Complete Kit with Bleach and Semi-Permanent Hair Color – Blue Envy for $13

Splat Original Complete Kit with Bleach and Semi-Permanent Hair Color – Crimson Obsession 

Red is a popular Splat hair color, probably because it’s a safe choice as it’s not too far off the spectrum of natural hair. It also looks rockin’ on pretty much every skin tone imaginable! 

Splat hair dye Crimson Obsession is a deep, blood-red color that doesn’t lack in the drama department. On longer hair, this Splat red hair dye definitely has a mermaid-ish look, and you might say that it’s got the heart of Ariel but the soul of a siren. 

Bringing the heat to short hairstyles as well, those with a crop can play around with some putty or wax and create a totally fiery do’. 

Turn up the drama with the 3 oz Original Complete Kit with Bleach and Semi-Permanent Hair Color – Crimson Obsession for $13

Splat Original Complete Kit with Bleach and Semi-Permanent Hair Color – Purple Desire 

Though red hair will make you look like Ariel, Splat Purple hair dye screams mermaid hair. It has an aquatic presence to it, a fun yet serious quality that looks great on tips or faded down into an ombré. 

For true mermaid hair, add oceanic variation to your hair by combining it with Blue Envy. Take your hair to new depths with the Original Complete Kit with Bleach and Semi-Permanent Hair Color – Purple Desire for $13

Splat Original Complete Kit with Bleach and Semi-Permanent Hair Color – Pink Fetish 

There’s nothing prettier than pink. But pink has a dangerous side too. Inherently innocent, Splat gives the delicate shade an edgy makeover with the bright and fierce Pink Fetish

Apply this popping Splat pink hair dye shade to brightly bleached hair for a bubblegum look or add in like balayage for subtle but punky, fun strands. 

Show them your sweet side with the 3 oz Original Complete Kit with Bleach and Semi-Permanent Hair Color – Pink Fetish for $13

Splat Semi-Permanent Liquid Hair Color – Orange Fireballs 

Think: sunset hair or melting rainbow. Use this 1.5 oz pack of Orange Fireballs to create warm peach tones that fade into pinks and become a bright, summer sky. Orange is such a happy color and a playful choice for hair color. 

When used sparingly, it has a more pastel hue. In high doses, flames emerge. Add a couple of drops with the Splat pink hair color to create dreamy peach tones, or mix it up with yellow to make a unique marigold hue. 

It’s your hair; play around with it! Get the Semi-Permanent Liquid Hair Color – Orange Fireballs for $5

Splat Original Complete Kit with Bleach and Semi-Permanent Hair Color – Sinful Silver 

Move over, grey hair. The grey trend is cute, but sometimes you end up looking more like a senior than you do a trendy 20-something. Sinful Silver glimmers, giving a totally metal look that can be adjusted to lighter or darker tones. 

Use Splat hair bleach to lighten your hair to a medium blonde to reach a dark metallic shade or opt for bright aluminum by first bleaching to completely blonde strands. 

Add some edge to your look with the Original Complete Kit with Bleach and Semi-Permanent Hair Color – Sinful Silver for $13

Who Is Splat For? 

Splat Hair Dye Review

Splat is for adults who love experimenting with their hair color. It’s safe to use on kids too, but they’ll need an adult to help make the magic work. 

Because Splat semi permanent hair dye colors are highly pigmented, the colors come out more vibrantly on lighter hair, but those with darker hair may see some color difference as well, just more subtly. 

If you do have darker hair and want high color payoff, pre-lighten the strands you wish to color or buy one of the Original Complete Kits

Comparison: Splat vs. Manic Panic   

Splat Hair Dye Review

Expressive hair colors are more popular than ever. Though some bright hair color brands have been around for years, others are popping up on the scene and adding their own twist to vivid color. 

In this section of my Splat Hair Dye review, I’ll be doing a quick comparison between our featured brand and competitor, Manic Panic. 

Like Splat, Manic Panic hair dye is vegan and cruelty-free. The brand has been around since 1977 and is celebrated for their spectrum of powerful shades that deliver saturated color

Manic Panic has a huge collection of hair dye, from pastels to semi-permanent to high voltage and even a professional line. They offer hair care products, tools, cosmetics, and even lifestyle items like cutesy apparel and snappy shoes. 

Unlike our featured brand, Manic Panic doesn’t sell their colors in kits. If you want bleach, you’ll have to pay for it separately. As for the formulas themselves, the colors are set in a fortified cream conditioning base. The Classic line offers 40 shades, while Splat has only 23. 

Splat Hair Dye Review

Our features brand has more options when it comes to formats though, offering color that’s designed for 1 or 10 washes, along with ombré kits, and the Splat Midnight hair color line. 

Manic Panic Classic colors last for 4-6 weeks, but the brand also has an Amplified line that lasts 30% longer. 

For the sake of similarity, I’ll be checking out the formulas for our competitor’s Classic line and Splat’s Original Singles – as our featured brand doesn’t sell single jars of color. 

One 1.5 oz packet of Splat color is $5, whereas one 4 oz jar of Manic Panic is $14. When doing the math, these two formulas check out to be around the same price. So what’s the difference? Not a ton. But it looks like our competitor offers more color options.

If you need to lighten your hair and are looking for a 3-in-1 product, then Splat would be your best bet. Their complete kits contain bleach, color, and conditioning treatment in one. If you’re into large tubs of dye or a greater range of shades, Manic Panic is a solid choice. 

Splat Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Splat Hair Dye Review

It’s one thing to see how hair color looks on models, but another entirely to try it yourself. If you want to know what Splat is really like, then you’ve come to the right place. 

In this part of the Splat Hair Dye review, I’ve rounded up customer comments from various sources around the web that shed some light on the quality and results of the brand’s highly pigmented dye. 

Hitting up the official website first, I got a feel for how Splat colors are enjoyed by users. You’ll find a few of their bestsellers listed below along with their ratings:

  • Original Complete Kits (all colors) – 3.9/5 stars, 1,725 ratings
  • Naturals (all colors) – 4.4/5 stars, 448 ratings
  • Splat Temporary Hair Dye (1 wash) – 4.4/5 stars, 48 ratings
  • 10 Wash Temporary Hair Color – 3.9/5 stars, 86 ratings
  • Midnight, No Bleach, Semi-Permanent Hair Color – 4/5 stars, 932 ratings
Splat Hair Dye Review

I was quite intrigued by the Midnight line, so I chose to take a closer look at what customers had to say about it. 

77% of users said they’d recommend this product to a friend. Here are some of its main highlights:

  • 319 users said it has Great Color
  • 292 customers reported it was Easy To Use
  • 93 revealed it was Long Lasting

In terms of color payoff, one Splat Hair Dye review noted, “Usually if I put a color like this on my brown hair it would barely show up but it wasn’t the case with this. It was very vibrant.” Good to know, as I was afraid it wouldn’t hold up on darker bases. 

As for the negatives, here’s a list of common customer concerns:

  • 287 buyers reported it was Messy
  • 97 users said that it Didn’t Last
  • 94 shoppers found that it was Difficult To Wash Out 
Splat Hair Dye Review

The majority of complaints are with regards to the damage it does to hair. A few buyers said that it damaged their hair worse than bleach did. This may be because it lightens and deposits in one step, although this result isn’t reported by everyone. 

To see how the product held up outside of the brand’s website, I headed over to Amazon to read about the Original Complete Kit in Pink Fetish. It has a rating of 4.5/5 stars awarded by 558 shoppers. 

Have a peek at the rating snapshot below if you’d like to see how that score was calculated:

  • 5 stars: 78%
  • 4 stars: 7%
  • 3 stars: 4%
  • 2 stars: 6%
  • 1 star: 5%

Speaking of the quality, one Amazon Splat Hair Dye review reveals, “I’ve been using SPLAT for over 2 years! By far the BEST color I’ve used and doesn’t fade for me.” 

The user says they’ve tried a ton of other brands too, but this one is the best. The review, with pictures attached, showed vibrant, soft-looking hair

So if it’s good quality, what could be bad about it? Mostly the bleeding, it seems. 

Splat Hair Dye Review

One comment reads, “Mine won’t stop bleeding! No matter how much I try to wash any access crap that’s stuck to my scalp it just continues to bleed out. And I’m over two weeks into having it.” This would certainly be frustrating as it could ruin shirts and possibly carpets. 

To see if I could get a little more information to back up these statements, I consulted Chick Advisor. The review site showed a 4/5 star rating for the brand from 23 reviews. 

Apparently, 83% of chicks dig it, saying it provides “lasting coverage,” and is of “good value.” But just like the comments on Amazon, a ton of negative reviews consist of angry comments about how the color bleeds – even two weeks after use. 

From our research, it looks like Splat hair dye gives a bold color, but it bleeds for quite some time. The formulas are effective, but some appear to be better than others. 

Is Splat Worth It?

Splat Hair Dye Review

After doing my research for this Splat Hair Dye review, I believes the brand’s colors are of great value. The complete kits contain bleach, dye, and a conditioning treatment for the full experience. 

If bleach isn’t your thing, you can buy the Midnight line or single packs for a low price, and if natural is more your speed, they have a line for that too. 

The brand’s products are also extremely accessible, meaning you can most likely find a few of them at your local Walmart. 

The Original formula is said to bleed, but if high color payoff and long-lasting results for a low price are what you’re after, color bleeding can be dealt with by being super careful when your hair gets wet. It’s safe to say that I wholeheartedly recommend the brand,

Alternatives

If you’re not sold on Splat, here are some alternatives on the market that you might want to look into:

  1. Good Dye Young – GDY sells quite a wide, wacky selection of products: semi-permanent dye, lightener, hair makeup, hair care, tools, and even branded merch apparel. It was founded by Hayley Williams—yes, the Hayley Williams of Paramore! Very cool.
  2. Manic Panic – A pioneer in the alternative hair color industry, Manic Panic offers an extensive vegan selection of bold and vibrant shades.
  3. Joico – Joico Color Intensity offers a variety of bold and vivid shades that are known for their long-lasting and vibrant results.

Splat Promotions & Discounts 

Splat Hair Dye Review

Splat colors are already available at super low prices, but I know a little discount here and there never hurts! After combing the brand’s website, here’s what I discovered at the time of writing this Splat hair dye review:

  • Get a Gloss Masque for just $5 when you buy two Natural colors
  • Buy $35+ worth of products to get free shipping

Where to Buy Splat

Splat Hair Dye Review

As a super-accessible brand, you can find Splat at any of these following major retailers and more:

  • Walmart
  • Walgreens
  • CVS
  • Amazon

…and of course at splathaircolor.com!

FAQ

Splat Hair Dye Review

Where Is Splat made? 

Splat hair dye colors are made in the USA in sunny California. 

Is Splat vegan and cruelty-free? 

Yes! None of the brand’s formulas contain any animal-derived ingredients and are at no time tested on them. 

Does Splat damage your hair?

It’s not Splat that does damage to hair. In fact, the colors are infused with baobab seed oil and quinoa seed oil to nourish and protect it from UV rays. The issue with any bold hair color is that to get big color payoffs, you’ll need to bleach your hair first. 

Bleaching hair strips it of color, of course, but also removes moisture that can leave it super dry and brittle. Splat tries to combat this moisture loss by including its Deep Reconstructor Conditioner with each of their kits. 

What is Splat’s Shipping Policy?

Splat ships all over the world. Orders are processed in 72 hours and will take about 7-10 business days to arrive at your door. 

Of course, some locations may take more or less depending on how far away they are from the brand’s warehouse. All shipping costs are calculated at checkout. 

What is Splat’s Return Policy?

Because Splat products are sold at a ton of different retailers, if you bought from anywhere outside of splathaircolor.com, be sure to return your products to that specific store. 

For all returns of purchases made on the brand’s website, email [email protected] and let them know what’s up. They’ll give you instructions on what to do next. 

Since there is no information about whether it’s ok or not to return used products and how long their return policy is valid for, if you’ve used yours and need to make a return, go ahead and give them a call anyway. 

How to Contact Splat

If you need any other information that wasn’t included in this Splat Hair Dye review, use any of the two methods below to get in touch with the brand:

  1. Email: [email protected]
  2. Phone: (951)738-8595

Splat customer service hours are Monday – Friday 8 am – 5 pm PST.


Not totally convinced by Splat? Check out our review for Color&Co, which offers a revamped at-home hair coloring system

About Lashify

Lashify Lashes Review

Lashify is a luxury beauty brand offering a unique patented lash system, featuring their iconic Gossamer lashes and an array of accessories.

Lashify is featured in numerous media sources such as US Weekly, Coveteur, Vogue, Elle, Who What Wear, Birdie, Glamour, and The Cut. Rosalía, Renée Zellweger, Janelle Monáe, and Sigourney Weaver are just some of the celebrities who are loving the brand

Lashify believes in “equality, fierce women, and people of all colors.” They also believe in transparency. Not just in how they advertise their lash products, but in the quality of each pair they distribute.

Speaking of transparency, the brand is also proud to give back to not only the people they support, but animals, too. Lashify makes it a priority to donate to both Road Dogs & Rescue and Bobzilla.org.

In this Lashify lashes review, I will take an in-depth look at the brand and its products, customer ratings, promotions, and more, to help you decide if their products are worth the buy.

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions. Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

What Sets Lashify Apart?

Lashify Lashes Review

Lashify sets itself apart from traditional lash extension brands in a few key ways:

  • DIY Application: Lashify is designed to be a do-it-yourself lash extension system. Unlike traditional lash extensions that require a professional technician for application, Lashify provides tools and products that allow individuals to apply the extensions themselves at home. This approach offers convenience and cost savings for those who prefer to have control over their lash extensions.
  • Gossamer® Lashes: Lashify’s proprietary lashes, known as Gossamer® lashes, are a significant differentiating factor. These lashes are made from a lightweight synthetic material that mimics the look and feel of natural lashes. Gossamer® lashes come in various lengths, thicknesses, and styles, allowing users to customize their lash look according to their preferences.
  • Underlash Technique: Lashify introduced the concept of “underlash” application, where the lash extensions are applied underneath the natural lashes, giving a more natural and seamless appearance. This technique creates a unique lash look that is less noticeable compared to traditional lash extensions that are applied on top of the natural lashes.
  • Lashify Bond: Lashify offers its own adhesive called Lashify Bond, which is designed to be gentle on the natural lashes while providing a secure and long-lasting hold. This adhesive is formulated to be resistant to sweat, water, and oil, ensuring that the lash extensions stay in place throughout the day.
  • Online Community and Support: Lashify has built a strong online community of lash enthusiasts and offers support and guidance through tutorials, forums, and social media platforms. The brand encourages users to share their experiences, tips, and tricks, fostering a sense of community among Lashify users.

While Lashify’s DIY lash extension system has gained popularity and has its dedicated user base, it is important to follow the instructions and guidelines provided by the brand to ensure safe and proper application of the lash extensions.

So, that’s what my Lashify lashes review will cover next!

How Do You Apply Lashify?

To apply Lashify, follow the steps listed below:

  1. Prep: Make sure that the area around your eye is clean (pre-makeup). Use the Pre-Cleanse with a cotton pad or disposable spoolie to make sure your lashes and lids are free of any products or natural oils.
  2. Bond: Apply a coat of Whisper Light on your lashes and wait 30 seconds to one-minute before repeating, and concentrating the product on the base of your natural lashes. Wait 30 seconds to one-minute before adding dots of the clear whisper-light 1-2 mm above your waterline where you will be applying the Gossamer lash.
  3. Gossamer: Remove the Gossamer lashes from the packaging very gently using your fingertips. If using the Fuse Control wand, do this gently with the Wandoms applied to the tips of the wand. Once the bond has dried, take use the Fuse Control wand to apply the Gossamer on the underside of your top lashes. This should be done 2mm above the waterline and you should be able to see the root of your lashes. 
  4. Fuse: Using the curved end of the Fuse Control wand, follow your natural eyelid shape and press down to fuse the Gossamer to your natural lashes.
  5. Seal: Apply Glass to the underneath of the lashes, focusing at the root of the lashes to seal in the products, and ensure there is no stickiness

Materials

As mentioned, Lashify provides lash extension products made from various materials to create their signature Gossamer® lashes. Here are the key materials used in their products:

  1. Gossamer® Lashes: Lashify’s proprietary lash material is called Gossamer®. Gossamer® lashes are made from a lightweight synthetic material that is designed to mimic the look and feel of natural lashes. They are available in different lengths, thicknesses, and styles to achieve the desired lash look.
  2. Lash Adhesive: Lashify offers their own lash adhesive, called Lashify Bond. The adhesive is formulated to be gentle on the natural lashes while providing a secure and long-lasting hold. It is designed to be resistant to sweat, water, and oil, ensuring that the lash extensions stay in place throughout the day.
  3. Application Tools: Lashify provides a range of application tools to assist with the lash extension process. These tools typically include items such as precision applicators, lash placement tweezers, and a control wand. These tools help with the precise and controlled application of lash extensions.

Pros and Cons

Lashify Lashes Review

For this Lashify lashes review I’ve created a list of pros and cons to help you see a snapshot of the highs and lows:

Pros

  • Convenience: Lashify allows you to apply eyelash extensions in the comfort of your own home, saving you time and money compared to salon visits.
  • Customization: The Lashify system offers a range of different lash styles, lengths, and thicknesses, allowing you to achieve a customized look.
  • Control: With Lashify, you have more control over the application process, as you are applying the lashes yourself. This can be beneficial if you prefer a hands-on approach.
  • Reusability: Lashify lashes are designed to be reusable. You can remove and reapply them multiple times, which can be cost-effective in the long run.

Cons

  • Learning Curve: Applying lash extensions with Lashify requires some practice and skill. It may take time to master the technique and achieve the desired results.
  • Potential Damage: Improper application or removal of Lashify lashes can potentially damage your natural lashes. It’s important to follow the instructions carefully and be gentle when handling the lashes.
  • Maintenance: Lashify lashes require regular maintenance, including cleaning, removal, and reapplication. This may be time-consuming and require dedication to upkeep.
  • Cost: While Lashify can be cost-effective in the long run due to reusability, the initial investment can be relatively expensive compared to other alternatives, such as traditional false lashes or mascara.

It’s important to note that experiences with Lashify may vary from person to person, and these pros and cons are based on general observations. It’s always recommended to research and consider individual preferences and circumstances before deciding to try any eyelash extension system.

7 Lashify Bestsellers

Lashify’s collection includes gossamer lashes, a fuse control wand, lash curler, led mirror, cleansing puff, lash holder, bond setter, and eyelash brushes. I’ll take a look at the core elements of the Lashify system.

Lashify Fluffy Truffle Gossamer Lashes Review

The Lashify Fluffy Truffle Gossamer Lashes feature a natural and flattering shade that combines chocolate brown and black. They’re cruelty-free and contain 100% Premium Korean PBT Silk, offering a softer look than typical black faux lashes.

The fluffy lashes give a full, fluttery look with varied, multidimensional lashes that provide a unique and flattering enhancement to your eyes.

These lashes feature a strong curl, which may make them appear shorter (keep that in mind when choosing a length). According to the website, the Lashify F12 length suits most eyes.

These lashes retail for $25 or $6.25 with 4 intrest-free Sezzle payments. A set includes 12 Gossamers per cartridge, with 52 individual fibers per Gossamer.

Some other important specs about the Lashify Fluffy Truffle Gossamer Lashes:

  • Length options: F8 8mm, F10 10mm, F12 12mm, F14 14mm, F16 16mm, F18 18mm
  • Thickness: 1mm
  • Curl: Strong

Lashify Curl Gossamer Lashes Review

The Lashify Curl Gossamer Lashes give a flattering doe-eyed look with a beautiful curl that offers a big, bright-eyed effect. They come in black, creating a bold aesthetic because of their curl.

Made from 100% Premium Korean PBT Silk, these lashes have 35 individual fibers per Gossamer, with 12 Gossamer lashes per cartridge. Get this Lashify set for $20/4 Sneezle payments of $5.

Other features of the Lashify Curl Gossamer Lashes include: 

  • Length options: 8mm, 10mm, 12mm, 14mm, 16mm, and 18mm
  • Thickness: 0.07mm
  • Curl: D Multi-Curl

Lashify Amplify Gossamer Lashes Review

The Lashify Amplify Gossamer Lashes are a natural, wispy lash that is light enough to be worn every day and have people wondering if those are your real lashes.

These Lashify lashes come in black and have a beautiful soft curl for the look of long lashes without applying makeup. They offer an enviable effortless look that many users are really into.

These 100% Premium Korean PBT Silk lashes retail for $20/ or 4 Sneezle installments of $5. You receive 35 Individual fibers per Gossamer with 12 Gossamer lashes in each cartridge.

Some other important things to note about the Lashify Amplify Gossamer Lashes

  • Length options: 8mm, 10mm, 12mm, 14mm, 16mm, 18mm
  • Thickness: 0.07mm
  • Curl: Soft – J Curl

Lashify Whisper Light Dual-Sided Bond Review

The Lashify Whisper Light Dual-Sided Bond is a product that is designed to hold the Gossamer lashes in place on your natural eyelashes, available in clear or black.

This product features Biotin and Micro-flex™ technology which protects your natural lashes’ roots. Whisper Light includes Lashify’s Micro Mascara applicator and the Aubex applicator. 

Lashify Whisper Light Dual-Sided Bond is made in Korea in an ISO-approved manufacturing facility. There are no harmful ingredients in this product which makes it safe for sensitive eyes

The Whisper Light Dual-Sided Bond retails for $28 and won’t harm your lashes.

Lashify Night Bond Review

The Lashify Night Bond is an essential product in your Lashify routine. This is a formula that protects your lashes and secures them so they don’t fall off.

The Night Bond is meant to be used after the Whisper Light and Fuse Control for ultimate longevity. To amplify your night-out look, or your everyday look, it only comes in black.

Lashify Night Bond is final sale, priced at $23.

Lashify Control Kit Review

The Lashify Control Kit features everything you need to get started on your luxurious lash journey, including:

  • The Fuse Control Wand
  • A set of Gossamer lashes
  • A dual-sided Whisper light bond
  • A Glass sealer 

This Lashify kit is designed for beginners, with the choice between 12mm and 14mm lashes. You can choose between the black or white kit and the A, B, or C Gossamer lash core collections:

  • A – Amplify: natural looking
  • B – Bold: thick fiber with drama
  • C – Curl: strong curl 

With the purchase of the Control Kit, you can access the Lashify Concierge and 1:1 training session with Lashify pros. This kit costs $145.

Lashify Luxe Box Review

The Luxe Box is Lashify’s subscription service that gives you up to 50% off Gossamer lashes. You can choose how often you receive your packages, either every 2 weeks, 3 weeks, month, or 2 months.

You can also choose to cancel this subscription after your first two deliveries. Options for Gossamer lashes include:

  • The Core Collection – $10
  • The Intimates Collection – $10 
  • The Prismatic Collection – $12  
  • The Volume Collection – $18 

You can also choose products such as bonds and cleaners for 10% off. Control your lashes and looks with precision, confidence, and most importantly, beauty. The subscription to the Lashify Luxe Box is a free deal for continuing users.

Who Is Lashify For?

Lashify is typically marketed towards anyone who is interested in achieving longer and fuller-looking eyelashes through the use of lash extensions.

It can be suitable for different people, including those who:

  1. Desire convenience: Lashify is a popular option for individuals who prefer the convenience of applying lash extensions at home rather than visiting a salon. It can be a time-saving option for those with busy schedules.
  2. Enjoy customization: Lashify offers a range of lash styles, lengths, and thicknesses, allowing individuals to customize their lash look according to their preferences. This can be appealing to those who want a personalized and unique appearance.
  3. Are comfortable with DIY application: Lashify requires individuals to apply the lash extensions themselves. It is suitable for those who are comfortable with a DIY approach and enjoy having more control over the application process.
  4. Want reusable lash options: Lashify lashes are designed to be reusable, which can be beneficial for individuals looking for a cost-effective option. If you prefer to reuse lash extensions instead of purchasing disposable ones, Lashify can be a suitable choice.
  5. Are willing to invest time in maintenance: Proper maintenance is important with Lashify lashes, including cleaning, removal, and reapplication. Individuals who are willing to invest time and effort into maintaining their lash extensions may find Lashify appealing.

Lashify Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Lashify Luxe Box Review

So for this Lashify lashes review I started with customer ratings on the official website. The majority of reviewers on the site are loving their lashes. Comments such as the Gossamers having “replaced lash extensions” and being “great quality and comfortable to wear” are frequent.

Take a look at how the products in this Lashify lashes review perform on the site:

  • Fluffy Truffle Gossamer® Lashes: 4/5 stars out of 329 reviews
  • Curl Gossamer® Lashes: 5/5 stars out of 2237 reviews
  • Amplify Gossamer® Lashes: 5/5 stars out of 1341 reviews
  • Whisper Light Dual-Sided Bond: 5/5 stars out of 281 reviews
  • Night Bond: 4.4/5 stars out of 860 reviews
  • Melt Away: 5/5 stars out of 1399 reviews
  • Pre-Cleanse: 5/5 stars out of 970 reviews 
  • The Lashify Control Kit: 4.5/5 stars out of 49557 reviews

Then, I looked at some Lashify lashes reviews on Trustpilot, which rated the brand as 4.5/5 stars out of 482 reviews. The limited negative reviews complain that the lashes fall off and that customer service is difficult to get a hold of. 

There are many reviews and comments on Reddit where customers are loving being able to enjoy the lash looks at home, since they aren’t able to leave the house to get them done.

In a positive Lashify review Reddit posted, one buyer wrote: “I use it and I love it. I started having the worst reactions to extension glue and tbh my tech wasn’t great. Now I can do my lashes at home in 10 minutes and they last up a week, and I can customize my look however I want. It’s fantastic.”

Although most of the reviews on Reddit were positive, some Lashify lashes reviews 2020 displayed had comments about how the feedback may be regulated by the brand. These comments aren’t substantiated, though.

One negative Lashify lashes review says, “it’s not the most user friendly, the owner got into a controversy, and it’s really expensive. It’s probably better to get professional extensions or get falsies with a clear band.”

Many customers compare Lashify vs Falscara as well as Lashify vs Glamnetic. Although customers are trying both Glamnetic and Falscara and comparing it to Lashify, you can’t truly compare them.

Glamnetic and Flascara systems are not intended to be worn for more than 24 hrs. Although they both come at a lower cost than Lashify, they are not of higher quality or a better deal

Is Lashify Worth It?

Lashify Lashes Review

Lashify is worth it if you are a lash extension lover or just want to have your lashes look extra amazing. Based on the many positive customer Lashify lash reviews, you can see that people love their lashes.  

If you are looking for a system that is customizable and that you can apply yourself at home Lashify is a great option. Some customers have issues with the longevity of the lashes, but you have to remember that these are not lash extensions.

The customer service does not have great reviews, but most customers love their products and don’t need to encounter their customer service team. If you really need it, their 1-on-1 help may be just what you need to figure out how to make the products work for you.

I love the flexibility of applying your lashes at home and having the option to leave them on for days at a time without damaging natural lashes!

Lashify Promotions & Discounts 

Lashify Lashes Review

At the time of this Lashify lashes review, there is a Lashify discount code STOCKUP. You can also be eligible for one free pair of Gossamer lashes after you buy 3 pairs

You can also get 10% off your purchase if you subscribe to Lashify by entering your phone number. If you are a Luxe-box member, you get up to 50% off of Gossamer lashes and 10% off other products.

Where to Buy Lashify

Lashify Lashes Review

You can purchase Lashify on their website Lashify.com. There are also two Lashify locations, one in New York City and another in Los Angeles.

Alternatives

If Lashify isn’t accessible to you, here are some popular alternatives for lash extension systems or products:

  1. Ardell Lashes is a well-known brand offering a wide range of false lashes, including individual lashes and lash extension kits.
  2. Velour Lashes offers a variety of high-quality false lashes and lash extension products, known for their luxurious and comfortable designs.
  3. Lilly Lashes is a brand known for its glamorous and dramatic false lashes, including options for lash extensions.
  4. House of Lashes provides a selection of false lashes, including lash extension options, with various styles and designs.
  5. Lashbox LA specializes in professional lash extension products, including adhesive, lashes, and application tools.

FAQ

Lashify Lashes Review

How much does Lashify cost?

The initial cost for the Control Kit which includes all of the products you will need is $145.  When you finish the Gossamers from the kit you can purchase refills for the retail price.

Gossamer lashes purchased on their own retail for $20-$25 each, while tools such as the bonds retail for $23-$28. Removers cost $21-$38, and the cleanser sells for $31.

For a discounted price, become a member of Luxe-Box to get Gossamers for up to 50% off and tools and bonds for 10% off.

Do Lashify lashes work?

Yes, Lashify lashes do work. This is the perfect quick and easy lash system.  Users’ experiences may change based on the amount of activity they perform throughout the day.

Does Lashify ruin lashes?

Lashify will not ruin your lashes and was created with the safety of your natural lashes in mind.  The Gossamers are very lightweight and will disintegrate over time.

The Whisper Light bond includes ingredients that will protect and nourish your lashes. The Melt Away remover moisturizes your lashes and allows the Gossamer to gently come off. 

How long do Lashify lashes stay on?

Lashify lashes can be removed daily, or worn for up to 10 days. Over time, the Gossamer lashes disintegrate.

Can you get Lashify wet?

Lashify lashes are water resistant, allowing you to swim, shower, and exercise while wearing the lashes. If they loosen, you can re-fuse them with the bond.

How do you remove Lashify?

To remove Lashify, shake Melt Away and distribute on a cotton pad or disposable spoolie, then hold over your eyelids for a few seconds before sliding Gossamer off.

This is a very safe and effective way to remove the Gossamers without pulling out or damaging your natural lashes. 

How do you clean and reuse Lashify?

To clean and reuse Lashify lashes, soak in 91% alcohol for hours (or days) until the bonds release and you can start fresh.

Can you use Latisse with Lashify?

Yes, customers are able to use Latisse with Lashify, just like with regular lash extensions. This will strengthen your natural lashes when wearing Lashify.

How does a Lashify subscription work?

The Lashify Luxe Box is their subscription service. You do not pay a membership fee and receive up to 50% off Gossamers, 10% off other products. It’s simple to become a Luxe Box member: choose your frequency, Gossamers, then any additional products.

If you want to cancel your subscription, you can do so after 2 deliveries. You can also choose how often to receive your products.

What is Lashify’s Shipping Policy?

Lashify‘s shipping policy is as follows:

  • Overnight and next-day rush orders placed before 3 pm PST Mon-Fri will be processed on the same day 
  • All orders will process between 3-5 shipping days
  • You will receive a tracking number within 72 hours of your purchase
  • Free shipping on orders over $150
  • Luxe Box member will receive free domestic USPS standard shipping on orders that qualify and are over $45 (subject to a $4 shipping fee)
  • Luxe Box members will receive free international shipping on orders over $100
  • Lashify Canada shipping and International shipping via FedEx (not including China)
  • Lashify offers Route Shipping Protection for all online orders 

What is Lashify’s Return Policy?

You can return the Control Kit within 30 days of delivery. All original items from the package must be included. Shipping and handling fees will be subtracted from your refund.

Provide the item with the tracking number from your order. All other products are final sale. There are two standard return fees including shipping ($11) and handling ($7).

Allow 2-3 weeks for refunds to be processed. If you have an issue with the quality of the items you purchased, contact their team with images showing the issue you have.

Within a week of receiving the package, as well as a description of the issue and a picture of your packing slip, the problem will then be resolved, which may involve a refund or store credit.

How to Contact Lashify

If you still have questions after reading this Lashify lashes review, you may contact their team between 8 am and 10 pm PST in the following ways:


Check out Besame vintage-style makeup, inspired by brazen babes of the 1920’s, Hollywood’s star-studded Golden Age, the 1960’s Jacky Kennedy look, and more.

Get personalized cosmetic boxes every month with these makeup subscriptions:

Glossybox

Ipsy

Boxycharm

Birchbox

About Primal Harvest

Primal Harvest Review

Revitalize your health with Primal Harvest nutrient-packed supplements. Offered in capsule and powdered form, each formula is meticulously crafted with a blend of brain and body healthy ingredients, including probiotics, adaptogens, antioxidants, and super greens. 

According to one survey, over 90% of subjects believe in using multivitamins and supplements to meet our nutritional needs, yet most Americans aren’t meeting those recommended amounts. Over 94% don’t get enough vitamin D, for example, even though it can help prevent a myriad of diseases, from cancer to heart disease.

Diets used to be so simple. Getting a spectrum of vitamins and minerals was a daily task that just meant eating normally – back in the days of our ancestors, that is. Today, we’re distracted by flashing signs for tasty treats that fill a void but leave us empty in terms of nutrition. 

The definition of a healthy diet is constantly changing as our understanding of nutrition evolves. Research shows that certain nutrients, food groups, and dietary patterns have a positive impact on health and help prevent common non-communicable diseases (NCDs), including cardiovascular disease and cancer.

Regional diets like the Mediterranean diet, as well as patterns like the DASH and MIND diets, emphasize consuming more health-promoting foods and limiting unhealthy options. These diets are characterized by higher intake of plant-based foods such as fruits, vegetables, whole grains, legumes, seeds, and nuts, while reducing animal-based foods, especially fatty and processed meats.

In circumstances where your diet cannot fulfill your body’s needs, you may benefit from diet supplements. The best way to know if you need to complement your diet with multivitamins and minerals is to have a professional consultation.

Looking for something to assist in your journey to complete wellness? You may have found the perfect partner. To see if what they offer aligns with your needs, we invite you to read through this Primal Wellness review. 

Featured in People, Good Housekeeping, CNN, and a ton of other big names in media, Primal Harvest has been praised for their clean, USA-made formulas

We’ll take you through important details of the brand’s products, provide customer feedback, answer FAQs, and more. 

Recent Studies about Food Supplements

If you’re looking for haircare products to address health concerns, it may be useful to explore recent studies on the ingredients used in the products of your chosen brand.

  • A 2019 study explores the benefits of vitamin C. The study highlights that vitamin C, as an essential nutrient, plays a vital role in various bodily functions. It acts as a potent antioxidant and is believed to potentially reduce the risk of diseases such as cancer, diabetes, cardiovascular disorders, respiratory syndromes, and more. The study emphasizes the importance of vitamin C in preventing scurvy and discusses its therapeutic potential and various biological activities.
  • A 2020 study investigated the impact of vitamin D on cardiovascular health. The study revealed that while sunlight-induced biosynthesis in the skin remains the primary source of vitamin D, it can also be obtained in smaller quantities from fatty fish, fish liver oil, and mushrooms in the diet. Vitamin D plays a role in regulating blood pressure through its influence on endothelial cells and smooth muscle cells. 
  • A 2020 study discusses the transformative power of vitamin B12 .This essential vitamin, known for its vital role in DNA synthesis, myelin synthesis, and cell reproduction, can be sourced from animal products and intestinal flora. However, deficiency in vitamin B12 can lead to severe health consequences, including anemia, neuropathy, and irreversible neurological damage. 
  • A 2022 study explores the intriguing link between dietary minerals and coronary artery calcification (CAC). The findings highlight the importance of considering the dietary intake of both Zn and Mg together, as they may play a cardio-protective role among CAC patients.
  • A 2021 review highlights the remarkable potential of superfoods. Superfoods encompass a variety of fruits, vegetables, grains, and more. This review delves into the nutritional composition of select superfoods and their potential interventions in preventing various chronic ailments, reaping the numerous health advantages they offer. Examples of superfoods include berries, leafy greens, nuts and seeds, fatty fish, and whole grains
  • According to a 2017 study, the consumption of fruits and vegetables offers a myriad of benefits due to their abundance of bioactive compounds. These compounds, including polyphenols, carotenoids, vitamins, phytoestrogens, glucosinolates, and anthocyanins, have been recognized for their potential health advantages. Diets rich in fruits and vegetables have been associated with delaying the aging process, reducing the risk of certain cancers, cardiovascular diseases, and other chronic conditions. 
  • A 2020 study emphasizes the significant benefits of probiotics in supporting a healthy small intestine (SI) microbiome and promoting overall well-being. Recent findings demonstrate that probiotic supplements containing lactic acid bacteria and Bifidobacterium effectively support beneficial microbes, improve barrier integrity, and reduce nutrient malabsorption and SI disease-related issues. Incorporating probiotics into one’s routine can have profound positive impacts on SI function and overall health.
  • A 2022 review highlights the potential of medicinal herbs as health promoters. Various herbs showcase exceptional properties: ginger exhibits antiviral, antioxidant, and anti-inflammatory effects, garlic serves as an ayurvedic medicinal herb and flavor enhancer, coriander offers relief for gastrointestinal conditions, turmeric demonstrates anti-inflammatory, anti-viral, anti-oxidant, anti-cancer, and other beneficial properties. Fennel, cardamom, clove, and cinnamon each contribute their unique carminative, stimulant, antibacterial, and other medicinal benefits.

Primal Harvest Pros and Cons

Primal Harvest Review

Before we get into exactly what you’ll find within the brand’s selection, this Primal Harvest review will fill you in on some pros and cons: 

Pros

  • Natural and High-Quality Products: Primal Harvest emphasizes using natural ingredients and focuses on providing high-quality dietary supplements.
  • Health and Wellness Focus: The brand aims to support various aspects of health and wellness, including immune support, cognitive function, and energy.
  • Product Range: Primal Harvest offers a range of products, allowing customers to choose from different options based on their specific needs.
  • Customer Reviews and Satisfaction: Positive customer reviews and satisfaction can be an indication of the brand’s effectiveness and quality.

Cons

  • Limited Availability: Primal Harvest products may have limited availability, especially if they are primarily sold online or through specific channels.
  • Individual Results May Vary: As with any health and wellness products, individual results may vary. What works well for one person may not necessarily have the same effects for another.
  • Price: Some customers may find Primal Harvest products to be relatively expensive compared to other brands in the market.

It’s important to note that these pros and cons are general considerations and may vary based on individual experiences and preferences.

Additionally, it’s always a good idea to research and read customer reviews or consult with healthcare professionals before making any decisions about using specific brands or products.

Ingredients

Primal Harvest Review

In this section, I will explore some of the key ingredients commonly found in Primal Harvest products. From the renowned anti-inflammatory properties of turmeric to the adaptogenic benefits of ashwagandha, I delve into the science-backed ingredients that form the foundation of Primal Harvest’s formulations.

Discover how these ingredients, such as green tea extract, collagen peptides, probiotics, and omega-3 fatty acids, can potentially support your well-being and contribute to a healthier lifestyle.

Turmeric

Turmeric contains an active compound called curcumin, which has potent antioxidant and anti-inflammatory properties. It is often used in dietary supplements to support joint health, promote a healthy inflammatory response, and support overall well-being.

Ashwagandha

Ashwagandha is an adaptogenic herb that is traditionally used in Ayurvedic medicine. It is believed to help the body adapt to stress, support adrenal health, promote a balanced mood, and enhance overall resilience.

Green Tea Extract

Green tea extract is rich in antioxidants, particularly catechins such as EGCG (epigallocatechin gallate). It is known for its potential to support metabolism, boost energy levels, and promote overall health.

Collagen Peptides

Collagen is a protein that plays a crucial role in the health of our skin, joints, and connective tissues. Collagen peptides are hydrolyzed forms of collagen that are easier for the body to absorb. They are often used in dietary supplements to support skin health, joint flexibility, and overall collagen production.

Probiotics

Probiotics are beneficial bacteria that help maintain a healthy balance in the gut microbiome. They are often included in Primal Harvest products to support digestive health, promote a healthy immune system, and enhance nutrient absorption.

Omega-3 Fatty Acids

Omega-3 fatty acids, particularly EPA (eicosapentaenoic acid) and DHA (docosahexaenoic acid), are essential fats that are primarily found in fatty fish. They are known for their potential to support heart health, brain function, cardiovascular health and overall well-being.

These are just a few examples of key ingredients used in Primal Harvest products. It’s important to note that specific products may contain different combinations of ingredients depending on their intended purpose.

To get the most accurate and up-to-date information on the key ingredients in a specific Primal Harvest product, it’s advisable to refer to the product label or contact Primal Harvest directly.

Benefits

Primal Harvest Review

Primal Harvest offers a range of dietary supplements that are designed to provide various potential benefits for individuals seeking to support their overall health and wellness. Here are some potential benefits associated with Primal Harvest products:

Enhanced Energy Levels

Primal Harvest offers products that may help boost energy levels naturally, such as green tea extract, providing support for those who feel fatigued or need an extra energy boost throughout the day.

Immune System Support

Some Primal Harvest products contain ingredients that may help support a healthy immune system. These ingredients, such as vitamins, minerals, and botanical extracts, can potentially strengthen the body’s natural defenses and promote overall immune health.

Cognitive Function Support

Primal Harvest recognizes the importance of cognitive health and offers products that may support mental clarity, focus, and memory. Ingredients like herbal extracts, antioxidants, and essential nutrients can potentially contribute to cognitive function support.

Digestive Health

Primal Harvest recognizes the significance of gut health and offers products that may support digestive wellness. Probiotics, digestive enzymes, and other gut-supportive ingredients can potentially help maintain a healthy balance of gut bacteria and support efficient digestion.

Antioxidant Protection

Primal Harvest products often incorporate ingredients rich in antioxidants, such as green tea extract or turmeric. These antioxidants can potentially help combat oxidative stress and protect cells from damage caused by free radicals.

Stress Relief and Adaptation

Primal Harvest includes adaptogenic herbs known for their potential to help the body adapt to stress and promote balance. These ingredients, such as ashwagandha or rhodiola rosea, can potentially support stress relief, mood balance, and overall well-being.

Skin Health

Primal Harvest offers products that may contribute to healthy skin from within. Ingredients like collagen peptides, vitamins, and antioxidants can potentially support skin elasticity, hydration, and overall radiance.

It’s important to note that individual experiences may vary, and the specific benefits of Primal Harvest products will depend on factors such as the formulation, individual health conditions, and lifestyle.

As with any dietary supplements, it’s recommended to consult with healthcare professionals and follow the recommended usage instructions provided by Primal Harvest to optimize potential benefits.

Side Effects

Primal Harvest Review

Primal Harvest dietary supplements are generally formulated with natural ingredients and are intended to be safe for most individuals when used as directed. However, it’s important to note that individual reactions and sensitivities can vary. Here are some potential considerations regarding side effects associated with Primal Harvest products:

Allergies

Some individuals may have allergies or sensitivities to specific ingredients used in Primal Harvest products. It’s crucial to carefully review the product labels and ingredient lists to identify any potential allergens.

If you have known allergies or sensitivities, it’s advisable to consult with a healthcare professional or allergist before using the products.

Digestive Upset

Certain Primal Harvest products contain ingredients like herbs, probiotics, or enzymes that may impact digestive processes in some individuals. While most people tolerate these ingredients well, some individuals may experience mild digestive upset, such as bloating, gas, or changes in bowel movements, especially during the initial stages of use.

If you experience persistent or severe digestive discomfort, it’s recommended to discontinue use and consult a healthcare professional.

Interactions with Medications

Some ingredients used in Primal Harvest products may interact with certain medications.

If you are taking any prescription medications or have underlying health conditions, it’s crucial to consult with a healthcare professional before incorporating any new dietary supplements into your routine. They can evaluate potential interactions and provide personalized guidance.

Individual Sensitivities

Each person’s body may react differently to dietary supplements, even if the ingredients are generally well-tolerated. It’s essential to pay attention to your body’s response and discontinue use if you experience any adverse effects.

If you have any concerns or questions about specific side effects, it’s advisable to consult with a healthcare professional.

Pregnancy and Nursing

If you are pregnant, nursing, or planning to become pregnant, it’s important to consult with a healthcare professional before using any dietary supplements, including those from Primal Harvest. Certain ingredients may not be suitable during pregnancy or breastfeeding.

It’s worth mentioning that these considerations are general in nature, and the specific side effects may vary depending on the individual and the product in question.

To ensure your safety and well-being, it’s always advisable to carefully read the product labels, follow the recommended dosage instructions, and consult with a healthcare professional if you have any concerns or questions.

Additionally, contacting Primal Harvest directly can provide more specific information about the potential side effects associated with their products.

5 Primal Harvest Bestsellers

Primal Harvest Immune Support

After 2020, we all started looking at the way we take care of our bodies just a little more closely. Not that the common cold isn’t terrible, but for some of us, eating a vitamin-rich diet isn’t as important to prevent a cold as it is to try to stave off a killer virus. 

A healthy, functional immune system can help us fight off illnesses more efficiently, yes, but it can also help us feel more alive in general. Immune Support works to fortify your immune system, efficiently cleanse your body of toxin build-up, and boost energy and brainpower.

Made from alkaline vitamins and minerals from sources such as spirulina and kale, this powder incorporates prebiotics, digestive enzymes, adaptogens, and antioxidants as well. Let’s take a closer look at each:

Prebiotics and probiotics: these are bacteria that are beneficial for the gut and can help protect it from harmful pathogens (aka disease-causing organisms). By supporting the mucus that lines your stomach, prebiotics and probiotics enhance its function as a barrier, which helps to keep bad things out of your body.

Adaptogens: ingredients that can improve the body’s response to stress. Primal Harvest’s Immune Support supplement includes adaptogens like reishi, which has been shown to have antidepressant activity in animals. Studies have shown that improvements in mood can lead to improved immune function.

Antioxidants:oxidative stress is what happens when there’s an imbalance between free radicals and antioxidants in the body. When there are too many free radicals and not enough antioxidants to counteract them, cellular damage can occur.

Totally rejuvenate your health with a 30-day supply of capsules for $30

Primal Harvest Primal Greens

We all know we need more greens, yet the ones that are the most nutrient-dense aren’t the ones that are easily smothered with ranch dressing. The Primal Greens supplement combines more than 50 fruits, vegetables, and herbs that feed cells what they crave. 

Nutrient-rich, bioavailable chlorella, vital minerals, antioxidants, and amino acids quickly make their way into your cells to get to work and boost wellness.

In addition to greens, you’re also getting probiotics that encourage a healthy gut and an adaptogen blend to boost brain function and reduce stress. Since we’ve already discussed antioxidants and adaptogens, let’s take a look at the rest of the ingredients:

Chlorella: this ingredient is a type of algae found in freshwater. Studies have shown that chlorella supplementation can help with hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia (aka high levels of fats and sugars in the blood).

Minerals: this product includes the essential minerals of zinc and copper, both of which are involved in a variety of biological processes. A deficiency of these two minerals has been shown to be involved in the development of neurodegenerative diseases like Alzheimer’s. 

Amino Acids: amino acids are the building blocks of all of the proteins in your body, so as you can imagine, they have a pretty big job. Deficiency in certain amino acids can lead to diseases like heart disease and cancer.

Experience better health with an 8.5 oz bag of Primal Harvest Primal Greens for $45.

If you order this soon, you’ll get a free book with immune-boosting recipes inside. 

Primal Harvest Primal Gut Restore

Our guts are responsible for more than we know. An imbalanced system can lead to unpleasant symptoms like low energy, excess weight, and even skin troubles like acne.

The Primal Gut Restore capsules help to boost your natural immune response and energy levels so that you’re prepared to fight off illnesses. 

Primal Harvest Gut Restore replenishes your gut with 3 billion cfus of B. longum bacteria. Now, this is where this supplement gets really interesting. Not only does it include prebiotics and probiotics, but Primal Gut introduces something called postbiotics, which are sort of like a doctor’s follow-up appointment. 

Postbiotics make sure probiotics are doing their jobs and give them a little pat on the back for support. Recent research has shown that they can be used in healthy people to effectively improve health and relieve digestive discomfort.

Get a 1-month supply of 30 capsules for $50.

Primal Harvest Primal Collagen

As we age, we lose collagen. Although women are more affected by men, everyone can benefit from taking a collagen supplement to encourage the growth of healthier skin, hair, and nails. One study showed that collagen supplements can effectively increase skin hydration and elasticity while reducing roughness.

Primal Collagen is a mix of grass-fed type 1 and 2 hydrolyzed collagen. This supplement is made from pasture-raised cows raised without antibiotics or added hormones. 

Sounds great, but how do Primal Harvest collagen peptides work? Once you ingest it, it’s absorbed by your cells and sent in to help repair and replenish your natural supply of collagen. 

Collagen supplements are a little gummy, but the Primal Harvest Collagen has been formulated with GelcoPEP® technology so that it mixes smoothly with liquids and doesn’t clump. 

In powder form, get a 10oz bag for $37.

Primal Harvest Hair Growth Complex

There are many reasons why your hair may be dry and brittle. A lack of nutrients, too much processing and heat, or even stress are just a few possibilities. Whatever the reason, having broken strands can be upsetting and often leads to more and more breakage.

Within the Hair Growth Complex lies a blend of vitamins and minerals to care for your hair from the inside out, like biotin and vitamin B6.

Nourishing, caring, and healing your hair can be accomplished for only $30 for a 30-day supply of the Primal Harvest Primal Growth Complex.

Who Is Primal Harvest For? 

Primal Harvest Review

If you’re looking for something to help things run a little more smoothly and efficiently –  whether that’s your immune system, digestion, or brain function – Primal Harvest may be a good choice for you. 

Not all of their supplements are vegan, but some are, so if you need to avoid animal products, the brand has several selections.

Regardless of your diet, the brand’s vitality-boosting supplements cater to a ton of different health issues and are sold for reasonable prices, meaning that those with all types of budgets and needs will be able to benefit from them. 

Alternatives

Primal Harvest Review

When it comes to nurturing your health and well-being, a world of possibilities awaits beyond a single brand. In this section, I invite you to explore a selection of reputable health supplement brands that offer a diverse range of products designed to support your full-body wellness.

Whether you’re seeking targeted solutions for hormonal balance, personalized vitamin packs, science-backed beauty and wellness formulations, or delicious gummy options, these brands have carved their place in the market with their unique approaches and commitments to quality.

Explore your options for health supplements and full-body wellness with these popular brands:

  • Flo Vitamins: Flo Vitamins offers a range of supplements designed specifically for women’s health. Their products are formulated with high-quality ingredients to support various aspects of well-being, including hormonal balance, energy, and skin health. Flo Vitamins prioritizes transparency and provides detailed information about their ingredients and sourcing practices, giving consumers peace of mind.
  • Persona Nutrition: Persona Nutrition offers personalized vitamin packs tailored to individuals’ unique needs and goals. With an emphasis on customization, Persona Nutrition provides an online assessment that takes into account factors such as age, lifestyle, and health concerns to create personalized supplement recommendations. They offer a wide range of vitamins, minerals, herbs, and specialty supplements, ensuring that each pack is specifically tailored to support individual health goals.
  • Hum Nutrition: Hum Nutrition combines science and natural ingredients to provide supplements that target specific beauty and wellness concerns. Their products address areas such as skin health, gut health, energy, and mood support. Hum Nutrition emphasizes the use of clean and sustainably sourced ingredients, and they provide detailed information about the research and efficacy behind their formulations.
  • Goli Gummies: Goli Gummies offers a delicious and convenient way to incorporate key nutrients into your daily routine. Their flagship product, the Goli Apple Cider Vinegar Gummies, combines the benefits of apple cider vinegar with added vitamins and antioxidants. Goli Gummies are vegan, gluten-free, and gelatin-free, making them suitable for a wide range of dietary preferences.

Each of these brands provides unique offerings in the health and wellness supplement space, allowing individuals to explore alternatives and find products that align with their specific needs and preferences.

Please note that it’s always important to read product labels, consult with healthcare professionals, and consider individual factors when incorporating any new dietary supplements into your routine.

Comparison: Primal Harvest vs. Athletic Greens 

Primal Harvest Review

Greens. We know they’re important, but sometimes they get left behind on the grocery store shelves, swapped out for something a little more sugary, salty, or fatty. Fruits are sweet, so they’ll do fine. 

But those greens, especially the nutrient-dense ones, require a little extra willpower. 

Of course, they’re not all bad tasting, but to help us get our daily recommended amount a little easier, a few brands have popped up on the market with a solution: greens supplements

If you read the beginning of this Primal Harvest review, then you know greens are something our featured brand does well, but so do their competitors. 

Here, we’ll be putting them head-to-head with Athletic Greens, a brand known for their potent formula that goes above and beyond the call of duty.

Athletic Greens formula most closely resembles that of the Primal Harvest Primal Greens. Let’s look at both of those products side-by-side:

Athletic Greens:

  • 75 highly absorbable nutrients
  • Made with superfoods
  • Digestive Enzymes & Mushroom blend
  • Dairy-free probiotics
  • NSF-Certified 
  • Does not include 270 banned substances
  • Vegan & allergy-friendly
  • <1g sugar
  • 30 servings of 12 g
  • $97

Primal Greens:

  • 50 bioavailable fruits, veggies & herbs
  • Made with superfoods
  • Mushroom blend
  • Probiotics
  • Gluten, dairy & soy-free
  • <1g sugar
  • 30 servings of 8 g
  • $45

Though somewhat alike, these two formulas differ slightly in ingredients, quantities of ingredients, serving size, and most of all, price. 

It makes sense that Athletic Greens would be slightly higher in cost than Primal Harvest, being that the servings are larger and it has more nutrients. 

It’s important to note that Athletic Greens only has one product, so if you’re looking for variation, you won’t find it there. Our featured brand has a larger selection to choose from, and you may find that another one of their products suits your needs better.  

Primal Harvest Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Primal Harvest Review

Primal Harvest supplements sure sound good, but do they actually work? To help us figure out if the brand is worth your time and hard-earned money, this Primal Harvest review will do a little bit of digging. 

We’ll check out a few sites, collect the most helpful reviews, and lay them out right here to help you see the products for what they really are in terms of quality and efficacy. Let’s start with the brand’s website. 

Below, we’ve compiled a list of ratings for some of the brand’s bestsellers:

  • Immune Defense Capsules – 4.9/5 stars, 51 ratings
  • Primal Harvest Greens 123 Drink – 4.9/5 stars, 243 ratings
  • Primal Multivitamin – 4.9/5 stars, 120 ratings
  • Primal Collagen – 4.9/5 stars, 358 ratings
  • Primal Harvest Omega 3 Capsules – 4.9/5 stars, 83 ratings

Curious about the Primal Greens, we decided to take a closer look at the supplement’s comment section. 

Customers say the greens mix well with other liquids, taste good (not overly earthy), and come with a few benefits like improved sleep, better digestion, and increased energy. 

One Primal Harvest review reads, “It gives me more energy/focus and overall better feeling in my own body.” The most common report is of increased energy

To see if the high ratings reported on the brand’s website hold up on other review sites, we headed over to Amazon to check in on the Primal Harvest Turmeric Complex Capsules. They have an overall rating of 4.5/5 stars from 921 buyers with the following breakdown:

  • 5 stars: 71%
  • 4 stars: 14%
  • 3 stars: 10%
  • 2 stars: 2%
  • 1 star: 3%

Buyers are amazed at how quickly these pills work. One Primal Harvest review by a customer who has neck arthritis wrote the following testimonial: 

I wanted to find a natural product that worked for pain and anti-inflammatory…As soon as I feel pain I take these pills. And in a short time the pain goes away.” That’s pretty cool to read how a natural product really can make a difference.

From our research, it looks like Primal Harvest products really do work. They produce amazing results and customers are ecstatic about how quick they work. The brand appears to have great customer service as well, resolving all of the issues brought to the BBB. 

Is Primal Harvest Worth It?

Primal Harvest Review

To quote Hippocrates, “Let thy food be thy medicine and thy medicine be thy food”. You couldn’t really get any clearer about how effective natural products can be, as for centuries they’ve been used as healing tools. 

Certain conditions may be more easily solved through natural formulas, especially for ailments like inflammation or IBS, where a proper diet rules supreme.

The mission behind Primal Harvest is truly one to be admired and though their products aren’t super cheap, they’re not overly expensive either. 

Based on reviews, prices, options, and ingredients, this Primal Harvest review concludes they’re worth the buy

Primal Harvest Promotions & Discounts 

Primal Harvest Review

Throughout this Primal Harvest review, we kept an eye out for every last deal the brand has to offer. Have a look at the list below to see what we discovered:

  • Sign up to the mailing list to get a Primal Harvest discount code for 10% off your next order
  • Subscribe & Save 25% off orders and get free shipping 
  • Join the Rewards Program, earn points, and get discounts
  • Give a friend an $11 off coupon, you get a $19 credit 

Where to Buy Primal Harvest

Primal Harvest Review

You can always buy the brand’s nutrient-packed supplements at primalharvest.com, but they’re also available at select retailers:

  • Amazon
  • Walmart
  • Desertcart.com

FAQ

Primal Harvest Review

Where is Primal Harvest made?

Primal Harvest is proudly made in the USA, right in Farmingdale. 

Is Primal Harvest FDA Approved? 

Primal Harvest supplements are made in their FDA-registered, GMP-certified lab in the USA. However, the statements made on the brand’s website are still in the FDA approval process, and their products are not substitutes for care from a physician.

Is Primal Harvest Non-GMO?

Yes! Primal Harvest supplements are all non-GMO. They’re also soy, gluten, and dairy-free.

Is Primal Harvest Organic? 

It doesn’t appear that the brand is completely organic, but they do use some organic ingredients.

What is Primal Harvest’s Shipping Policy?

This Primal Harvest review is happy to report that the brand ships within the US as well as around the world, sending out orders Monday through Friday. Orders placed before 4 pm EST will ship the same day. 

Check out the estimated shipping times for both domestic and international orders below:

  • Continental US: 3-4 business days 
  • Alaska & Hawaii: 7-8 business days
  • International: 6-8 business days 

All shipping costs will be calculated at checkout. US orders over $75 ship for free. Once your order is sent out, you’ll receive a confirmation email within 24 hours with a tracking link that you can use to follow your package’s journey. 

What is Primal Harvest’s Return Policy?

Primal Harvest stands by their products and that’s why they offer a 90-Day Money-Back Guarantee. This guarantee promises to refund your purchase completely if, for any reason, you are unhappy with the quality of the product you received. 

Here are a few things to keep in mind when you make a return:

  1. You need to make the return within 90 days
  2. A phone call is preferred, but email works if you can’t get through
  3. If you bought in bulk, only 1 bottle is eligible for refund if they have all been opened
  4. You will need to ship your items back in their original packaging 
  5. Return shipping costs are your responsibility 

How to Contact Primal Harvest

We hope that all of your questions were answered in this Primal Harvest review. If you still have any, feel free to reach out to the brand by using any of the following three methods of contact:

  1. Phone: 1-631-769-2227
  2. Email: [email protected] 
  3. Facebook Chat @PrimalHarvest 

Customer service hours are Monday – Friday 9 am – 5 pm EST. 


Explore your options for health supplements and full-body wellness with these popular brands:

About Smart Sweets

Smart Sweets Candy Review

Smart Sweets is on a mission to replace your high-sugar and high-calorie candy with a healthier alternative. The brand’s plant-based treats are made with no sugar alcohols, no artificial sweeteners, and no GMO ingredients.

The brand is supported by fitness and body-positive influencers who endorse its treats. And, YouTubers like Whitney Simmons have been spotted featuring these candies in their videos.

Headquartered in Vancouver, Smart Sweets is the epitome of a new-age, urban millennial brand. With neon pink, green, and blue packaging and fun-shaped gummies, it’s no wonder our Instagram feeds are littered with this brand.

So, can this company’s sweet treats be your guilt-free indulgence? Stay tuned, as in this Smart Sweets candy review I’ll provide the ultimate goody bag of information, including best-selling products, health benefits, ingredients, FAQs, and more, so you can make that crucial decision.

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions. Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Pros and Cons

Smart Sweets Candy Review

Now that you know a bit more about the company, my Smart Sweets candy review will consider the sweet pros and not-so-sweet cons:

Pros

  • Low sugar content: Smart Sweets candies are known for their significantly reduced sugar content compared to traditional candies. They use alternative sweeteners like stevia and allulose, which have fewer calories and a lower impact on blood sugar levels.
  • No artificial sweeteners or colors: Smart Sweets candies are made without the use of artificial sweeteners, such as aspartame or sucralose, and they are also free from artificial colors and flavors. This can be appealing to individuals looking to avoid these additives.
  • High fiber content: Smart Sweets candies often contain a relatively high amount of fiber. Fiber can help promote feelings of fullness, aid in digestion, and contribute to a balanced diet.
  • Allergen-friendly options: Many Smart Sweets products are free from common allergens such as gluten, dairy, and nuts. This makes them suitable for individuals with specific dietary restrictions or allergies.

Cons

  • Taste and texture: While Smart Sweets candies aim to provide a healthier alternative, some individuals may find the taste and texture of these candies different from traditional ones. The reduced sugar content and alternative sweeteners can result in a different flavor profile that may not appeal to everyone.
  • Higher price: Smart Sweets candies can be more expensive than regular candies due to their specialized ingredients and healthier formulation. This higher price point may deter some consumers who are on a tight budget.
  • Limited flavor options: Although Smart Sweets offers a variety of candy options, the range of flavors is not as extensive as what is available in the traditional candy market. This limited selection may be a drawback for those seeking a wider variety of candy flavors.
  • Gastrointestinal effects: Some individuals may experience gastrointestinal issues, such as bloating or digestive discomfort, when consuming candies with alternative sweeteners like allulose or excessive amounts of fiber. It’s important to consume these candies in moderation and listen to your body’s response.

Can Diabetics Eat Smart Sweets?

Smart Sweets Candy Review

The brand addresses diabetics by simply stating that blood sugar levels “should increase the expected amount” for the information provided in the Smart Sweets nutrition facts. But, this doesn’t really provide full transparency for diabetics who are interested in the snacks.

Reviews on Amazon and elsewhere from diabetic customers claim that the sweet treats significantly raised their blood sugar levels and advised other diabetics not to purchase the Smart Sweets low sugar candy.

Smart Sweets Candy Review

Now, let’s get into the good stuff. Whether your favorite sweets are bears, worms, melons, peaches, vines, or fish, this brand offers delicious candy that embodies your childhood favorites.

But, they’ve been upgraded to include more fiber and less sugar. Up next in this Smart Sweets candy review, I will cover its top-selling options.

6 Smart Sweets Candy Bestsellers

Bears, watermelons, fish—oh my! The brand offers a wide range of sweet, tangy, and sour candy that will make your taste buds happy, as well as your waistline. Up next, my Smart Sweets candy review will introduce you to its best-selling options.

FYI, all of the candies listed below cost $20 per 6 bags or $40 per 12 bags. Each package contains one serving of gummy goodness, so throw ‘em in your purse, gym bag, or wherever else you can easily grab them from when the sugar cravings hit.

Smart Sweets Fruity Gummy Bears 

You can think of the Smart Sweets Fruity Gummy Bears as the upgraded version of your favorite childhood snack. But, just because the brand lowered the sugar doesn’t mean it cut out the taste—each hot pink package is loaded with natural flavors like raspberry, apple, lemon, and peach.

In fact, one bag o’ bears contains just 4g of sugar and 110 calories. With approximately 25 fruity friends per pack, you’ll also get 9g of fiber—which is pretty unheard of in sweet treats. The top ingredient is IMO, which contributes to both the sweetness and fiber.

Smart Sweets Sourmelon Bites

Sour watermelon candies are the epitome of Summer. Luckily, the brand’s version of this hot-weather snack is gelatin-free, so vegans can still munch on the sour melony goodness. Plus, one hot pink and neon green bag has only 3g of sugar and 100 calories. So, you can indulge in this classic treat without the guilt.

The top ingredient in the Smart Sweets watermelon candy is soluble corn fiber, so it should come as no surprise that one package of 20 gummies has 13g of fiber. For context, you’ll be consuming a whopping 46% of your daily dose.

Smart Sweets Peach Rings

Why snack on a real peach when you can enjoy the healthier version of this classic treat. If you’re a big fan of the fuzzy fruit, have both—I don’t judge! The Smart Sweets Peach Rings are just as reminiscent of your favorite non-diet-friendly candy but are infused with ingredients that are much better for you.

With 3g of sugar, 13g of fiber, and 100 calories per the (approximate) 10 rings in each bag, you can enjoy this fruity treat without the fear of a sugar crash afterward. Instead, they are sweetened with natural alternatives: monk fruit, stevia, and allulose.

Vegans can rejoice, as the Smart Sweets Peach Rings get their jelly texture from carnauba wax, not gelatin.

Smart Sweets Sweet Fish 

This turquoise bag is filled with Smart Sweets’s ultimate bestseller, Sweet Fish. Though each gummy is fish-shaped, this candy is vegan- and vegetarian-friendly—phew! They taste nothing like fish and everything like sweet red berry-ness.

You get about 10 fishies per bag, which offers 100 calories, 3g of sugar, and 13g of fiber. This option is one of the more fiber-heavy ones, with soluble corn fiber as the top ingredient. So, if you’re sensitive, go for something lighter like the Fruity Gummy Bears.

Smart Sweets Sour Gummy Bears 

I’ve covered fruity bears, but Smart Sweets didn’t leave sours behind. The Sour Gummy Bears offer the same flavors as the fruity version, just, you know, sour: raspberry, apple, lemon, and peach.

Multicolored, multi-flavored fun. Well, unless you’re vegetarian or vegan because this option does contain gelatin. For about 25 bears in each bag, you’ll be eating 4g of sugar, 9g of fiber, and 110 calories.

Smart Sweets Sour Blast Buddies 

Our mouth is salivating at the thought of the Smart Sweets Sour Blast Buddies. Offering another unique twist on a classic candy, you can actually feel good about popping these in your mouth.

This treat will blast your tastebuds with five sour flavors: blue raspberry, berry, lime, lemon, and orange. No gelatin here, but the top ingredient is soluble corn fiber. So, for 25 buddies you’re getting 13g of fiber. This diet-friendly treat also contains 3g of sugar and 100 calories.

Are Smart Sweets Actually Healthy?

Smart Sweets Candy Review

The answer to whether or not Smart Sweets are actually healthy depends on what your health goals are. Technically, they are better for you than regular sweets that are packed with sugar. But, this does not make the candy actually healthy—it’s still candy.

Plus, the low sugar count isn’t a universal solution. For those who need it the most, like diabetics, there is still enough to raise your blood sugar.

The fact that they contain a high amount of fiber isn’t necessarily a health yippee either. The amount of fiber is so high that it will cause gastro side effects for many of us, even if you don’t have IBS or a generally sensitive tummy.

The short answer is no, Smart Sweets aren’t really healthy. Are they worse than regular candy? Probably not, depending on what your health goals are. If you absolutely cannot control yourself around sweets, then these might serve as a good pre-portioned swap.

But, the fact that these candies are marketed as a guilt-free snack is problematic at best, because this mindset encourages an unhealthy relationship with food. These candies encourage you to think about foods as ‘good’ or ‘bad’ and attach shame towards the act of eating. For most of us, the best solution to overeating sweets is just to moderate, not restrict.

Smart Sweets Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Smart Sweets Candy Review

This Smart Sweets candy review just wouldn’t be complete without the opinions of real tasters, would it? So, I’ve sourced testimonials from the brand’s website, Amazon, and Influenster, that reveal important details about the taste, texture, and nutritional composition of the company’s candies. Let’s get into the positives first.

On the brand’s website, most of its products have been rated hundreds of times. Collectively, they average about 4.2/5 stars. Customers report a yummy taste, fun flavors, and that they’re convenient for low-sugar and low-cal peeps. Here’s an overview:

  • Sour Blast Buddies: an average of 4.2/5 stars from 627 ratings
  • Fruity Gummy Bears: an average of 4.7/5 stars from 480 ratings
  • Peach Rings: an average of 4.1/5 stars from 318 ratings
  • Sweet Fish: an average of 3.8/5 stars from 693 ratings
  • Sour Gummy Bears: an average of 4.6/5 stars from 550 ratings
  • Lollipops: an average of 4.8/5 stars from 224 ratings
  • Smart Sweets Gummy Worms: an average of 4.6/5 stars from 115 ratings
  • Red Twists: an average of 4.5/5 stars from 199 ratings
  • Sourmelon Bites: an average of 3.8/5 stars from 33 ratings
Smart Sweets Candy Review

I chose to dive deeper into one of the company’s most-rated products, the Sweet Fish. Positive testimonials report that they are tasty and perfect for followers of the Keto diet. One customer was ecstatic to find a plant-based candy that actually tastes good:

I love organic & plant-based foods but had never found candy that tastes this good with comparable nutrition. The serving size is generous too. I continue to be amazed at how tasty these candies are while also being plant-based, high in fiber, and much lower in sugar than other candies. Always my go-to! Looking forward to future creations!

On Amazon, the Sour Gummy Bears, have a rating of 3.7/5 stars. Some customers rave about the awesome chewiness, intense sourness, and the happy advantage of yumminess without loads of sugar.

Smart Sweets Candy Review

On Influenster, the Fruity Gummy Bears got a 4.5/5 star rating from 187 customers. Many shoppers are delighted to discover that they taste like their unhealthy muse: “These taste exactly like the original sour gummy bears you grew up on but even better.

All in all, a majority of customers love the taste and texture of each of the brand’s candies. Plus, they love that they’re low-cal and pre-portioned. But, if you’re sensitive to fiber, you probably want to think twice before downing a bag.

Is Smart Sweets Worth It?

Smart Sweets Candy Review

Our conclusion from this Smart Sweets review is that the brand might be worth it for some customers. If you have a hard time saying no to treats and are trying to live a healthier lifestyle, then this company’s low-sugar and pre-portioned packs are worth keeping on hand.

But, these treats are not a solution to a healthy diet—if you’re looking for health, look at the fruit and veggies aisle. And, if you’re looking for fiber, look for fibrous whole foods. But, for those moments when a sweets craving hits, Smart Sweets might be your new go-to.

Finally, I should mention the price. Even customers who were satisfied by the delicious treats were put down by the price, which runs about 3x higher than your classic childhood candies. But, Smart Sweets uses natural ingredients, unlike the chemical-filled alternatives.

To conclude this Smart Sweets review, I think that this brand’s candy can definitely be incorporated into a healthy diet unless you’re sensitive to high amounts of fiber. But, don’t rely on them for the basis of your nutritional intake.

Alternatives

If you’re looking for alternatives to Smart Sweets, here are some other options you can consider:

  1. Lily’s Sweets: Lily’s offers a range of stevia-sweetened chocolates and candies that are low in sugar and suitable for people watching their sugar intake.
  2. Xyloburst: Xyloburst produces sugar-free chewing gums, mints, and candies sweetened with xylitol, a natural sugar substitute derived from plants.
  3. Werther’s Original Sugar-Free: Werther’s Original offers a line of sugar-free caramels that provide a rich and creamy taste without the added sugar.
  4. GoLightly Sugar-Free: GoLightly produces a variety of sugar-free hard candies and taffies that are available in different flavors.
  5. ChocZero: ChocZero specializes in sugar-free chocolate products that use natural sweeteners such as monk fruit and erythritol.

Smart Sweets Promotions & Discounts 

Smart Sweets Candy Review

Right now, if you sign up for the brand’s newsletter, you’ll get free shipping on your first order (minimum spend is $30).

The newsletter is also a surefire way to make sure you’re not missing any other sweet deals. Or, you can follow the company’s social media pages for more updates on the next Smart Sweets coupon code.

Where To Buy Smart Sweets

Smart Sweets Candy Review

Depending on whether you live in the US or in Canada, you can shop directly from SmartSweets.com or SmartSweets.ca. Other online retailers include Amazon and Vitasave.

But online isn’t the only option for Smart Sweets. You can also purchase its products in-store at Whole Foods, GNC, Target, Kroger, The Vitamin Shoppe, Popeye’s, GNC, Save on Foods, London Drugs, Bed Bath & Beyond, Rexall, Sobeys, and Loblaws.

FAQ

Smart Sweets Candy Review

Where is Smart Sweets head office?

The Smart Sweets head office is located in Vancouver, British Columbia.

What are Smart Sweets sweetened with?

Smart Sweets candies are each formulated differently, so not all feature the same sweeteners. Generally speaking, the candy is sweetened with plant-based soluble fibers, plant-based sweeteners, natural fruit flavor, and non-digestible carbs.

The two most common natural sweeteners used are:

  1. IMO (isomalto-oligosaccharides)
  2. Soluble corn fiber

These ingredients are present in most of the brand’s products.

Do Smart Sweets raise blood sugar?

Yes, Smart Sweets products do raise blood sugar. There are many customer reviews from diabetics who report a concerning increase in blood sugar levels, so beware. Just because these are low-sugar candies doesn’t mean they are diabetic-friendly.

Are Smart Sweets sugar-free?

No, Smart Sweets are not completely sugar-free. They are low in sugar, usually 3g-4g per serving, with the rest of the sweetness accounted for by natural sweeteners like IMO and soluble corn fiber.

Are Smart Sweets high in carbs?

Smart Sweets has recently updated its ingredients to be more keto-friendly. They definitely aren’t carb-free, but they aren’t purely carbs either. It all depends on your definition of high in carbs. Most of the candies have 42g of total carbohydrates while others have a slightly lower count of 36g.

Do Smart Sweets have artificial colors?

No, Smart Sweets don’t have artificial colors. The brand uses fruit and veggie juices to get its sweets popping with color!

Will Smart Sweets make me poop?

Uhhhh….good question. The answer is probably yes. Here’s the thing: each bag has a pretty hefty amount of fiber in it, sometimes nearly 50% of your daily recommended amount.

Whether or not you’re sensitive to high amounts of fiber, it’s pretty likely these are gonna make you poop. Some customers have complained about tummy bubbly feelings after eating a bag, too.

If you’re incorporating more fiber into your diet, it’s always a good idea to start slow. So, you might want to start with just a couple of candies a day, rather than a whole package.

Is Smart Sweets keto-friendly?

Smart Sweets are mostly keto-friendly if you’re careful with how much you consume. The brand is actively trying to make its recipes as low-carb as possible. Most candy bags have 36g-42g of total carbohydrates.

What is Smart Sweets’ Shipping Policy?

Smart Sweets ships to the continental US (all the states besides Alaska and Hawaii). The shipping costs depend on where you live. Good news though: you can get free shipping on your first order (over $30) if you sign up for the newsletter.

What is Smart Sweets’ Return Policy?

If it’s your first order, you’ll be able to ask for a refund within 7 days of receiving your candy. After that initial order, all items are always final sale. There are no exchanges for any products.

How to Contact Smart Sweets

If you have any questions after reading this Smart Sweets review, you can contact the brand through:


Looking for more ways to satisfy your sweet tooth? Then check out Candy Club, a monthly subscription that ensures your sugar stash will never run dry.

About AG1 Powder 

Athletic Greens Powder Review

I don’t get enough greens. There, I said it. I’m also not keen on the whole synthetic multivitamin thing, I prefer the idea of getting my nutrition from whole foods. A dilemma, I know. But that’s where AG1 comes in.

The importance of a healthy diet, including the right proportion of macro and micronutrients, has been widely studied. Nutritional requirements vary by age, life phase, the type and amount of exercise you practice, and the existence of certain conditions. 

The definition of a healthy diet is constantly changing as our understanding of nutrition evolves. Research shows that certain nutrients, food groups, and dietary patterns have a positive impact on health and help prevent common non-communicable diseases (NCDs).

Regional diets like the Mediterranean diet, as well as patterns like the DASH and MIND diets, emphasize consuming more health-promoting foods and limiting unhealthy options. These diets are characterized by higher intake of plant-based foods such as fruits, vegetables, whole grains, legumes, seeds, and nuts, while reducing animal-based foods, especially fatty and processed meats.

Numerous studies and clinical trials support the idea that these dietary patterns lower the risk of NCDs, including cardiovascular disease and cancer.

In circumstances where your diet cannot fulfill your body’s needs, you may benefit from diet supplements. The best way to know if you need to complement your diet with multivitamins and minerals is to have a professional consultation.

Innovative companies like AG1 have found success in creating supplements made from high-quality vitamins and minerals sourced from whole-foods. Their powerful NSF certified formula uses 75 clean, quality ingredients to support recovery, immunity, energy, and digestion.

AG1 operates like a well-oiled machine with a heart for humanity. Their supplement is produced in a TGA-registered, Good Manufacturing Practice Certified facility in New Zealand. Every individual pack of their supplement is 100% traceable which allows the company to get on top of any issues that arrive quickly and efficiently. 

AG1 is on a mission towards a more sustainable future. They are a carbon-neutral company and part of the How2Recycle program which educates customers on how to dispose of packaging. The company also aims to increase the use of recycled materials in its packaging.

The accolades for this company really go on and on—but is it really worth it? In this AG1 review, I intend to find out. I’ll tell you everything you need to know about the brand and its signature supplement to help you decide if it’s right for your life.

Recent Studies about Food Supplements

If you’re looking for haircare products to address health concerns, it may be useful to explore recent studies on the ingredients used in the products of your chosen brand.

  • A 2019 study explores the benefits of vitamin C. The study highlights that vitamin C, as an essential nutrient, plays a vital role in various bodily functions. It acts as a potent antioxidant and is believed to potentially reduce the risk of diseases such as cancer, diabetes, cardiovascular disorders, respiratory syndromes, and more. The study emphasizes the importance of vitamin C in preventing scurvy and discusses its therapeutic potential and various biological activities.
  • A 2020 study investigated the impact of vitamin D on cardiovascular health. The study revealed that while sunlight-induced biosynthesis in the skin remains the primary source of vitamin D, it can also be obtained in smaller quantities from fatty fish, fish liver oil, and mushrooms in the diet. Vitamin D plays a role in regulating blood pressure through its influence on endothelial cells and smooth muscle cells. 
  • A 2020 study discusses the transformative power of vitamin B12 .This essential vitamin, known for its vital role in DNA synthesis, myelin synthesis, and cell reproduction, can be sourced from animal products and intestinal flora. However, deficiency in vitamin B12 can lead to severe health consequences, including anemia, neuropathy, and irreversible neurological damage. 
  • A 2022 study explores the intriguing link between dietary minerals and coronary artery calcification (CAC). The findings highlight the importance of considering the dietary intake of both Zn and Mg together, as they may play a cardio-protective role among CAC patients.
  • A 2021 review highlights the remarkable potential of superfoods. Superfoods encompass a variety of fruits, vegetables, grains, and more. This review delves into the nutritional composition of select superfoods and their potential interventions in preventing various chronic ailments, reaping the numerous health advantages they offer. Examples of superfoods include berries, leafy greens, nuts and seeds, fatty fish, and whole grains
  • According to a 2017 study, the consumption of fruits and vegetables offers a myriad of benefits due to their abundance of bioactive compounds. These compounds, including polyphenols, carotenoids, vitamins, phytoestrogens, glucosinolates, and anthocyanins, have been recognized for their potential health advantages. Diets rich in fruits and vegetables have been associated with delaying the aging process, reducing the risk of certain cancers, cardiovascular diseases, and other chronic conditions. 
  • A 2020 study emphasizes the significant benefits of probiotics in supporting a healthy small intestine (SI) microbiome and promoting overall well-being. Recent findings demonstrate that probiotic supplements containing lactic acid bacteria and Bifidobacterium effectively support beneficial microbes, improve barrier integrity, and reduce nutrient malabsorption and SI disease-related issues. Incorporating probiotics into one’s routine can have profound positive impacts on SI function and overall health.
  • A 2022 review highlights the potential of medicinal herbs as health promoters. Various herbs showcase exceptional properties: ginger exhibits antiviral, antioxidant, and anti-inflammatory effects, garlic serves as an ayurvedic medicinal herb and flavor enhancer, coriander offers relief for gastrointestinal conditions, turmeric demonstrates anti-inflammatory, anti-viral, anti-oxidant, anti-cancer, and other beneficial properties. Fennel, cardamom, clove, and cinnamon each contribute their unique carminative, stimulant, antibacterial, and other medicinal benefits.

AG1 Powder Pros and Cons

Athletic Greens Powder Review

Maintaining a balanced and nutritious diet can be a challenge in today’s fast-paced world. That’s where dietary supplements like AG1 Powder come into play. With claims of providing a comprehensive blend of essential nutrients, this powdered supplement aims to support overall health and well-being.

Check out the rest of this AG1 powder review as I breakdown the pros and cons of their products. Below, you’ll find a few important points I thought worth mentioning:

Pros

  • Comprehensive Nutrient Profile: AG1 Powder is formulated to provide a wide range of essential vitamins, minerals, antioxidants, and other nutrients in a single serving, helping to bridge potential nutrient gaps in the diet.
  • Convenient and Easy to Use: The powdered form of AG1 allows for easy mixing with water or other beverages, making it a convenient option for individuals on the go or those who prefer a quick and simple way to supplement their nutrition.
  • Whole Food Sourcing: The brand emphasizes the use of high-quality ingredients sourced from whole foods, which may be preferable for individuals who prefer obtaining nutrients from natural sources rather than synthetic supplements.
  • Support for Immune Health: AG1 Powder includes ingredients like vitamin C, vitamin D, zinc, and other antioxidants that are known to support immune function, which may be particularly beneficial during times of increased stress or susceptibility to illness.

Cons

  • Price: AG1 Powder is considered a premium product and is priced higher compared to some other dietary supplements on the market. This may make it less accessible or affordable for individuals on a tight budget.
  • Individual Sensitivities: While the ingredients in AG1 Powder are generally well-tolerated, some individuals may have specific sensitivities or allergies to certain ingredients. It’s important to review the ingredient list and consult with a healthcare professional if there are any concerns.
  • Personal Preference: The taste and texture of AG1 Powder may not be appealing to everyone. Some individuals may find the flavor or consistency to be strong or unpleasant, which could impact their willingness to incorporate it into their daily routine.
  • Not a Substitute for a Balanced Diet: AG1Powder is intended to supplement a healthy diet, but it should not be seen as a replacement for whole foods. It’s important to prioritize a well-rounded and varied diet to obtain a wide spectrum of nutrients.

As with any dietary supplement, it’s recommended to consult with a healthcare professional before adding AG1 Powder or any other supplement to your routine to ensure it aligns with your individual health needs and goals.

Ingredients

Athletic Greens Powder Review

The specific ingredients in AG1 Powder may vary depending on the formulation. However, here is a general overview of some of the key ingredients commonly found in AG1 Powder:

Vitamins

AG1 Powder typically includes a range of vitamins, such as vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin D, vitamin E, vitamin K, and various B vitamins (B1, B2, B3, B5, B6, B7, B9, and B12). These vitamins play essential roles in supporting overall health, including immune function, energy production, and cellular processes.

Minerals

The powder often contains minerals like calcium, magnesium, zinc, selenium, copper, manganese, chromium, and molybdenum. These minerals are important for maintaining proper bodily functions, including bone health, muscle function, and metabolism.

Antioxidants

Ingredients with antioxidant properties are commonly included in AG1 Powder. These may include green tea extract, cocoa bean polyphenols, coenzyme Q10, and various fruit and vegetable extracts. Antioxidants help protect cells from oxidative damage caused by free radicals and may contribute to overall health and well-being.

Digestive Enzymes

AG1 Powder often incorporates digestive enzymes such as bromelain, papain, and protease. These enzymes aid in the digestion and absorption of nutrients, potentially improving nutrient utilization and supporting digestive health.

Adaptogens and Superfoods

The product may contain adaptogenic herbs like ashwagandha and rhodiola, which are believed to help the body adapt to stress. Additionally, superfood ingredients like spirulina, chlorella, wheatgrass, and broccoli sprout extract are commonly included for their nutrient density and potential health benefits.

It’s important to note that the specific ingredient list and amounts may vary between different formulations or versions of AG1 Powder. Always refer to the product label or the official AG1 website for the most accurate and up-to-date information on ingredients.

Benefits

Athletic Greens Powder Review

The ingredients found in AG1 Powder offer several potential benefits based on their individual properties and roles in supporting overall health. Here are some potential benefits associated with the ingredients commonly found in AG1 Powder:

Nutrient Support

The blend of vitamins and minerals in AG1 Powder helps provide essential nutrients that may be lacking in a person’s diet. This can help support overall health and well-being, as vitamins and minerals are involved in various bodily functions, including immune function, energy production, metabolism, and cellular processes.

Immune Support

Many of the vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants present in AG1 Powder, such as vitamin C, vitamin D, zinc, and antioxidants from fruit and vegetable extracts, are known to support immune function. These nutrients may help strengthen the immune system, promote a healthy immune response, and protect against oxidative stress.

Energy and Vitality

The combination of vitamins, minerals, and adaptogens found in AG1 Powder may help support energy production, enhance vitality, and combat fatigue. B vitamins, for example, play a crucial role in energy metabolism, while adaptogenic herbs like ashwagandha and rhodiola are believed to help the body adapt to stress and promote energy balance.

Antioxidant Protection

The antioxidants present in AG1 Powder, such as green tea extract, cocoa bean polyphenols, and various fruit and vegetable extracts, help neutralize harmful free radicals and protect cells from oxidative damage. This antioxidant activity may have positive effects on overall health, including reducing the risk of chronic diseases and promoting healthy aging.

Digestive Support

The inclusion of digestive enzymes in AG1 Powder, such as bromelain, papain, and protease, can aid in the digestion and absorption of nutrients. These enzymes may help optimize digestive health, improve nutrient utilization, and support overall gut function.

It’s important to note that individual results may vary, and the specific benefits experienced by individuals can depend on various factors such as overall diet, lifestyle, and individual health status.

It’s always recommended to consult with a healthcare professional for personalized advice and to determine if AG1 Powder or any dietary supplement is suitable for your specific needs.

Side Effects

Athletic Greens Powder Review

The ingredients commonly found in AG1 Powder are generally considered safe for consumption when used as directed. However, individual sensitivities or allergies can vary, and some people may experience mild side effects or interactions.

It’s important to note that the likelihood and severity of side effects can depend on factors such as dosage, individual health conditions, and potential interactions with medications or existing dietary regimens. Here are some potential side effects or considerations related to the ingredients in AG1 Powder:

Digestive Disturbances

Some individuals may experience mild digestive discomfort, such as bloating, gas, or changes in bowel movements, due to the inclusion of certain ingredients like digestive enzymes or high-fiber content. It is recommended to start with a smaller serving size and gradually increase to assess individual tolerance.

Allergic Reactions

While rare, allergic reactions to specific ingredients in AG1 Powder can occur, particularly in individuals with known allergies to botanical extracts, fruits, or other components present in the supplement. If you have a history of allergies, it’s important to carefully review the ingredient list and consult with a healthcare professional if there are any concerns.

Vitamin/Mineral Interactions

Excessive intake of certain vitamins or minerals from multiple supplements or dietary sources can lead to imbalances or interactions with medications. It’s advisable to consider the total nutrient intake from all sources and consult with a healthcare professional if you are taking any medications or have underlying health conditions.

Individual Sensitivities

Some individuals may have specific sensitivities or intolerances to certain ingredients, even if they are generally well-tolerated by the majority of people. It’s important to pay attention to your body’s response and discontinue use if any adverse reactions occur.

Pre-Existing Health Conditions

Individuals with specific health conditions or concerns, such as kidney disease, liver disease, or metabolic disorders, should exercise caution and consult with a healthcare professional before using AG1 Powder or any dietary supplement.

It’s essential to read the product label, follow the recommended dosage guidelines, and consult with a healthcare professional if you have any specific health concerns or questions about potential interactions with medications.

They can provide personalized advice based on your individual health needs and help determine if AG1 Powder is suitable for you.

5 AG1 Powder Bestsellers

AG1 The Pouch

Made from 75 highly absorbable ingredients, The Pouch contains 30 servings of greens powder. I think this option is great to keep in your locker at the gym or in your kitchen cupboard to enjoy before breakfast. AG1 work best when taken in the morning on an empty stomach. This ensures they’re optimally absorbed.

I will note here in this AG1 powder review, however, that you should refrigerate the mix after opening.

To use, take one scoop and mix with 5-10 ounces of cold water. Pro tip: add the water to your shaker first to allow for the best mix possible. Once combined, shake thoroughly.

If you’d rather drink your greens with juice or milk, you totally can. AG1 is flavored with papaya, broccoli, cherry, carrot, pineapple, and vanilla. Although it does still taste “green”, the flavor profile is slightly sweet with fruity undertones. 

Because each scoop contains 12 servings of fruits and vegetables, you’re technically topped up for the day, but I found it recommended to still follow a healthy eating plan.

Want some inspiration? Be sure to check out AG1 recipes for ways to mix your supplement with frozen fruits for a delicious smoothie.

A pouch of AG1 Ultimate Daily is $99 for a one-time purchase or subscribers can pay $79. Opt for the double subscription save another $5 on each bag.

AG1 Travel Packs

I love when functional products are also convenient. I wonder what the world did before travel packs were invented. Perhaps dole out single-serving scoops into ZipLock bags?

Travel Packs feed your cells with the same vital AG1 ingredients as The Pouch. The only difference is that they come in convenient, pre-measured, single-serving pouches.

I’d suggest keeping a few in your bag for an easy energy boost on your way to work, but I also think they’re a great option for gym-goers. My favorite part about the Travel Packs? Unlike an opened large pouch, they don’t need to be refrigerated. You can literally take them anywhere.

If you’re a subscribing customer and would like to see how these can help with your routine, head to the AG1 Tim page to get five free Travel Packs with your subscription to The Pouch. 

A 30-serving bag of AG1 Travel Packs is $109 for a one-time purchase or $89 when you subscribe. Double subscribe to save another $5 on each bag.

AG1 Powder Subscription

AG1 was designed as a daily supplement and each of their pouches or boxes contains 30 servings. You can choose from The Pouch or Travel Packs options that both include a month’s supply. Their subscriptions are automatically set to arrive every 30 days but you can customize your delivery date to every 15 days.

If you wish to take AG1 every other day or only occasionally, you can set your subscription plan to 45 or 60 days. I learned that it’s super simple to change your frequency. Simply log into your account and select which option fits your schedule best.

If you would like to pause, skip, or cancel your order, you can do so by contacting AG1 customer service by phone, chat, or email. Something I think is worth mentioning: Your AG1 subscription will auto-renew every month until canceled.

For those who do not want to subscribe, AG1 products can be bought as a one-time purchase, however, when you do subscribe, you save 20%.

Who is AG1 for?

The supplement is free from common allergens such as gluten, dairy, and eggs, so it is suitable for most diets including gluten-free, keto, and vegan

It contains body and brain-boosting elements such as:

  • Enzyme & Mushroom Complex
  • Superfood Complex
  • Vitamins & Minerals
  • Plant Extract, Herbs & Antioxidants 
  • Dairy-free Probiotics 

AG1 offers one potent supplement that delivers a wide range of results. From increased energy to better gut health, their powerhouse formula does it all. I think it’s a fantastic option for anyone looking for a supplement that does it all.

Alternatives

Alternative options for AG1 and full-body wellness include the following popular brands:

  • Ritual: Ritual offers a range of multivitamins designed specifically for women. Their formulations prioritize transparency and traceability, utilizing high-quality ingredients sourced from trusted suppliers. Ritual’s multivitamins are vegan-friendly, non-GMO, and free from synthetic fillers. With a focus on key nutrients important for women’s health, Ritual aims to support overall well-being.
  • Persona Nutrition: Persona Nutrition provides personalized supplement packs based on individual health needs and goals. Through an online assessment, Persona creates customized daily supplement regimens tailored to address specific nutrient deficiencies or health concerns. Their comprehensive approach takes into account factors such as age, lifestyle, diet, and medication interactions, ensuring a targeted and personalized supplementation experience.
  • Hum Nutrition: Hum Nutrition offers a wide range of science-backed supplements targeting various health and beauty concerns. Their products are formulated with carefully selected ingredients and are designed to address specific wellness needs, such as skin health, energy support, digestion, and mood enhancement. Hum Nutrition combines beauty and wellness, providing solutions that go beyond traditional supplements.

These brands offer alternatives to AG1 Powder, allowing individuals to explore different approaches to their health and wellness goals. Each brand has its own unique formulations, philosophies, and areas of focus.

Remember to consult with a healthcare professional before incorporating any new supplements into your routine to ensure they align with your individual needs and health status.

AG1 Powder Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Athletic Greens Powder Review

AG1 may have a simple lineup but its products are anything but. To help you understand what they’re really like, I hit up the world wide web for feedback. Here’s what I found:

AG1 has extremely high ratings online with customers reporting noticeable results. The brand has a 4.5/5 star rating from 14,076 shoppers on drinkag1.com.

Judging from that score, I don’t need to tell you how many people love the powder. One AG1 review I saw speaks of the effectiveness of the supplement for gut-health. It reads:

I’ve never in my life written a review, but I HAD to write this review. For five months I was having terrible digestive issues… I modified my diet severely, to no avail…Then I tried AG1…they FIXED my gut problem.”

Turning to the online marketplace, I noticed the 4.5/5 star average from 2,979 AG1 Amazon customers. One customer who rated AG1 as 5-stars speaks of increased energy and reduced inflammation. They wrote:

“Due to the Fibroid [tumor] I am constantly fatigued. AG1 has given me back my body, what I mean is the inflammation in my body is reduced & easier for me to control.

Athletic Greens Powder Review

Reddit users discuss that while the products do work, other issues including cost and the subscription make them second guess whether to purchase their products again.

With great reviews across the board and very little negative feedback, what I found makes the next section of my AG1 review pretty easy. Read on.

Is AG1 Powder Worth It?

Athletic Greens Powder Review

It’s easy to get caught up in a brand’s mumbo jumbo, so what I really wanted to know was: do AG1 really work? From what I learned in customer feedback, the answer is a resounding yes. Though, you should keep in mind that results can vary.

Not everyone reported results while taking this supplement, and since I’m here writing this AG1 powder review and not hypothesizing unique cases of health, I can’t say whether these claims are part of a larger picture of each person’s health or if the products simply just don’t work for them. Either way, the majority of customers—literally thousands of people—report success with this product.

Something else I should address: the price. Each serving costs approximately $3 when you break it down, which is what you’d pay for a coffee. Essential nutrients or coffee? It’s up to you to decide what’s more important.

When it comes down to it, AG1 provide vital nutrients our bodies need to stay healthy. The brand is wholesome with a focus on sustainability and helping those in need. And of course, their products are made with whole food, clean ingredients.

My final verdict in this AG1 powder review? I believe their products are worth the buy. If you are unsatisfied with the supplement though, the brand offers a 90-day money-back guarantee.

AG1 Powder Promotions & Discounts 

Athletic Greens Powder Review

I like to shop, so I’m always looking to save money where I can. I checked out the brand’s site to see what I could find for you too.

When you give a friend 5 free Travel Packs and they use your referral link to buy more, you’ll get an offer to save $15 on your next order. Also, can we talk about saving $20 per pouch when you subscribe? Here’s what else subscribing will get you:

  • Single Subscription: Free Starter Kit + 5 Free Travel Packs
  • Double Subscription: Free Starter Kit & Vitamin D3+K2 drops plus 5 Free Travel Packs

Where to Buy AG1 Powder

Athletic Greens Powder Review

For the best deals and to be covered under the 90-day money-back guarantee, I recommend ordering directly from drinkag1.com.

FAQ

Athletic Greens Powder Review

What is AG1? 

AG1 is a potent, high-quality nutritional supplement made from whole foods. Its ingredients are highly-effective and bioavailable, meaning your body absorbs their nutrients faster and more efficiently compared to other supplements. 

What does AG1 help you with? 

AG1 powder has a range of health benefits including improving digestion, energy, and immunity. There is strong evidence for the use of probiotics to balance the intestinal microflora and relieve gastrointestinal dysfunction. Vitamins and minerals play a substantial role in energy metabolism and supporting the immune system. 

Moreover, calcium supplementation has shown to reduce the risk of bone fractures in the elderly.

Are AG1 safe? 

I discovered that AG1 are safe if you take the recommended dosage. However, if you do experience AG1 side effects like an upset stomach, lower your dosage as this may be a part of the detox process.

If you suffer from any condition, if you are taking prescribed or OTC medication or, if you are pregnant or breastfeeding, talk to your doctor before consuming these supplements.

AG1 are non-GMO, pesticide, and herbicide-free. They also do not contain common allergens like gluten, dairy, or eggs. However, their health claims have not been evaluated by the FDA. 

Does AG1 replace multivitamins?

AG1 contain a greater amount of vitamins than you would find in your multivitamin. You do not need to take a multivitamin along with your supplement. 

When should you take AG1?

It’s best to take AG1 first thing in the morning on an empty stomach. They work best when taken with water but can be combined with juice, milk, or can be made into a smoothie or shake. 

Can you take AG1 twice a day? 

The recommended dosage is once per day. However, you can take them 1-2 times per day depending on your body weight. Consult your doctor for more information.

What happens if you don’t refrigerate AG1? 

Refrigerating your AG1 helps to maintain the integrity and efficacy of the ingredients. When left unrefrigerated, they may start to break down and their powerful and helpful effects may be lessened.

How do I cancel my AG1 subscription?

To cancel your AG1 subscription, you must contact customer service by email, phone, or Live Chat on drinkAG1.com. 

How long does AG1 take to ship?

AG1 currently ships to the US, Canada, Australia, and Europe, for a flat rate of $9. AG1 international shipping costs to Europe vary by location. Shipping times for all locations are as follows:

US

  • Standard 3-5 business days
  • Expedited 2 business days

Canada & Australia

  • Standard 7-14 business days

Europe

  • Standard 3-5 business days

What is AG1 Powder’s Return Policy?

Not every story is a love story. If you don’t totally love your first purchase, you can contact AG1 within 90 days of your order to receive a full refund. If you would like a try before you buy, contact customer service for an AG1 sample.

How to Contact AG1 Powder

If you need any other information beyond what I included in this AG1 powder review, you can contact the company by:


Explore your options for health supplements and full-body wellness with these popular brands vitamin brands:

Ritual

Persona Nutrition

Hum Nutrition

About SMEG

SMEG Fridges Review

SMEG is the maker of major and small home appliances known for its retro aesthetic. Throughout the years, the company has collaborated with designers and brands such as Dolce & Gabbana, Supreme, and FIAT.

Over the years, the brand has remained under family ownership, evolving from an Italy-based enamelware company to a major appliance line that is sold around the world. Still located in Italy, SMEG’s team of dedicated engineers, architects, designers, work tirelessly to create functional, intelligent works of art to be enjoyed in the home.

Owned by celebrities and featured in home magazines, the chic kitchenware brand has become the Rolls Royce of appliances. If you’ve heard about the company and want to know more, you’ve come to the right place.

My SMEG fridges review will be zeroing in on a selection of the brand’s smart and aesthetically pleasing fridges, including modern, retro, and collaboration designs. I’ll also take a look at customer feedback, FAQs, promotions, and more to help you determine if these products will suit your home, needs, and budget.

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions. Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Pros and Cons

SMEG Fridges Review

While they have their unique appeal, like any other product, SMEG fridges come with their own set of advantages and drawbacks.

Pros

  • Stylish design: SMEG fridges are renowned for their retro aesthetic and sleek design, which adds a touch of elegance and personality to any kitchen. They are available in a wide range of colors, allowing homeowners to match their fridge with their kitchen decor.
  • Excellent build quality: SMEG is known for its attention to detail and high-quality craftsmanship. Their fridges are built to last, using durable materials that can withstand daily use.
  • Energy-efficient: SMEG fridges are designed with energy efficiency in mind. They often feature advanced technologies such as LED lighting and smart temperature control, helping to reduce energy consumption and lower electricity bills.
  • Versatile storage options: SMEG fridges offer well-designed storage compartments and adjustable shelves, allowing for flexible storage arrangements. Some models include special compartments for fruits, vegetables, and deli items, helping to keep food organized and fresh.
  • Quiet operation: SMEG fridges are generally known for their quiet operation. The noise level is kept to a minimum, ensuring a peaceful environment in the kitchen.

Cons

  • High price point: SMEG fridges are considered premium appliances, which means they often come with a higher price tag compared to other refrigerator brands. This can be a deterrent for budget-conscious consumers.
  • Limited interior space: Due to their retro design, SMEG fridges may have slightly less interior space compared to more modern refrigerator models. This can be a drawback for those who require larger storage capacity.
  • Temperature variations: Some users have reported temperature variations within different areas of the fridge. This can potentially affect the freshness and longevity of certain food items if not monitored closely.

Features

While the specific features can vary depending on the model and series, here are some common highlights of SMEG fridges:

  1. Adjustable shelves: SMEG fridges typically have adjustable shelves, allowing users to customize the storage space to accommodate different sizes of food items.
  2. Temperature control: Most SMEG fridges offer temperature control options, enabling users to adjust the cooling settings to suit their specific needs. This helps in maintaining optimal temperature levels for preserving the freshness of various food items.
  3. Multi-zone compartments: Some SMEG fridge models come with multi-zone compartments, allowing users to set different temperature levels for specific sections of the fridge. This feature is useful for storing different types of food at their ideal temperatures.
  4. Crisper drawers: SMEG fridges often include crisper drawers designed to maintain humidity levels, keeping fruits and vegetables fresh for longer periods. These drawers help in preserving the quality and flavor of produce.
  5. LED lighting: SMEG fridges are typically equipped with LED lighting, which provides bright and efficient illumination inside the refrigerator while consuming less energy compared to traditional lighting.
  6. Frost-free technology: Many SMEG fridges feature frost-free technology, preventing the build-up of frost and ice inside the freezer compartment. This eliminates the need for manual defrosting, making maintenance easier.
  7. Door storage: SMEG fridges typically have spacious door storage compartments to accommodate bottles, jars, and condiments, making them easily accessible and organized.
  8. Fast cooling/freezing: Some SMEG models offer fast cooling or freezing options, allowing users to quickly chill or freeze their groceries, reducing the time required to cool down food items.
  9. Alarm systems: Certain SMEG fridges are equipped with alarm systems that notify users if the door is left open or if the internal temperature exceeds the desired range. This feature helps in maintaining food safety and energy efficiency.
  10. Antibacterial protection: SMEG incorporates antibacterial protection in some fridge models, utilizing special coatings or materials that inhibit the growth of bacteria and microorganisms, ensuring food hygiene and freshness.
SMEG Fridges Review

Known for its rich history of excellence, SMEG appliances feature soothing colors, mixed materials, and inspired designs. Take a peek through its expansive selection of ovens, fridges, mixers, and more, and you’ll find beautiful, quality pieces.

Since this is a SMEG fridges review, I’ll be focusing on the brand’s refrigerators only. But, I’ll be sure to include regular and mini-size fridges with a few fun surprises thrown in.

5 Bestselling SMEG Fridges

Fridges are a basic necessity, but SMEG Fridges are anything but basic. Offered in modern, retro, and fun styles, the brand’s refrigerators incorporate classy detailing, smart features, and inclusive storage options.

I’ll be covering a few different styles of its bestsellers below, let’s begin with an ultra-polished one, the Portofino.

SMEG Refrigerator Portofino 

Sleek and thin, the Refrigerator Portofino stands at 76” high. In an anthracite color, this alluring fridge shows off clean lines and eye-catching silver contrasts.

The handle is linear, running from top to bottom, breaking only to separate the fridge from the freezer. LED display and lighting make this fridge shine, showcasing its glass shelves with shining silver profiles.

The SMEG Refrigerator Portofino gives you the option to fast-freeze, save some money on eco-mode, and alert you of any temperature changes. Now, let’s get to the specs.

Inside this SMEG fridge freezer option, you’ll be able to stock three adjustable shelves and one produce drawer. And, in the freezer, there are two drawers and two shelves.

Though thin, this fridge is a big one, weighing 280 lbs.

SMEG Refrigerator Retro-style

Totally classic, the SMEG Refrigerator Retro-style is a true beauty. A glossy black color with rounded edges and a chromed handle, this fridge makes the perfect contrasting piece to a primarily white kitchen. Bonus points if you have chrome accents to match.

With steel siding and chromed inner shelves, this cool and classy fridge harkens back to yesteryear.

The seven-segment display unit lets you scan through settings like door alarms, holiday, and eco. And, when you open the door, you’ll discover two adjustable shelves, one drawer, two adjustable door shelves, an egg tray, and a bottle shelf.

It’s about 77” high, but just 23” across and weighs 228 lbs.

SMEG CB300U Refrigerator 

Steel has a clean and expensive look. The CB300U Refrigerator happens to be made of a mix of metal with steel siding, giving it an ultra-cool image.

Measuring 70” in height, the fridge’s door is right-hinged, while the handle is a long panel that extends from the base all the way to the top.

With the freezer located on the bottom, you’ll find three drawers with a fast-freezing compartment. Advanced features include a door alarm, antibacterial gasket, and temperature alarm for both the fridge and freezer. The fridge showcases three adjustable shelves, two drawers, an egg tray, and a bottle shelf.

With a seven-segment display, you can scan through the settings for things like holidays, fast-cooling, fast-freezing, and child lock.

SMEG FAB28URDIT3

Represent your country, team, or homeland with the FAB28URDIT3. With old-school rounded edges, steel siding, and a fresh, glossy Italian flag print, this patriotic fridge is a real conversation piece. It’s perfect for a game room.

It measures about 60” high and weighs in at 165 lbs, so while it’s not the size of an ordinary fridge, it still has some meat to it. With one single handle, the fridge’s door swings open showcasing three adjustable shelves, one crisper, a bottle shelf, and a freezer compartment.

To keep things clean inside, it has a built-in antibacterial gasket. And, just in case you need it, a visual and acoustic fridge alarm.

SMEG Zoom Zoom SMEG500GRUS

Themed fridges… why not? Thanks to SMEG’s collab with FIAT, the Zoom Zoom SMEG500GRUS looks like the front of a freshly-lacquered car. It’s a gorgeous green color with showstopping shine and intricate, car-like detailing.

The fridge pulls open like a chest with the help of two vintage-style handles. Inside, you’ll find three bottle shelves and a handy LED light.

Totally free-standing, Zoom Zoom is about 34” high and 50” wide. It is a fun idea for a garage or backyard BBQ area.

SMEG Mini-Fridge

The perfect addition to any hangout room, mini-fridges are all about convenience. In this SMEG Fridges review, I will feature the brand’s best-selling mini ideal for man caves, pool rooms, and small offices.

SMEG Retro-style

With a throw-back style, this jet black SMEG mini fridge has a tricky, glossy coat for a look of luxury. Pull the single chrome handle to reveal two adjustable glass shelves, a door shelf, and a bottle shelf.

LED bulbs brighten things up, helping you track down that last beer hiding in the back. At just 30” high, and 55 lbs, this compact Retro-style cutie runs on 110V and is relatively easy to move if you need to.

Do SMEG Fridges Have A Water Dispenser?

SMEG Fridges Review

It looks like most SMEG fridges do not have a water dispenser. When searching, it appears as if some models do, but for the life of us, I just can’t seem to track down a model that has one. This might have been a discontinued feature.

Are SMEG Fridges Energy Efficient?

SMEG Fridges Review

Some SMEG fridges have an eco setting as well as one for holidays (for when you’ll be away). These settings will help you to save energy overall and cut down on costs.

Who Is SMEG For?

SMEG Fridges Review

Your home is your little piece of this planet, one you can decorate and outfit as you please. SMEG is for the homemaker who wants to put a little extra love into their space. Someone who wants more than the average white, clunky fridge.

SMEG kitchen appliances are higher in cost. While appliances of any type are usually pricey, there’s something extra special about this brand, perhaps the attention to detail, jaw-dropping designs, or glossy finishes.

With built-in programs like eco, child-lock, alarms, or fast-freeze, SMEG fridges are also more advanced than your average fridge. These features can be extremely helpful for those who want to save energy or keep children (or themselves) away from constant trips to the fridge.

Comparison: SMEG vs. Chambers

SMEG Fridges Review

Some people are into fashion, others are into appliances, and then you have those who are into both. Beautifully designed appliances have the lines of a work of art, made of high-quality materials that mold them into masterpieces.

A home is a place we make our own. Bringing in bits and bobs that reflect our personal style or creating a certain aesthetic and going out in search of the perfect piece. Designer appliances come in all shapes and sizes, but often, lines blur between one and the other, borrowing inspiration from the past or painting them with color palettes to match the seasons.

In this section of my SMEG fridges review, I’ll be comparing this featured brand to Chambers, a home appliance company that has some seriously similar-looking items, especially in the Retro Fridge department.

Chambers’ collection includes fridges, cooktops, hood fans, and a few other bits and bobs, but I’ll be zeroing in on its fridges specifically. Just like SMEG, you can’t view the competitor’s pricing online, you’ll need to go through a dealer.

When looking at the SMEG Refrigerator Retro-style and the Chambers Retro Refrigerators side-by-side, they look a lot alike. But, SMEG certainly seems to pop more in terms of gloss, and I prefer its more rounded edges, believing it gives the appliance a more expensive look.

SMEG also has many more options when it comes to color, offering bright orange, blush pink, and even the American flag to name a few. Chambers’ comes in off-white, red, and black only.

Both fridges offer the same in terms of interior design, housing the same number of shelves, LED display, alarms, and energy efficiency. From what I can see from the brand’s dealers, Chambers fridges are a little less expensive, but they might not be as stunning.

SMEG Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

SMEG Fridges Review

A picture is worth a thousand words, but customer experience is pure gold. There’s no doubt SMEG appliances are drop-dead gorgeous, but how well do they perform? Are they noisy? Are there any flaws?

To help solve these questions, and more, I sought out comments from customers left on various review sites across the web. In this section of my SMEG fridges review, I’ll fill you in on just what those comments said, outlining any commonalities in both pro and con areas. So let’s get started.

From what I’ve read, SMEG does have a customer service team, but if you’re calling about an issue, they’ll direct you to your local dealer and it’s up to them to provide great service. With that in mind, any mentions of great customer service have to do with individual stores, not necessarily SMEG itself.

On the hunt for ratings, I came across the website Product Review that showed a 2.4/5 star score for the SMEG Retro 50s Style FAB32 Fridge and 18 customer comments. That’s a low number, so the experts shown below may not be typical of the fridge’s performance.

Nevertheless, the best comment left of this site was about the “spacious” nature of the SMEG vintage fridge. Another speaks of “excellent customer service” but this may not be the brand, but rather a dealer.

I headed over to a SMEG fridges review on Liz Marie Blog in search of a little more in-depth information about the FAB32

Overall, the reviewer, Liz, loved how the fridge looks. And like I said, there’s no denying it’s pretty. So how did she like using it? She said it’s “super easy to clean,” that it’s “shallow enough to not stick out past the cabinets,” and works well in small kitchens.

Similarly, the author behind Bronni loves the appearance of their FAB28. Though this SMEG retro fridge doesn’t have as many features as other options on the market, the writer argues that the aesthetic makes it worth it:

I love my Smeg! There’s nothing fun about 99% of kitchen appliances, so I think the extra expense is worth it to bring a splash of colour to my kitchen. I don’t miss having an ice or a cold water dispenser, I keep a carafe of water in the fridge and the world’s best ice cube tray in the freezer.”

Before I sum things up, I quickly checked the brand’s profile on the Better Business Bureau. It has an A+ rating and just 5 complaints made in the past 3 years, all of which have been resolved.

In terms of quality, it looks like the exterior of SMEG vintage refrigerators is where the appliances shine. Despite some cons about missing features, the brand’s fridges are still extremely popular and super chic.

Is SMEG Worth It?

SMEG Fridges Review

Though the SMEG website doesn’t list prices, from what I’ve found online, it’s safe to say the brand’s prices are high. Why are they so high? Because they’re designer fridges.

The outside of the fridges are spectacular looking, but I can’t help but admit the insides of some weren’t what I was expecting—perhaps they’re truly going for the all-retro theme.

In terms of SMEG fridges reviews, online comments were surprisingly sparse, despite the brand being around for so long. Though some people found flaws with the machines, the majority of customers were buying these products for their appearance, rather than the technology. Still, most agreed that the fridges did what they were meant to—keep food cold.

Now and then, you can’t help but give in to how something looks, and SMEG fridges look good. I think they’re worth the buy. It’s a fun investment that makes you feel good and makes your home look good.

Alternatives


If you’re considering alternatives to Smeg fridges, there are several other reputable brands that offer a wide range of options to suit your needs and preferences. Here are a few worth exploring:

  1. Bosch is a well-known brand that offers a variety of stylish and functional refrigerators. They are known for their reliable performance, energy efficiency, and innovative features.
  2. LG is another popular brand that offers a diverse range of refrigerators. They provide options for different budgets and lifestyles, including models with smart technology, flexible storage solutions, and energy-saving features.
  3. KitchenAid is recognized for its high-quality appliances, including refrigerators. They offer stylish and durable refrigerators with features like precise temperature control, customizable storage, and attractive design options.
  4. Haier: Haier is a global brand that offers compact and full-size refrigerators with innovative features. They focus on space-saving designs, energy efficiency, and user-friendly functionality.

SMEG Promotions & Discounts 

SMEG Fridges Review

SMEG does not currently offer any deals on its website, but individual dealers may.

Where To Buy SMEG

SMEG Fridges Review

Not sold through its website, you must visit a dealer or SMEG showroom to inquire about pricing or make a purchase. Use the Dealer Locator tool on the brand’s website’s home page by entering your zip code. 

FAQ

SMEG Fridges Review

Where are SMEG fridges made?

SMEG fridges are made where they’ve always been made, in Italy.

What is SMEG’s Shipping Policy?

The brand does not ship from its website. To buy one, you will need to locate a SMEG dealer or showroom and visit the corresponding website or location. From there, you will learn what their unique shipping policy is.

SMEG is available all over the world, be sure to search for dealers in your area. 

What is SMEG’s Return Policy?

Because you cannot purchase a SMEG Italian refrigerator through the brand’s website, you will need to refer to the return policy of the company from which you purchased your fridge.

How to Contact SMEG

If you need any other information that was not included in my SMEG fridges review, please use any of the below contact methods to get in touch with the brand:


For more in-depth reviews on quality home products, check out:

12 Best QVC Home Decor Products

Blueland Cleaning

Parachute Home

Burrow Home

About Tortuga Backpacks

Tortuga Backpacks Review

Tortuga creates functional travel bags for when you’re on the go. Their range of products includes backpacks, duffles, and packing cubes that make it easy to organize and access your belongings with ease. 

The brand was featured as one of the ‘100 Brilliant Companies’ by Entrepreneur, and their backpacks and bags have been named the ‘Best Carry On Travel Bag’, the ‘Best Duffle Bag for Air Travel’ by Wirecutter, and the ‘Best Carry-On Bag by Carryology. 

You could say they’ve won a few awards here and there. They have also been featured in The New York Times and Business Insider, among many other publications. 

Tortuga was founded in 2010 by Fred Perrotta and Jeremy Cohen, two friends who struggled to find a backpack that could keep up with their journeys. 

So, naturally, they decided to create one. But they chose to do it the right way, incorporating high-quality elements such as durable zippers and fasteners. These small details can make a huge difference when traveling. 

Tortuga is a small brand and has a customer service team that is dedicated to making customers happy. Their headquarters are located in the Greater Los Angeles Area. 

In this Tortuga backpacks review, we’ll take a close look at the brand and their best-selling backpacks, customer ratings, promotions, and more to help you decide if they are the right choice for your traveling needs. 

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions. 

Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Pros & Cons

Tortuga Backpacks Review

Before going through some of their amazing bags, this section of our Tortuga backpacks review will provide an overview of the brand’s pros and cons: 

Pros

  • High-Quality Products: Tortuga Backpacks offer a selection of high-quality products, including travel backpacks, daily carry-ons, and packing cubes.
  • Comfortable Design: Tortuga Travel Backpacks are known for their comfort, with well-padded and adjustable harnesses that make them comfortable to wear, even for extended periods.
  • Variety of Options: Tortuga offers a range of backpack options, including the Tortuga Setout and Tortuga Outbreaker, allowing customers to choose based on their needs and preferences.
  • Durable Materials: Tortuga Backpacks are typically made of durable materials such as nylon or polyester, which are known for their strength and longevity.
  • Thoughtful Features: Tortuga Backpacks often come with features designed for travel, such as ample storage space, organized compartments, and easy accessibility.

Cons

  • Personal Preference: The design and style of Tortuga Backpacks may not suit everyone’s personal tastes and preferences.

Features

Tortuga Backpacks Review

Tortuga backpacks and travel bags take the stress out of traveling by helping you to condense and organize your belongings in a travel-friendly carry-on. 

Offering both 35L and 45L sizes for their more substantial backpacks, it’s important to note that the 35L is the required size for international carry-ons, while 45L works for US domestic flight carry-ons. 

Going forward, we’ll feature the brand’s customer favorites and classics, including travel essentials like wet/dry bags, compact duffles, and carry-on backpacks. But first, here are some of the notable features of these backpacks:

  1. Carry-On Sized: Tortuga travel backpacks are designed to meet carry-on size restrictions, allowing you to pack everything you need without checking a bag.
  2. Organization: Tortuga Backpacks offer thoughtful details and compartments that make it easy to organize and access your belongings.
  3. Comfort: Tortuga Backpacks prioritize comfort with features such as adjustable back panels, cushioned straps, and ergonomic designs.
  4. Durability: The brand incorporates high-quality elements such as durable zippers, fasteners, and materials like recycled polyester to ensure long-lasting performance.
  5. Versatility: Some Tortuga backpack models, such as the Tortuga Travel 30L Backpack, offer versatile packing options with a bucket design that allows for flexible packing arrangements.
  6. Laptop and Tablet Compartment: Many Tortuga backpacks include dedicated compartments to safely store and protect laptops and tablets.
  7. Easy Access: Tortuga Backpacks are designed for easy access to your belongings, making it convenient to retrieve items while on the go.

Materials

Tortuga Backpacks are made from the following materials:

  1. SHELL200 Fabric: Tortuga Backpacks, including the Tortuga Travel Backpack (V4), feature the all-new SHELL200 fabric. This fabric is lighter, stronger, and more environmentally friendly than previous versions. It is made of 100% recycled polyester certified by REPREVE and is laminated with multiple layers for durability.
  2. VX21 Sailcloth: The Outbreaker Backpack by Tortuga is made from VX21 waterproof sailcloth. VX21 is a combination of 210D Nylon with a DWR (Durable Water Repellent) and UV-resistant coating, polyester, and PET film. Sailcloth is known for its durability, lightweight, and waterproof properties.
  3. 900D Polyester: Some Tortuga backpack models, such as the Setout backpack, are made of 900D polyester. This material is treated with a weather-resistant coating, enhancing its durability and protection against the elements.
  4. Recycled Materials: Tortuga Backpacks strive to limit their environmental impact and incorporate recycled materials where possible. The SHELL200 fabric, for example, is made of 100% recycled polyester.

9 Best-Selling Tortuga Travel Backpacks

Tortuga travel backpacks and bags include thoughtful details in their designs that make storing and accessing your belongings a breeze. 

Below, you’ll find details on the brand’s advanced backpacks, light and perfect adventure bags, and totes that are designed to fit inside your favorite backpack. 

Tortuga Outbreaker Backpack Review

Many hiking backpacks certainly have enough space for all of your necessities, but those essentials often need to be shoved in and piled on top of one another, making them hard to access and a pain to repack. 

The Outbreaker Backpack has an insane organizational system, ensuring every one of your items is packed in the right place and always within reach. 

This Tortuga one-bag travel backpack has enough room for a week’s worth of clothes, your laptop, as well as all the equipment you need to navigate your journey. 

Not only does the Outbreaker Backpack have the space you need, but it has the right padding and features to make it a pleasure to wear, whether it’s just through the airport or during a week-long trek through the Appalachians. 

Offered in 35L (4.6 lbs) and 45L (5.1 lbs) versions, this carry-on-sized backpack has smart features like a height-adjustable suspension system and a padded, removable hip belt so that this bag fits your body properly. 

Travel in comfort with the Outbreaker Backpack for $269-$299. 

Tortuga Wet/Dry Backpack Review

One wet, stinky piece of clothing left in your bag for a few hours can infect the whole lot, leaving your fresh white dress shirt smelling anything but fresh. 

The Wet/Dry Backpack keeps your dirty things separate from the rest of your clothes. Throw in that sweat-saturated shirt and pull out a new, dry one to keep comfortable on a long day of hiking. 

This bag is also great for swimsuits or anything else you’d like to protect your other clothes and bags from. The 8L backpack has a roll-top design that makes it easily packable. 

Protect your clean belongings from water and odor with the Wet/Dry Backpack for $29, previously $49.

Unfortunately, this model has lived out its illustrious career and is now retired. 

Tortuga Homebase Backpack Review

You want to stay organized, but Tortuga’s larger bags are just too big, and a normal backpack just doesn’t have the features you need. 

Cue the Homebase Backpack, combining function with a 2.3 lb lightweight design. Great for a weekend camping trip or a quick international weekend work trip, this bag features a removable two-sided packing cube to keep your clothes in place. 

The 32L backpack also has laptop and tablet sleeves, as well as a front organization pocket for important items like your passport, snacks, and the ever-important, but never remembered pen. 

Lockable zippers ensure no one opens your bag sneakily and keeps things from spilling out.

These $245 Tortuga front-load backpacks are available for $149. This model is currently unavailable, but perhaps some models shown later in this review can fill its versatile shoes.

Tortuga Prelude Travel Backpack Review

There is a story of a guy who hiked the Appalachian trail a few years ago. Despite ample research, he carried a giant hiking bag and packed it to the brim. 

Upon getting to the trail, his bag weighed 82lbs. Little did he know, the recommended weight per bag is 38lbs. He was thus named ‘82’ by fellow hikers, and the rest is history. 

The Prelude Travel Backpack won’t ensure you pack under 82lbs, but it will keep your things extremely organized and has a pocket for everything you may need on your journey. 

The other thing about 82’s bag is that it was loaded from the top, so every time he needed something he had to empty the backpack completely. The Prelude Travel Backpack is front-loading, meaning you can easily access every single item in your bag. 

This 38.5L bag is perfect for carry-ons and has helpful features like load-lifters, side compression straps, and a padded, removable hip belt to make carrying the weight a little easier. 

This Tortuga carry-on backpack also has webbing loops for added carry capacity, a lie-flat water bottle pocket, and is weather-resistant, so you can carry more on the outside and keep your valuables protected on the inside. 

This 2.5 lb hiker-friendly backpack is on sale for $99, down from $149. Unfortunately, it is currently out of stock. 

Tortuga Packable Duffle Bag Review

When your family asks why you didn’t bring them anything back from your trip, you no longer have an excuse. Bring the Packable Duffle Bag with you when you know you may need to pack a little extra. 

Airlines let you bring one carry-on and one personal item. This 2.5 lb bag is the perfect-sized personal item. It tucks discreetly under the chair in front of you while on the plane and even includes organizational pockets for any extra items you need close by. 

With a crossbody strap for easy carrying, the 38.5L Packable Duffle Bag is on sale for $45, previously $75

Tortuga Setout Backpack: Men’s Review

Have you ever been pulling your roll-on suitcase while rushing for a flight and the wheel turns on you as the whole suitcase just flips so you end up picking it up and carrying it? 

If not, then maybe you haven’t been late for a flight, or maybe you’re just super coordinated, but we’ve witnessed firsthand how frustrating the supposed “travel-friendly” roll-on suitcases can be. 

Available in 35L (3.4 lb) and 45L (3.9 lb) versions, the Men’s Setout Backpack comes in black and heather grey and is front-loading for your packing pleasure. 

Helpful features in this Tortuga backpack suitcase like load lifters, a removable hip belt, and hideaway shoulder straps make carrying the bag easier and less cumbersome when running towards a closing airplane gate. 

Inside the iconic Tortuga best travel backpack for men, you’ll find laptop and tablet sleeves, as well as organizational pockets to help you during that frantic search for your passport. This essential travel backpack is on sale for $125-139, regular price $179-$199. 

Tortuga Setout Backpack: Women’s Review

If you’ve ever worn a backpack and the straps keep falling off your shoulders, it means it’s not the right fit. This actually leads to imbalance and can put more strain on your body. 

The Women’s Setout Backpack has a suspension system for narrower shoulders, so you can be sure you’re moving as efficiently and comfortably as possible. 

The Tortuga 45L backpack (3.8 lb) is also available in a 35L (3.6 lb) size and has all of the same features as the men’s version, including helpful support systems like the padded hip belt and hideaway shoulder straps. 

The carry-on-sized luggage meets backpack is available in black for only $125-139, on sale from $179-$199. 

Tortuga Setout Divide Backpack: Men’s Review

The Setout Divide: Men’s is a little smaller than the original Setout, with a size of 26L that is expandable to 34L. Backpacks like this are versatile and you can use them for a day trip one day, and then a weekend trip another time. 

This Tortuga Travel Backpack for men has smart travel features, such as an internal mesh divider, a luggage handle pass-through sleeve, an organization panel, lockable zippers, and a water bottle pocket, all contributing to an organized and enjoyable travel experience. 

Internal compression straps, hideaway shoulder straps, and a padded removable hip belt all work together to ease the load of your backpack on your back. This 3.8 lb weather-resistant backpack is on sale for $125, down from $179. 

Tortuga Setout Divide Backpack: Women’s Review

So you packed light on your trip to Nashville, but now that you’re there, you want to load up on hot sauce. Don’t worry if you end up bringing back more than you took, as this backpack is expandable, from 26L to 34L

The Setout Divide Backpack: Women’s bag is perfect for weekend excursions to some memento-worthy places.

This 3.8 lb backpack keeps your belongings safe and easily accessible with an internal mesh divider, a luggage handle pass-through sleeve, an organization panel, lockable zippers, and a water bottle pocket. 

Stay comfortable while you travel with the $179 Setout Divide Backpack: Women’s for only $125. 

Who Are Tortuga Backpacks For?

Tortuga Backpacks are designed for travelers who prioritize convenience, organization, and comfort:

  1. Carry-on Travelers: Tortuga travel backpacks are carry-on-sized, allowing travelers to pack everything they need without checking a bag. This feature is especially appealing to individuals who prefer to travel with just a backpack and avoid the hassle of checked luggage.
  2. Urban and Adventure Travelers: Tortuga Backpacks are suitable for both urban and adventure travel. They offer functional designs with thoughtful details, making it easy to organize and access belongings while on the go. The backpacks are designed to accompany travelers from the beginning to the end of their journeys.
  3. Travelers Seeking Comfort and Durability: Tortuga Backpacks prioritize comfort and durability. They incorporate high-quality elements such as durable zippers and fasteners to ensure long-lasting performance. The brand aims to create backpacks that can withstand the demands of travel and provide a comfortable carrying experience.
  4. Travelers who Value Organization: Tortuga Backpacks are known for their organization features. They provide compartments, pockets, and packing cubes to help travelers keep their belongings well-organized and easily accessible throughout their trips.

Tortuga Backpacks Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Tortuga Backpacks Review

For this section of our Tortuga backpacks review, we took to the web to find out more about the brand and their travel-friendly backpacks. 

Ahead, you’ll find customer reviews sourced from tortugabackpacks.com, Amazon, and Reddit, all discussing the quality, usefulness, and fit of the brand’s products as of May 2023. 

The Women’s Setout Backpack is rated an average of 4.5/5 stars by 72 customers on tortugabackpacks.com. 

A customer wrote of the utility of this backpack: “Moving AirBNBs every night for a week…was made SO much easier with this backpack… Tortuga accommodated all the clothes, toiletries, and small gifts I bought, and I couldn’t be happier to NOT pay extra for checked baggage.” 

Keeping the positivity train rolling, other Tortuga products are well-received on the brand’s website:

  • Setout Backpack: Men’s: 4.4/5 stars out of over 350 ratings
  • Outbreaker Backpack: 4.4/5 stars out of 500+ ratings
  • Setout Divide Backpack: Men’s: 4.5/5 stars out of 150 ratings

The Tortuga Air Travel Backpack is rated an average of 4.8/5 stars by 47 customers on Amazon. 

Customers praise the backpack’s usefulness and convenience, with one particular review summarizing it perfectly:

[I’m] on another work trip and I am just loving how versatile this pack is and how much you can actually fit in it. You can really stuff this thing. Not only does it work great on planes & trains but it is also very good going back and forth between your hotel room and your destination.” 

We also discovered a tell-all thread on Reddit that discussed a range of travel backpacks. 

One Tortuga backpacks review wrote, “I have the second generation 45L Tortuga backpack and spent the last three years backpacking the world with it. It’s been solid, well designed and sturdy, no damage to it except me tearing off one of the hip straps while running for a train.” 

So what can we really take away from all these testimonials? By and large, Tortuga accomplishes what they set out to do, and they’ve created a great line of durable and comfortable products. The positives definitely outweigh the negatives with this brand.

Are Tortuga Backpacks Worth It?

Tortuga Backpacks Review

Tortuga backpacks are rated highly by customers on and off the brand’s website.

As a testament to how serious they are about backpacks, all the complaints made on tortugabackpacks.com are followed up by a customer service rep trying to amend the issue. 

In terms of complaints, this Tortuga backpacks review wouldn’t be complete without noting that there are tricks for fitting your bag to properly distribute the weight. The brand has some helpful information on their website on how to fit and pack your backpack for a more comfortable wear. 

Readers should also take into account that the Reddit and Amazon reviews for Tortuga Backpacks included above were written about 3 years ago. There are not many recent customer reviews outside of the brand’s website. 

For that reason, the reviews above lose some relevance as the brand has since updated their backpacks, releasing 2nd generation models and creating different features for men and women to suit their bodies, like the suspension system for narrower shoulders. 

Tortuga backpacks are covered under a limited warranty that promises to repair or replace any defective bags. They also offer free shipping and free returns because they’re genuinely concerned about issues that customers have with their bags. 

Tortuga may be a small company, but they have a great customer care team that is responsive to customer complaints made on their website. Their backpacks can get a little pricey, but they are well-made and will last you years. 

The final verdict in this Tortuga backpacks review is that the brand’s travel bags are worth the buy. 

Tortuga Backpacks Promotions & Discounts 

Tortuga Backpacks Review

Tortuga has the following 3 promotions and discounts available on their website:

  1. Get a free carry-on packing list when you sign up for their newsletter
  2. Free ground shipping on orders of $49+
  3. Free return shipping 

Where To Buy Tortuga Backpacks

Tortuga Backpacks Review

Tortuga backpacks are available for purchase on tortugabackpacks.com. Amazon also offers some of their products, but the brand does not have an official Amazon page, so these items may be provided through a reseller.

Alternatives

Travel on your own terms. Here are a few more brands to check out for that personalized travel experience:

  1. Nomatic Travel Bag: The Nomatic Travel Bag is a popular alternative to Tortuga Backpacks. It offers similar features and functionality, including organization compartments, carry-on size, and durability.
  2. Matador GlobeRider45 Travel Backpack: The Matador GlobeRider45 Travel Backpack is another alternative that competes with Tortuga Backpacks. It is designed for carry-on travel and offers features such as expandable storage, comfortable straps, and water-resistant materials.
  3. eBags Mother Lode: The eBags Mother Lode is a budget-friendly alternative to Tortuga Backpacks. It offers multiple compartments, expandable storage, and a durable design.

FAQ

Tortuga Backpacks Review

Where is Tortuga Backpacks located? 

Tortuga Backpacks’ headquarters are located in sunny Los Angeles, US. 

What is Tortuga Backpacks’s Shipping Policy?

Currently, Tortuga only ships within the US. This Tortuga backpacks review is happy to report that orders take 1 business day to process, and only about 5 business days to get to you. Their orders ship through FedEx. 

For PO Boxes, military addresses, and US territories, orders ship through USPS and may take longer than normal shipping times. The brand has the following shipping options available:

  • Ground shipping: $10 on orders under $49, or free for orders over that amount 
  • Expedited shipping options: prices are listed at checkout

What is Tortuga Backpacks’s Return Policy?

If you are unhappy with your purchase for any reason, you can return it within 30 days if it is unused. If you bought a bundle, you will need to email their customer service team for further details. 

For separate items, you can start your return through their self-service returns page. Return shipping is free.

If you have a defect in your bag, it is covered under the brand’s limited warranty and they will either repair it or will send you a replacement. Some items do not qualify for refunds. These include gift cards and sale items.

How to contact Tortuga Backpacks

We hope you enjoyed reading our Tortuga backpacks review. If you have any further questions about the brand, you can get in contact with them by emailing [email protected].


Looking for other awesome bags and accessories? Check out our reviews for these other brands.

Beis Travel Bags

The Sak

Rebag

Hobo

Senreve

About Power Swabs

Power Swabs Teeth Whitening Review

On a glow-up journey? Power Swabs is a teeth whitening service designed to turn those coffee stains into a glimmering set of pearly whites. Offered as a one-time purchase, members can purchase a 7-day kit that they can use in the comfort of their own homes.

Power Swabs has gained some notoriety for its products. Though it holds just 4k followers across its social media pages, the brand has been featured in a few media outlets, such as FOX10 News and WCNC.

Drool, discomfort, and the inability to speak properly: these cons are all attributed to the teeth whitening process. In fact, all of these disadvantages are made worse by the allotted time for each whitening product, and most at-home kits require upwards of 30 minutes to get the best results.

Dr. Martin Giniger believed otherwise, so he created his own formula that could provide improvements in less than a few minutes. With over 30 years of dentistry under his belt, he has extensive experience within the teeth whitening industry.

Dr. Giniger worked with big-name companies such as Colgate and Proctor & Gamble. Drawing from his knowledge, Giniger created a thin solution compared to those heavy-weight bleaching gels on the market. By doing this, the formula can penetrate deeply into the enamel to start the cleaning process.

Since its debut in 2008, this American-based company has grown in popularity with its effective formulas. You may have seen or heard a few of its ads on the radio and on television.

Aside from Crest, SuperNova, and AuraGlow, how does this brand fare against its competition? Keep reading, as this Power Swabs teeth whitening review will give you a rundown of the company, its collection, customer ratings, promotions, and more to help you decide if its products are worth checking out.

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions. 

Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Pros & Cons

Power Swabs Teeth Whitening Review

Before we get into this Power Swabs teeth whitening review, let’s go over some of the brand’s pros and cons:

Pros

  • Immediate results: Power Swabs claims to provide immediate teeth whitening results. According to one review, after just five minutes of treatment, users noticed their teeth were two shades whiter, and after one week of treatment, a significant improvement was reported, with the potential for a smile six times whiter than before.
  • Safe for dental work: Power Swabs is stated to be safe for various dental work, including caps, crowns, dentures, veneers, and other cosmetic restorations.
  • Convenient application: Power Swabs is applied using a small applicator wand, eliminating the need for trays, mouthguards, or strips.
  • Endorsements from celebrities: Several celebrities, including actress Haylie Duff, model Cynthia Bailey, and media personality Joy Bauer, have reportedly endorsed Power Swabs on social media.

Cons

  • Limited Customer Reviews

Features

At a glance, here’s what separates Power Swabs from the pack:

  1. Patented formula: Power Swabs is said to use a patented formula of clinically-researched ingredients to whiten teeth.
  2. Swab application: Power Swabs is applied using a set of swabs. The product typically involves using a swab to apply peroxide gel to the teeth.
  3. Suitable for various dental work: Power Swabs is claimed to be safe for use on different dental work, such as caps, crowns, dentures, veneers, and other cosmetic restorations.
  4. Immediate results: Power Swabs is advertised as providing immediate teeth whitening results. According to reviews, users may see a noticeable improvement in tooth shade after just a few minutes of treatment.
  5. Convenience: Power Swabs is described as a convenient teeth whitening option. It does not require the use of trays, mouthguards, or strips, making the application process easier.
  6. Celebrity endorsements: Power Swabs has reportedly received endorsements from celebrities such as Haylie Duff, Cynthia Bailey, and Joy Bauer.

How Do Power Swabs Work?

Power Swabs Teeth Whitening Review

There’s no need to suffer in silence—and we mean that quite literally. Power Swabs’ solutions aren’t designed as a mouth tray, unlike other leading brands. Instead, users are required to apply the bleaching solution with a fine-tipped applicator.

Formulated with Dr. Giniger’s patented teeth detergent blend, this mix hydrates the enamel while removing those yellow stains. And, the result? Beautiful pearly teeth that’ll do wonders for your confidence.

Despite those drool-inducing mouth trays that require hours of time, the Power Swabs teeth whitener only requires a few minutes per application. Each 7-day kit comes with 2 sets of formulas: the Stain-Out swab and the White Swab.

The remover itself needs 30 seconds, while the bleacher needs a max of 2 minutes. After that, you’re all done! Just remember to abstain from food or drink at this time in order to get the full effects.

So how do Power Swabs work exactly? Well, compared to those thick, heavy-weight bleaching gels, this branded formula utilizes a thin whitening agent that’s made with F.A.C.T technology.

According to Dr. Giniger, these products break the molecular bonds that separate the enamel from the stains themselves. Thickened with air and foam, this Power Swabs white detergent is able to penetrate deep within your teeth.

The best part about Power Swabs is that its formulas are designed for sensitive teeth. For those who feel that numbing or stinging sensation from hot and cold beverages, this type of bleaching detergent is made to be gentle on the enamel.

When it comes to products, Power Swabs offers two options of bleaching agents: the Introductory Kit and the 3-pack Intensive Whitening bundle.

Both of these sets come with a 7-day supply of solutions. It’s worth noting that customers can only get these boxes as a one-time purchase—the brand doesn’t offer a subscription program.

For more information about how its formulas work, we encourage you to check out the main page for additional details, including before and after photos. Moving forward, this Power Swabs teeth whitening review will take a look at its two kits.

Power Swabs Intensive Whitening Introductory Kit Review

Got a hot date? Aside from pimple popping and hair gel, the Intensive Whitening Introductory Kit can help make that lasting impression. Designed to remove yellow stains from the enamel, this set includes everything you need to whiten your chompers:

  • 7ct Stain-Out Swabs
  • Box of White Swabs Ultra
  • Free Stain-Out Quick Stick for emergency situations

For a rigorous way to brush off those coffee stains, here’s hoping that you’ll earn a kiss or two after dinner.

If you’re in a hurry, there’s no need to spend hours waiting for the bleaching detergent to take effect. It requires a max of 2 minutes, which helps save some time dedicated to other important tasks. As a side note, this Power Swabs teeth whitening review recommends tossing the Stain-Out Quick Stick in your carry-on in case of red wine stains.

Say hello to your next at-home remedy with the Intensive Whitening Introductory Kit for $60. This is compared to its estimated retail value of $100.

Power Swabs Intensive Whitening Kit Review

For those lucky enough to score date two or three, the Intensive Whitening Kit offers a selection of bleaching products for future use. Compared to the Introductory bundle, this collection comes with a BOGO promotion, in which customers receive a free box when they purchase two.

And as always, this option includes the Stain-Out Swabs, the White Swabs Ultra, and three complimentary Stain-Out Quick Sticks.

This is a great set to have if you’re constantly booked for public events. Aside from romantic dates, this bundle can prove useful for photoshoots or job interviews.

Offered as a one-time purchase, the Intensive Whitening Kit is at a bargain at $120. You should know that its original price was marked at $299.

Are Power Swabs FDA Approved?

Power Swabs Teeth Whitening Review

Due to the nature of its product, Power Swabs is not an FDA-approved brand. This is because the administration doesn’t regulate teeth-whitening formulas.

They are commonly classified as medical devices and cosmetics, plus they pose a low-risk situation when used. In addition, we haven’t found any company statement on their website that shows they follow FDA guidelines.

Do You Rinse After Using Power Swabs?

Power Swabs Teeth Whitening Review

Once you’ve completed each step of the Power Swabs for teeth regimen, users are discouraged from eating, drinking, or rinsing after applying their products. This is to ensure that the formula works appropriately without the distraction of any outside substances.

Instead, this Power Swabs teeth whitening review recommends taking a quick bite before you start the process. Trust me, you’ll be able to curb those insatiable cravings a lot easier.

What Is The Main Ingredient In Power Swabs?

Power Swabs Teeth Whitening Review

In terms of Power Swabs ingredients, the company doesn’t offer much information on how it makes its products. According to the FAQ page, the brand utilizes a special blend of proprietary detergents and bleaching solutions to help get the job done.

We did find a few outside sources that offer some speculation as to what the formulas are made of, but they didn’t seem credible enough to include.

Who Are Power Swabs For?

Power Swabs Teeth Whitening Review

Let’s be honest. We all have somewhat yellow teeth. Unless you’re born with uncharacteristically white pearls, stained enamels are quite normal to have. For adults, Power Swabs can act as a temporary fix in case of public outings.

While customers can use the whitening products at any given time, these formulas can be utilized as a get-ready essential for job interviews, dates, photoshoots, and other events.

Since Power Swabs require a short amount of time to work, this type of bleaching agent can serve as a time-friendly alternative. It’s more convenient compared to mouth trays or going to the dentist’s office—customers can apply the products in the comfort of their own homes.

Comparison: Power Swabs vs. HiSmile

Power Swabs Teeth Whitening Review

 It’s time for a comparative dual. Which teeth whitening brand outshines the other in terms of formulation: Power Swabs or HiSmile? While it’s recommended that you try each brand for yourself, we’ve compiled a shortlist of similarities and differences between these two companies for the time being.

This includes product variation, company perks, prices, and other key assets offered by each label. And as always, it’s always up to the reader to choose the reigning champion. Without further ado, this Power Swabs teeth whitening review will outline the specifics:

Similarities:

  • Offers teeth whitening products
  • Semi-reasonable prices
  • Clinically tested and safe for sensitive teeth

Differences:

  • Power Swabs offers an applicator, while HiSmile provides a mouth tray
  • HiSmile has more products on its website
  • HiSmile offers more information on instructions and ingredients for its formulas
  • Power Swabs has fewer customer reviews compared to its competitor

Which one you opt for depends on what you’re looking for. Power Swabs’ kits, with the included to-go stick, provide a simple and quick solution to whiter teeth. On the other hand, HiSmile also offers toothpaste and mouthwash, which might serve as convenient for those that want to get their products all in one place.

How Much Is Power Swabs?

Power Swabs Teeth Whitening Review

For most customers, the cost is the main deal-breaker when it comes to trying out a new product. If you skipped half of this Power Swabs teeth whitening review in order to view its offered prices, we’ll repeat the fees for each of their kits:

  • Intensive Whitening Introductory Kit: $60 (originally priced at $100
  • Intensive Whitening Kit: $120 (originally priced at $299)

Power Swabs Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Power Swabs Teeth Whitening Review

Unfortunately, this brand doesn’t hold much power when it comes to customer experiences. As a result, this section of our Power Swabs teeth whitening review cannot paint an accurate depiction of the company as a whole as of May 2023.

To start things off, its official website holds a few encouraging comments. Instead of written critiques, the company offers video testimonials.

After watching a few clips, it seems that Power Swabs is far from false advertising. A majority of customers found the teeth whitening kits effective and convenient. Others stated that it was easy to use, while some found their confidence levels surging.

“When I used strips, it always felt messy. They would slide around and I would feel resistant to use them- plus with my teeth being sensitive. But when I use Power Swabs, I have much more control because I can apply it to each tooth individually and I see a dramatic, unbelievable result,” one customer noted on the website.

The Amazon page for the Power Swabs Whitening Kit holds a total of 128 reviews with a poor score of 2.4/5 stars. While 17% of customers noted improvements after using these products, 45% of users reported no results.

This Power Swabs teeth whitening review uncovered a few independent blogs that critiqued this dental brand. According to TopTenReviews.com, the brand’s products offered a convenient at-home solution compared to one-on-one appointments.

“We like how it’s bleach-free and safe for enamel, and that it works on natural teeth and dental implants alike. If you want to find a teeth whitening system that works, and is fast and easy to use, Power Swabs is well worth trying,” via a statement made by TopTenReviews.com.

On the other hand, the author of the Dental Excellence of Blue Bell gave a mixed review of Power Swabs. This is mainly due to its messy process and the risk of uneven application.

“It might be better for some people to have the medication contained in the swab itself, but it seems like there’s a lot of potential for missing spots and uneven application, which–if the system works–will lead to splotchiness and uneven tooth coloration,” according to the Dental Excellence of Blue Bell.

Overall, it seems that Power Swabs is considered the ‘middle ground’ brand when it comes to teeth whitening companies. But with all cosmetic products, experiences will vary from customer to customer. Let’s hope that more users will come forward with their own stories in the future.

Are Power Swabs Worth It?

Power Swabs Teeth Whitening Review

Due to the lack of testimonials online, this Power Swabs teeth whitening review cannot fully recommend this brand. From what we gathered so far, there seems to be a mixed bag of customer experiences in terms of product effectiveness and its unique application method.

While some found the formulas successful in under a few minutes, other users reported no improvements while complaining about the messy execution.

Aside from varied customer testimonials, Power Swabs doesn’t offer much information on the ingredients used in its products. As a result, there’s not a lot of trust bridged between the consumer and the company.

Compared to other teeth whitening brands, Power Swabs offers a reasonable price for its products. They’re neither too expensive nor cheap.

So, what’s the verdict of this Power Swabs teeth whitening review? We believe that the brand’s website is worth checking out. There’s a relatively good chance that you’ll walk out of its ‘at-home’ clinic with a shining smile.

Power Swabs Promotions & Discounts 

Power Swabs Teeth Whitening Review

For this Power Swabs teeth whitening review, we found out that the brand is hosting a TV special, in which customers can get 40% off at checkout if they order now.

As an added cherry on top, you’ll also get a free gift. Buyers can also choose the Intensive Whitening Kit to take advantage of the BOGO promotion.

As of lately, we were unable to find a Power Swabs free sample (aside from the complimentary Stain-Out Quick Stick) that customers can get with their order.

Sign Up For Power Swabs

Power Swabs Teeth Whitening Review

To sign up for Power Swabs, customers must simply order from the website. After filling out the required boxes at checkout, they will receive a confirmation email.

Alternatives

Don’t be afraid to shop around for that perfect smile. Here are a few more options to consider:

  1. Crest 3D White: Crest 3D White offers a range of teeth-whitening products, including toothpaste, whitening strips, and whitening kits. Their products are widely available and have been popular among consumers for their effectiveness in removing stains and brightening teeth.
  2. Philips Zoom: Philips Zoom is a professional teeth whitening brand that offers both in-office and at-home whitening solutions. Their products are often used by dental professionals and are known for delivering noticeable whitening results.
  3. Opalescence: Opalescence is a professional-grade teeth whitening brand that provides various options, including in-office treatments and take-home kits. Their products are known for their customization options, allowing users to select the concentration of whitening gel that suits their needs.
  4. AuraGlow: AuraGlow is a popular brand that offers at-home teeth whitening kits and LED light systems. Their products often come with whitening gel and mouth trays, providing a comprehensive solution for achieving a brighter smile.
  5. Colgate Optic White: Colgate Optic White offers a range of whitening toothpaste, mouthwash, and whitening pens. Their products are widely available in stores and are known for their convenience and affordability.
  6. GLO Science: GLO Science provides innovative teeth whitening solutions, including at-home kits and professional-grade devices. Their products feature patented technology that combines heat and light to accelerate the whitening process.

FAQ

Power Swabs Teeth Whitening Review

Where are Power Swabs made?

Unfortunately for this Power Swabs teeth whitening review, we were unable to find where the brand’s products are made. In addition, we uncovered conflicting information as to the location of its headquarters.

Do I brush my teeth before using Power Swabs? 

According to its Amazon forum, users are encouraged to brush their teeth before using Power Swabs.

Do Power Swabs expire? 

As of lately, this Power Swabs teeth whitening review found no expiration dates tacked onto its formulas. As is the case for most bleaching agents, they usually have a shelf life of up to a year.

Are Power Swabs safe for teeth?

According to its FAQ page, Power Swabs are completely safe to use. You should know that there are no risks associated with swallowing the solution.

How do I cancel my Power Swabs subscription?

As we mentioned before, Power Swabs does not offer a subscription plan for its products. The formulas are only provided as a one-time purchase.

What is Power Swabs’ Shipping Policy?

Good news! All Power Swabs orders qualify for free domestic shipping.

On the other hand, the company does not provide international delivery to those living outside of Canada and the United States. To help monitor the status of your purchase, customers will be given a tracking number in their confirmation email.

What is Power Swabs’ Return Policy?

Power Swabs offers a 30-day risk-free guarantee for all of its products. If you’re not satisfied with your order, you can request a full refund. Unfortunately, shipping costs are not covered by the company. To initiate this process, buyers can contact the brand for further instructions.

How to contact Power Swabs

For inquiries unrelated to this Power Swabs teeth whitening review, you can reach out to the company through the following methods of contact:

  • Phone number: (800) 535-4693
  • Email: [email protected]
  • Direct messaging its team on social media (Facebook, Twitter, or Instagram)

Not fully sold on Power Swab? Check out Snow Teeth Whitening a revolutionary teeth whitening system that delivers award-winning results in the comfort of home.

About Boom by Cindy Joseph

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

Boom by Cindy Joseph doesn’t care how old you are. Every woman deserves to feel beautiful. This online cosmetic brand utilizes the best ingredients, meaning they’re clean, healthy, and cruelty-free. 

With a following of over 37.8K on Instagram, it’s only natural that Boom by Cindy Joseph has also been featured in the likes of The New York Times and V Magazine. 

Cindy Joseph spent most of her life behind the spotlight. Working as a professional makeup artist for nearly 3 decades, she often took credit for the ‘natural look’ that was painted on most of her clients. 

It wasn’t until Joseph turned 49 that all eyes turned to her. Instead of hiding her age, she embraced it proudly as she decided to let her silver-toned hair loose in the streets of New York. 

What followed after was years of super modeling, as she was hired to be the face of Dolce and Gabbana’s new campaign. Joseph was one of the first ‘glamor girls’ of her age compared to the younger demographic that upheld the industry. 

This inspiration and determination made their way into her own cosmetic line, as Joseph quickly realized that there weren’t many companies offering products for her age group.

Is this brand worth adding to your daily self-care routine? It’s time to make another informed purchase. In this Boom by Cindy Joseph review, we’ll take a hard look at the brand, their products, customer ratings, promotions, and more to help readers reach a more solid conclusion.  

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions. 

Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Pros & Cons

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

Before we get into this Boom by Cindy Joseph review, let’s go over some of the brand’s pros and cons: 

Pros

  • Natural and Clean Ingredients: Boom by Cindy Joseph uses natural, clean, and cruelty-free ingredients in their makeup and skincare products.
  • Pro-Age Philosophy: The brand is dedicated to helping women in their 50s, 60s, 70s, and beyond bring out their natural beauty. It encourages self-acceptance and defies beauty standards that prioritize being wrinkle-free.
  • Created by a Makeup Artist: Cindy Joseph, a top makeup artist who worked with supermodels such as Cindy Crawford and Naomi Campbell, founded the brand. Her expertise in the industry contributes to the quality of the products.
  • Product Variety: Boom by Cindy Joseph offers a range of makeup and skincare products tailored for mature skin, allowing customers to address their specific beauty needs.
  • International Shipping: The brand offers international shipping, allowing customers from various locations to access their products.

Cons

  • Limited Return Policy Information: Some reviewers mention that Boom by Cindy Joseph does not provide much information about their return policy, which may be a disadvantage for customers seeking clarity on returns.

Features

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

Age is just a number. That is when it comes to cosmetics. Beauty doesn’t stop at age 30 or 50. We’ve got legends such as Jennifer Lopez, Michelle Obama, and Ruth Bader Ginsberg that come as prime examples. 

Sadly, the self-care industry is adamant about upholding youth as the primary source of all beauty. Designed to turn the tide, Boom by Cindy Joseph challenges the societal perception of what it means to feel pretty. 

Made to be all-inclusive, this cosmetic brand offers products that come with no age restrictions, offering highlighters, moisturizers, mascara, and more on their website. 

Moving forward, this Boom by Cindy Joseph review will spotlight a few of their best-selling formulas for readers to try.

  1. Philosophy: Boom by Cindy Joseph encourages women to celebrate and love their authentic selves at every age. The brand promotes a pro-age approach, defying beauty standards that prioritize wrinkle-free appearances. It emphasizes embracing textured skin and encourages women to reveal their genuine beauty.
  2. Founder: Boom by Cindy Joseph was created by Cindy Joseph, a former makeup artist who worked with renowned supermodels such as Cindy Crawford, Naomi Campbell, and Christy Turlington. Cindy Joseph inspired women worldwide to embrace their natural beauty and started the Pro-age Revolution.
  3. Product Range: The brand offers a range of makeup and skincare products designed specifically for mature women. Some of the notable products include the Boomstick Trio, Boomstick Color, Boomstick Rose Nude, Boomsilk, Boom Bright, and Boom Gloss. These products are formulated to enhance natural features and provide a minimalistic yet effective approach to beauty.
  4. Ingredient Quality: Boom by Cindy Joseph emphasizes the use of high-quality ingredients that are clean, healthy, and cruelty-free. The brand aims to provide products that are safe and beneficial for the skin.

Ingredients

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

It’s important to know what you’re putting on your face and why it’s included in the first place. Here are some of the top ingredients used in Boom by Cindy Joseph products:

  1. Witch Hazel Extract: Witch Hazel is a natural astringent that helps tone the skin, reduce skin flaking, restore suppleness, cleanse the skin, and make pores appear smaller. It is used in Boom Cotton moisturizer, Boom Nectar serum, and Boom Clean cleanser.
  2. Beeswax and Honey: Boom by Cindy Joseph includes animal-derived ingredients like beeswax and honey in some of their products. These ingredients contribute to soft, moisturized, and radiant-looking skin.
  3. Olive Oil: Olive oil is known for its balanced fatty acid composition and high nutritional value. It contains components such as phenols and lignans, which are potent antioxidants. Olive oil is used in some Boom products for its skincare benefits.

5 Best-Selling Boom by Cindy Joseph Products

The ongoing search for the fountain of youth was a fruitless journey anyway. It’s time that we embrace our age. From glittering glosses to moisturizing nectar, we’ll go over a couple of their hottest picks that may be worth a second glance. 

Boom by Cindy Joseph Boomstick Glo Review 

Here’s a short horror story. In a tight subway squeeze during rush hour, my small tube of moisturizer burst open because of the pressure. As a result, my backpack was greasy, my papers were damaged, and my day was left ruined. 

If there’s anything to be learned from this, the classic toothpaste container needs to be retired. Instead, you may want to opt for the Boomstick Glo as a mess-free option. 

Encased in a convenient twist tube, this nifty moisturizer is designed to be your purse add-on. In terms of ingredients, it’s made with a blend of virgin olive oil, beeswax, propolis, pollen, and more. 

For a handy way to smoothen out those cracks and fissures on your hands or arms, the Boomstick Glo is priced at $28

Boom by Cindy Joseph Boomstick Color Review 

Makeup is expensive. We know; it’s the understatement of the century. For those looking to save a bit of money when it comes to cosmetics, the Boomstick Color acts as a blush, lipstick, and bronzer. 

Compacted into a portable stick, this multi-purpose product adds a touch of color to your final look. 

Offered in a sheer tone, this Boom by Cindy Joseph Boomstick is designed for all skin types. In terms of application, users can blend this smooth and buttery stain onto their cheeks, nose, or decolletage for a bit of vibrance. 

Dyed in a rich, burgundy tone that fades into a natural red, the BoomStick Color costs a cool $28

Boom by Cindy Joseph Boomstick Trio Review 

Sometimes full glam isn’t an option. It can often be time-consuming and too much of a hassle if you’re not artistically inclined. For those looking to don a more natural look, the Boomstick Trio offers a subtle touch of radiance without going full bells and whistles. 

This 3-in-1 set includes the Color, Glimmer, and Glo tubes. Together, they act as a highlighter, bronzer, lipstick, blush, and moisturizer. 

Designed to be creamy and buttery, there’s no need to worry about blending harsh lines or pigments. 

Each product only comes in one color and is designed for all skin types. Portable for road trips, airplane flights, or casual on-the-go moments, add the Boomstick Trio to your cart for $79

Boom by Cindy Joseph Boomsilk Review 

The Boomsilk cream is far from your ordinary tin of moisturizer. Decadent and velvety in texture, this formula uses a blend of bee pollen, honey, extra virgin olive oil, and natural Vitamin E. 

It’s designed to be versatile, meaning that you can apply it on the hands, face, decolletage, and the rest of the body. This is a great product to own if you suffer from dehydrated skin. 

We suggest using this lotion after taking a shower. That way, your skin has ample time to soak up all the vitamins and minerals. 

Intended to provide that soft and supple texture, trade in your regular moisturizer for the Boomsilk cream instead. When it comes to price, this salve is offered in three different quantities:

  • 2 oz: $29 
  • 4 oz: $44 
  • 8 oz: $64 

Boom by Cindy Joseph Boom! Bag Review 

Can’t choose between two products? Why not get it all with the Boom! Bag by Cindy Joseph. Concealed in a tiny canvas tote, this cosmetic purse contains a collection of the brand’s best-sellers. 

This includes the Boomstick trio, the Boomsilk cream, and the Boom Nectar. Everything is made with natural ingredients so you don’t have to sweat about reading the ingredients list for each product. 

We suggest buying another Boom by Cindy Joseph boom bags collection, as it can serve as an excellent gift for your cosmetically inclined friends. For 5 products all in 1, the Boom! Bag costs $172 in total. 

Who Is Boom by Cindy Joseph For? 

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

Whether you’re 20 or pushing 50, Boom by Cindy Joseph is designed for women of all demographics. In retrospect, most cosmetic products don’t come with age restrictions. 

With that being said, a majority of these companies only feature young models as a central part of their marketing. Boom features women that are slightly older than 30 or 40, helping to spread their company mission of being age-inclusive. 

On top of that, most of their products are designed to be portable and more convenient for on-the-go use. If you find yourself in a time crunch, Boom by Cindy Joseph can act as a handy replacement for powder-based products. 

Comparison: Boom by Cindy Joseph vs. Aurum Skincare  

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

It’s time for a skincare showdown. To help readers make a more informed decision, we’re comparing Boom by Cindy Joseph with Aurum Skincare, another self-care brand. In this special segment, we’ll take an in-depth look at what makes each company unique. 

This may include product variation, company mission, and other brand perks. Of course, it’s ultimately up to the viewer to crown the winning champion. 

Boom by Cindy Joseph: 

  • Led with a pro-age attitude. Most of their models are in their 40s or 50s 
  • Offers skin care and makeup products on their website 
  • They only use natural, clean, cruelty-free, and sustainable ingredients 
  • Reasonable prices 
Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

Aurum Skincare:

  • Are also age-inclusive, as reported by Aurum’s co-founder, Joanna Sherrard 
  • Only offers one product on their website 
  • Pricer than other retailers 
  • Uses natural and organic ingredients within their Calming Birch Serum 

Boom by Cindy Joseph Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

Reading the ingredients list is only half the effort. For those looking to amp up their shopping skills, this section of our Boom by Cindy Joseph review has a list of common customer feedback for readers to compare. 

Here’s hoping that you’ll walk away with a more informed decision. To start things off, let’s take a short look at the ratings for some of their best-selling products as of May 2023: 

  • The Boomstick Trio: 4.7/5 stars out of 52,067 ratings 
  • The Boom Bright mascara: 4.7/5 stars out of 1,108 ratings 
  • The Boom Gloss lipstick: 4.8/5 stars out of 491 ratings 
  • The Boomsilk: 4.8/5 stars out of 25,677 ratings
  • The Boomstick Glo: 4.8/5 stars out of 11,042 ratings

In total, there are over 172,170 reviews posted for their products. From what we’ve gathered so far, it seems that Boom by Cindy Joseph is considered an internet favorite. 

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

A majority of customers were happy with the way their products performed, as their moisturizers and Boomsticks proved effective in producing that natural look

“The color adds a ‘fresh day in the sun’ look to my face, and adds just enough depth to my lips to enhance the natural look I prefer. The product blends beautifully and is easy to control. Wise purchase!” one customer wrote for the Boomstick Color

Customers have also flocked to their Amazon page to voice their approval. For instance, the product link for the Boomstick Trio boasts a total of 1,376 reviews with an impressive score of 4.2/5 stars

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

A good number of buyers described their formulas as versatile, convenient for on-the-go use, and flattering for women of all ages.

“Love this stuff! Truly the best “improve your looks” products available. If you want a natural pick-me-up and a little definition, without looking all made up, and be able to do it quickly, this is the stuff,” one Amazon reviewer wrote for the Boomstick Trio

Independent blogs, such as Blush & Bar and The Derm Review, also left some positive critiques of this cosmetic brand. 

A few salient points included the universal nature of their products and how they simplify the complexity of most makeup routines. They also liked the pro-age message behind the company itself. 

“If you’re looking for a new simplistic beauty product to try, Boomsticks might be a good choice. Cindy Joseph believed that women should celebrate—not hide—their genuine beauty, and the products are designed around that idea,” via a statement by Blush & Bar

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

In our opinion, Boom by Cindy Joseph earns a positive rating and lives up to their rep.

This conclusion is based on the absolutely insane number of rave reviews we discovered online. They’re popular for a reason, right? 

Is Boom by Cindy Joseph Worth It?

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

Boom by Cindy Joseph offers a refreshing take when it comes to female beauty. With most cosmetic brands catering to the young demographic, it’s quite rare to see a woman in her 50s as the central face of a campaign. 

Some companies may argue that their products are designed for all generations, but their Instagram and Facebook posts say otherwise. On the flip side, Boom by Cindy Joseph doesn’t downplay the signs of aging, but rather encourages you to show it off. 

We found it surprising that most of their products aren’t suited to blur wrinkles, reduce sagging, or conceal dark spots. Instead, Boom formulas are designed to enhance what you’ve already got

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

On another note, it’s great to know that most Boom by Cindy Joseph ingredients are naturally sourced. Pro-age and organic? What more can you ask for?

Overall, for those in and beyond their ‘golden age’ years, this Boom by Cindy Joseph review recommends checking this brand out.  

Boom by Cindy Joseph Promotions & Discounts 

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

While researching for this Boom by Cindy Joseph review, we found out that they are hosting a summer sale where customers can purchase their Honey Mask at a discounted price. 

You can also sign up for their rewards program to accumulate points and gain access to exclusive deals, perks, and maybe even a Boom by Cindy Joseph discount code.

Lastly, customers can sign up for their newsletter to receive 10% off their next order. At the time of publication, we were unable to find a Boom by Cindy Joseph coupon code or any other discounts. 

Where To Buy Boom by Cindy Joseph

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

Looking to buy a few Boomsticks of your own? Customers can head on over to boombycindyjoseph.com to see what’s in store. You can also find them on their Amazon page. 

Alternatives

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

Don’t limit yourself to just one brand if you don’t have to. Here are a few more options to explore:

  1. W3LL PEOPLE: W3LL PEOPLE is a brand that focuses on creating clean and natural makeup products. They are known for their high-performance formulas that enhance natural beauty while prioritizing ingredient integrity.
  2. Rhodes: Rhodes is a beauty brand that offers cosmetics, makeup, and skincare products. While it may not exclusively cater to mature women, it could be worth exploring for its focus on beauty and skincare.
  3. Au Naturale Cosmetics: Au Naturale Cosmetics is a brand that offers clean, natural, and organic makeup products. Although it caters to a wide range of ages, their commitment to using healthy and clean ingredients may appeal to those seeking alternatives to Boom by Cindy Joseph.
  4. Elate Cosmetics: Elate Cosmetics is another brand known for its clean, vegan, and cruelty-free makeup products. While not specifically targeting mature women, their emphasis on ethical and sustainable beauty could be of interest.

FAQ

Boom by Cindy Joseph Review

Where is Boom by Cindy Joseph made? 

According to their online blog, some of their ingredients are sourced in Hawaii. When it comes to their manufacturing facilities, this Boom by Cindy Joseph review was unable to find a specific location. 

Is Boom by Cindy Joseph vegan and cruelty-free? 

Boom by Cindy Joseph is 100% cruelty-free. Since most of their products contain honey or propolis, only some of their formulas are entirely vegan-friendly. 

What is Boom by Cindy Joseph’s Shipping Policy?

For this Boom by Cindy Joseph review, we’re happy to report that they offer international shipping in over 140 countries. In terms of standard delivery, it costs $5 in total. 

If you’re looking for a shorter arrival time, don’t worry. They also provide priority shipping at a set fee. To monitor the status of your purchase, the brand will issue a tracking number alongside a confirmation email. 

What is Boom by Cindy Joseph’s Return Policy?

The brand offers a 100% satisfaction guarantee for all of their products. If you aren’t happy with your order, they’ll refund it in full. 

Unfortunately, they do not cover shipping costs under its policy. To initiate this process, buyers must contact the brand for further instructions. 

How to Contact Boom by Cindy Joseph

For inquiries unrelated to this Boom by Cindy Joseph review, you can reach out to the company through three methods of contact:

  1. Phone number: 929-266-2100
  2. Email: [email protected] 
  3. Using the Chat Function on their website

We know how important your skin’s health is, so explore your options for skincare with these top brands:

La Prairie

Erno Laszlo

Timeless

Versed Skincare

NuFACE Skincare

About Frank Green

Frank Green Cups Review

Frank Green makes chic, reusable drinkware to help the world cut down on single-use plastic. Offering customizable colors, limited edition designs, and durable materials, the brand makes sustainability attractive and approachable to all.

Aside from social media, the Original Frank Green model was the official reusable cup of the Grammys and has won several awards, including:

  • Good Design Awards
  • Eco Innovation Winner 2018
  • Premier’s Design Awards
  • Business of Tomorrow 2018 Winner

Take one look at its website and you’ll know Frank Green is all about paying respect to the earth. Its mission to create sustainable drinkware is as honorable as its homage to indigenous communities or its dedication to offsetting carbon emissions.

In fact, after just 15 uses of one of the Frank Green coffee cups, you’ll negate the emissions the brand used to produce it.

The brand’s purpose is simple: “to stop the use of single-use plastic products.” It’s a straightforward mission with a big heart and is surprisingly harder than one might think. But with attractive designs, appealing graphics, and smart features, that mission is made a little easier, encouraging shoppers to make the switch through convenience and fun.

Launched in 2013, the Seattle-based brand was founded by Benjamin Young. As a child, Young felt a connection to the natural world, but as a man, felt he wasn’t doing everything in his power to preserve it.

Setting out to put his learned business skills to use, he created a multi-awardwinning, world-renowned product that’s praised for its innovation, functionality, and design.

Thinking of making the switch? Keep reading this Frank Green review. In it, you’ll find in-depth information about the brand and its bestsellers, customer feedback, answers to FAQs, and more, to help you decide if this it’s the right fit for your needs.

Pros and Cons

Frank Green Cups Review

Before I get into the brand’s enticing collections, this Frank Green review will pause for a second to highlight its pros and cons.

Pros

  • Sustainability: Frank Green products are designed to reduce single-use waste. By using their reusable cups and bottles, you can help decrease the amount of plastic waste generated from disposable coffee cups and water bottles.
  • Design and customization: Frank Green offers a range of stylish and customizable designs for their products. You can choose from different colors, patterns, and accessories to personalize your cup or bottle.
  • Smart features: Many Frank Green products come with smart features like spill-proof lids, one-handed operation, and even integrated payment options (via their Pay feature). These features enhance convenience and usability.
  • Durability: Frank Green products are typically made from high-quality materials like stainless steel and BPA-free plastic, which makes them durable and long-lasting.
  • Insulation: Frank Green offers insulated products that can keep your beverages hot or cold for extended periods, allowing you to enjoy your drinks at the desired temperature.

Cons

  • Price: Frank Green products tend to be more expensive compared to disposable options. The initial investment might be higher, but considering the long-term use and environmental benefits, it can be a worthwhile investment.
  • Compatibility: Frank Green cups and bottles may not fit all cup holders or beverage machines, so it’s important to check the sizing and compatibility with your specific needs.
  • Cleaning and maintenance: Some Frank Green products have more intricate designs, which can make cleaning a bit more challenging. Additionally, certain models may have more components that require maintenance and care.
  • Limited size options: Depending on the product, Frank Green may have limited size options available. If you prefer a particular size or volume for your beverages, you may need to explore other alternatives.
  • Breakage risk: Although Frank Green products are generally durable, accidents can still happen. Dropping or mishandling the cups or bottles may result in breakage, which can be a disadvantage.
Frank Green Cups Review

When you look at the brand from a distance, Frank Green’s selection is pretty meat and potatoes. But the style, color, and limited edition collections make it feel expansive, diverse, and enthralling.

On top of drinkware, Frank Green also offers homewares, accessories, and even parts to help your bottles last a lifetime.

In the next section of this Frank Green water bottle review, I’ll introduce you to a few of the brand’s reusable cups and bottles, with styles ranging from fun, licensed graphics to sunset-inspired hues.

6 Frank Green Bestsellers

In the frigid temperatures or blistering sun, beverages that stay hot or cold can be the difference between a good or bad day. Although this is a Frank Green review, before I get into those, I’ll feature the brand’s best-selling cups.

Ahead, you’ll read about Frank Green’s colorful classic smartcup and one within its Disney collection.

Frank Green Ceramic Reusable Cup

Frank Green’s OG design, the Ceramic Reusable Cup is a compact little guy that looks more like a Bluetooth speaker than a reusable cup.

Its smooth exterior and two-toned look may have something to do with that, but in general, this is a futuristic-looking cup for those looking forward to a cleaner, greener planet in years to come. Mix cap and cup between 17 colors or create a dreamy match that looks as much as a desk accent as it does a cool cup.

Made from 304-grade stainless steel, this cup allows you to pour in the create foamy, hot concoctions you make at home and still enjoy them that way at the office.

Offered in three sizes, get this Frank Green smartcup in 6 oz for $33, 12 oz for $35, or 16 oz for $37.

Frank Green Tigger Ceramic Reusable Cup

The wonderful thing about Tiggers is that one is on this adorable reusable cup. Bringing a little bounce to your everyday routine, the Tigger Ceramic Reusable Cup holds 10 oz of hot or cold liquid and keeps it that way by using triple-walled, vacuum-insulated ceramic.

Just like the bouncy little guy, this Frank Green Tigger cup is a sunny orange color and has a black Tigger graphic to brighten your day.

Keep things bouncy, trouncy, flouncy, pouncy, with this Frank Green Tigger Ceramic Reusable Cup for $40.

Frank Green Love Island 25oz Original Reusable Bottle

Whether you’re a fan of the hit TV show Love Island or simply love the outdoors, the Love Island 25oz Original Reusable Bottle is clear with a white lid and gold stainless steel straw.

Designed to be monogrammed, choose from soft pink, bright gold, or light blue for your name or phrase—just be sure to keep it to 9 characters. Lightweight and made from BPA-free, FDA & EU-approved safe materials, this dishwasher-safe bottle includes a silicone carrying strap and fits in standard cup holders for road trips, or pool floaties.

Made in Australia, the Frank Green Love Island water bottle is $40.

Frank Green Winnie the Pooh Ceramic Reusable Bottle

Leak-proof, vacuum-insulated, and an environmental hero, the Winnie the Pooh Ceramic Reusable Bottle will save you from saying “Oh, bother!” to leaks, luke-warm water, and plastic.

It’s a pale, honey-yellow color, with Pooh bear’s adorable picture planted smack dab in the middle. Holding 34 oz, this cute and classic Frank Green Winnie the Pooh water bottle is $50.

Frank Green One in a Minion Ceramic Reusable Bottle

Frank Green knows that personalization is a fun part of life and that minions have the most fun of all. The One in a Minion Ceramic Reusable Bottle is the same color as the funky little fellas, and you’ll get to choose between two sticker sets to add some flair and a personal touch.

Both sets come with a glow-in-the-dark sticker and some of the best-loved minions getting up to mischief. Spill-safe, and insulating, fill your day with smiles with this amusing Frank Green minion bottle for $50.

Frank Green Tea Infuser

We all know tea is a healthy choice. But, if you’re eliminating plastic from water bottles, why wouldn’t you cut down on the PET and nylon (both plastic derived) from tea bags?

The Tea Infuser saves the day, allowing you to pull in your favorite loose leaf and steep a tasty cup. Cutting down on waste and steps, this infuser fits nicely on top of your favorite Frank Green cup.

Grab the Frank Green Tea Infuser for $12.

Are Frank Green Bottles Dishwasher Safe?

Frank Green Cups Review

Certain parts of Frank Green bottles and cups can be placed in the dishwasher, but others, you’re going to want to wash by hand. To help make this information less confusing, I compiled it into a neat little list below that tells you what goes where.

  • Original Cup: Put the whole thing in the dishwasher
  • Stainless Steel Cup: Throw the lid in, leave the cup out
  • Ceramic Cup: Let the dishwasher take care of the lid, clean the cup by hand
  • Straws & Lid Buttons: Let the dishwasher do the dirty work for you

Can You Put Hot Water In Frank Green?

Frank Green Cups Review

You sure can. Frank Green cups are vacuum-sealed and keep your drinks hot for longer than a regular cup would. If you want to get the most out of your hot beverage, don’t open the lid unless you’re drinking from it.

Can You Microwave Frank Green?

Frank Green Cups Review

Certain parts of the brand’s drinkware are microwaveable, while others you need to be sure to leave out if you don’t want your microwave to shoot lightning bolts. Take a look at the list below to see what is and what’s not.

  • Original Cup: Zap the base, leave out the lid
  • Stainless Steel & Ceramic Cups: Don’t even think about microwaving these

Who Is Frank Green For?

Frank Green Cups Review

If you’re looking to help out the environment, but want a trendy little cup or bottle to quench your needs on the go, Frank Green is a great choice. You’ll be negating the carbon offsets it took to make it by using your bottle just once a day for two weeks, so it’s an ideal choice for those new or seasoned in green practices.

Comparison: Frank Green vs. Fellow

Frank Green Cups Review

Reusable bottles are the new black. Everyone and their mother has one, and that stat is reflected in how many brands there are on the market that offer them. This section of my Frank Green review will put our featured brand head-to-head with its competitor, Fellow.

Unlike our featured brand, Fellow is more about all things coffee. From kettles to cups to grinders, the competitor looks to be all about the matte black aesthetic—a smart choice for a substance that’s known to stain.

Though shown in all black, Fellow products are also offered in an array of saturated colors much like Frank Green. But the colors aren’t the only thing that makes these two brands alike, our competitor’s cups closely resemble that of our feature brand, just with more rounded edges that make it look like a pod canister.

To get a good look at how closely these brands resemble each other, I’ll zoom in on the Fellow Carter Everywhere Cup and Frank Green Original Ceramic Reusable Cup.

  • Fellow Carter Everywhere Cup:
    • 12 oz or 16 oz
    • 11 colors + Art Series
    • Ceramic interior, drinkable thin lip, aromatic wide mouth
    • Double-wall vacuum
    • Leak-proof
    • $30
  • Frank Green Original Ceramic Reusable Cup:
    • 6 oz, 12 oz, or 16 oz
    • 17 colors + Limited Edition
    • Ceramic lined, thin lip, wide mouth
    • Push-button seal
    • Double-wall vacuum
    • Spill-proof
    • $33

The button seal is what makes the Frank Green cup really stand out, as it helps retain heat in your beverage while allowing you to sip with the cap on. Otherwise, these two bottles are pretty much identical. Our featured brand offers a few more colors and focuses on licensed graphics rather than art.

Frank Green Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Frank Green Cups Review

You’ve seen how Frank Green compares to another similar brand on the market, but still, we need to know what customers think. In this section, I’ve rounded up reviews from sources far and wide across the web to help shed some light on what the brand’s drinkware is really like.

To check in on the spill-proof claim the brand makes for its drinkware, I headed to a Frank Green water bottle review on Glorious Days. The review revealed, “I’ve chucked the coffee-filled mug in my bag, swung my bag around for quite a bit, and my bag has been coffee free.

In the end, the reviewer noted that “it’s an excellent cup for driving” and gave it 3.75/5 stars.

Next, I took a peek at the brand’s Trustpilot profile. Though it shows a 2.7/5 star rating, only 212 people have reviewed their experience with Frank Green.

It’s not enough for us to say whether the following comments are characteristic of the brand, but still, it’s important to include them. I’ve tacked on the rating snapshot below if you’re interested in seeing how that score came to be.

  • 5 stars: 39%
  • 4 stars: 3%
  • 3 stars: 6%
  • 2 stars: 9%
  • 1 star: 43%

For an award-winning brand, I certainly didn’t expect to see those ratings, but let’s take a closer look at what the most common issue was.

The most common issue mentioned in any Frank Green water bottle review was in regards to a metallic or chemical smell. The brand’s website FAQ doesn’t mention this, but it does say to fill the bottle or cup with baking soda and vinegar to help eliminate any odors that are present.

I was surprised that there weren’t a ton of quality reviews made for this popular brand but managed to find some decent information on TheKitchn.com.

The Frank Green reusable cups review on The Kitchn noted the smart features of the brand’s Original Ceramic Cup. For example, its “push top that can be easily operated with one hand,” the shape that’s perfect “for any coffee on-the-go,” and its truly leak-proof design.

The reviewer even stated that they tried it out by casually tossing it within their purse, and guess what? No leaks. Perhaps most gobsmacked with the gorgeous colors the Frank Green travel mug comes in, the review is nothing but positive.

Overall, Frank Green drinkware looks to be enjoyed by many, but some find issues with the features that others like, so it may be a matter of preference.

Is Frank Green Worth It?

Frank Green Cups Review

With beautiful color options, the chance to customize, and tons of styles, Frank Green drinkware certainly scores high in our books.

Add on an admirable mission, friendly sales team, and fair prices, and you have yourself a winning brand—and winning is certainly what this company is, considering the numerous awards it has racked up over the years.

Writing this Frank Green review, I’ve come to appreciate the cups’ function, style, and features and thinks they’re great for travel for busy adults and kids.

Alternatives

If you’re looking for alternatives to Frank Green products, there are several other brands that offer reusable coffee cups and water bottles. Here are a few popular options:

  1. Klean Kanteen: Klean Kanteen specializes in stainless steel water bottles and food containers. They have a reputation for producing durable and high-quality products with a focus on reducing waste.
  2. Hydro Flask: Hydro Flask is known for its insulated water bottles that can keep beverages cold or hot for extended periods. They offer a variety of sizes and designs, including options with wide-mouth openings for easy filling and cleaning.
  3. S’well: S’well is a brand that offers both reusable water bottles and insulated food containers. Their products feature stylish designs and excellent insulation capabilities.
  4. Corkcicle: Corkcicle offers a range of stylish and insulated water bottles and tumblers. Their products are designed to maintain the temperature of your beverages and are available in various sizes and colors.

Frank Green Promotions & Discounts

Frank Green Cups Review

I scoured the brand’s website for deals throughout this Frank Green water bottle review and found that the best way to stay up to date on any that the brand offers, would be to subscribe to the newsletter.

But regardless of when Frank Green deals get released, customers who spend over $125 will get their orders shipped for free.

Where to Buy Frank Green

Frank Green Cups Review

To make things easier on you, I always suggest buying straight from the brand, if possible. You’ll get access to the brand’s entire collection, along with its monogramming service for the Love Island line. To do so, head to FrankGreen.com and start shopping.

If you’re out and about and want to shop elsewhere, certain products can be found at specialty retailers, including Indigo, David Jones, and Amazon.

FAQ

Frank Green Cups Review

Where is Frank Green made?

Unlike some other brands, Frank Green is super transparent about where its products are made. In fact, you can see exactly where each component of each bottle or cup is created, most of them in Melbourne, Australia.

There are a few pieces that are made in China, but for the most part, it’s important to the brand that its drinkware is locally made.

Does Frank Green leak?

They shouldn’t, but if your Frank Green bottle does, it may be one of four things.

  1. You may have overfilled the max fill line
    • Solution: empty a bit out
  2. Your hot beverage has created steam and pressure within your button lid cup
    • Solution: let your hot beverage cool down before closing the lid
  3. A fixture in the lid may be loose within your button lid cup
    • Solution: Reassemble your lid. Instructional videos can be found online 
  4. The straw isn’t properly fitted within your straw lid cup
    • Solution: make sure the metal straw is plugged into the silicon grommet on the lid’s interior

What is Frank Green’s Shipping Policy?

Frank Green ships around the world, just to certain locations. I’ll list those for you below so you don’t have to go trudging through the brand’s FAQs to find out if they ship to your country.

  • USA
  • Australia
  • New Zealand
  • UK
  • Europe

Shipping rates vary by location and so do delivery times.

If you’ve bought Love Island monogrammed bottles, keep in mind they take about 7-10 days to process.

What is Frank Green’s Return Policy?

Due to recent circumstances, Frank Green does not accept returns on any merchandise unless it is damaged on arrival or has a defect. If your item does arrive with an issue, simply shoot the brand an email at [email protected] and let its team know the deal.

All Frank Green bottles are covered under a 12-month warranty from the day you bought yours. This warranty promises to take care of defects in materials or workmanship as long as they’ve been cared for properly.

How to Contact Frank Green

I hope you found all the information you came looking for in this Frank Green water bottle review. If you still have any questions, don’t hesitate to reach out to the brand by using any of these methods:

  • Email: [email protected]
  • Snail Mail: 3213 West Wheeler Street, box 404, Seattle, WA 98199
  • Contact Form on the company website

Still thirsty? Check out these other popular water bottle brands:

Swell

Corkcicle

Larq

CrazyCap

HidrateSpark

About Diet-to-Go

Diet-to-Go Review

Whether you’re a student, working full time, or caring for a family, it’s hard to make time to prepare healthy meals. In fact, one study[1] has shown that few adults meet the recommended fruit and vegetable intake guidelines.

Diet-to-Go is a meal delivery service that helps you lose weight by bringing healthy food choices right to your doorstep. The brand aims to help people establish a sustainable, affordable, and tasty approach to healthy eating.

The Diet-to-Go service features pre-portioned meals cooked by chefs in a USDA-certified kitchen. Epicurious rated the brand #1 for taste in a review of diet-plan services.

If you’re struggling to incorporate healthy habits into your lifestyle, this delivery service might be a convenient and tasty solution. Stay tuned as this Diet-to-Go review takes an in-depth look at the brand, its plans, meals, customer ratings, promos, and more to help you decide if it’s worth the buy.

Overview of Diet-to-Go

Diet-to-Go Review

Though meal delivery services have exploded in popularity over the past decade, Diet-to-Go was one of the trendsetters. Founded in 1991 by Hilton Davis, the company’s initial goal was to make eating healthy easier by delivering tasty, nutrient-dense, and low-calorie meals to the people of Virginia.

Since its inception, the brand has blossomed into a country-wide service. Today, its team is still aiming to change people’s perception of what healthy eating means. Not only does Diet-to-Go want to help you shed the extra pounds, but this service wants to ensure you maintain a healthy weight for life.

Diet-to-Go is constantly aiming to improve its products and services to satisfy its customers. The brand wants to provide the healthiest calorie-conscious meals that don’t lack in the taste department. To achieve this, the company encourages feedback from customers, including complaints.

Before diving deeper into the brand, this Diet-to-Go review will run over some highlights:

Highlights

  • Delivers prepared meals to your door
  • Four different menus to choose from
  • Transparents about ingredients and macronutrients in each dish
  • Large selection on each menu
  • Vegetarian options
  • Convenient and tasty
  • Promotions available

How Does Diet-to-Go Work?

Diet-to-Go Review

The Diet-to-Go diet meal delivery service lets you have full control over your plan. Once you make an account, you have the option to take a free diet analysis. Or, if you already know which menu you’d like to sign up for, you can head straight to it.

Once you start the Diet-to-Go plan builder, you will be given the option of four different menus:

  1. Balance
  2. Balance-D (diabetes-friendly)
  3. Keto-Carb30
  4. Vegetarian

From there, you’ll have the option to choose no seafood, women’s or men’s plan, 5 or 7 days per week, and 2 or 3 meals per day. Before you proceed to the shipping method, you will have the opportunity to see an overview of your order. This overview includes the weekly price and meal price breakdown, as well as shipping pricing and details.

If you’d like to purchase products separately, you can choose individual meals for your first shipment on your My Diet-to-Go page after placing your order.

Next, we’ll take a look at some example meals and macros and the cost of each plan.

Diet-to-Go Balance Menu Review

The Balance Menu is the company’s most popular plan for a reason. It features top-notch flavors with proper portions that have been approved by dietitians. Plus, this menu has been helping customers reach their ultimate weight goals for decades.

This plan also offers the widest selection of pre-portioned meals. Don’t like meat or seafood? Don’t worry, there will still be plenty of variety for you to choose from. Each dish features a healthy balance of macronutrients, as well as low sodium content.

One study[2] demonstrated that a high salt intake is associated with higher body fat, so keeping your salt content low can help you with your weight goal.

Some delicious Diet-to-Go meals you can anticipate on this menu are Chicken Stroganoff, Black Bean and Feta Cheese Wrap, Vegetable Ravioli, and Parmesan-Spinach Stuffed Chicken. These calorie-controlled options can help support your weight loss goal and improve overall health. 

Depending on your preferred options, this meal plan starts at $122 per week.

Diet-to-Go Balance Diabetes Menu Review 

This diabetes-friendly Balance-D Menu is designed to control blood sugar levels in a natural way. But, just because they are good for you doesn’t mean that the brand skipped out on the flavor. Diet-to-Go offers a variety of meals that are customizable, which customers with diabetes can trust.

Similar to the Balance Menu, the food on this menu consists of wholesome options that consider dietary factors such as sodium, protein, carbs, and fat. The control of carbohydrates[3], in particular, is essential for those who live with diabetes.

Tasty and balanced examples on the rotating menu include Mediterranean Pizza, Blackened Salmon, and Quinoa Egg Bites.

This Diet-to-Go meal plan subscription also starts at $122 per week, but your final price depends on how many meals you opt for.

Diet-to-Go Keto-Carb30 Menu Review

Keto is the trendiest diet today, so it’s no wonder that Diet-to-Go curated this low-carb plan.

The Keto-Carb30 Menu is suited for customers who follow a high-fat diet, similar to Atkins. The Keto diet has been shown to be an effective means of weight loss, while the studies[4] verify that the diet was first developed to manage epilepsy.

Keto diets work by putting the body into a metabolic state called ketosis, which switches to fat as its primary energy source instead of glucose. The Keto-Carb30 Menu is great for those who follow the keto diet.

This menu offers a variety of delicious meals that are filled with meat and cheese, as well as eggs. This diet plan is known to help people lose weight in a quick and effective manner. Diet-to-Go ensures that customers can easily build their plans to include 30 net carbs per day (or fewer).

Some options you’ll have when you sign up for this plan include Baked Chicken with Goat Cheese, Western Omelette, Pork BBQ Ribs, and Herbed Tilapia. Make eating keto feel easy with this Diet-to-Go weekly subscription that starts at $138 per week.

Diet-to-Go Vegetarian Menu Review

Have you decided to omit meat from your diet? Well, the Diet-to-Go weight loss meal delivery service still has an option for you. The Vegetarian Menu is exactly like the best-selling Balance Menu but excludes beef, poultry, pork, and fish.

This menu can help you achieve your weight loss goals in a healthy way. It ensures that you’re still getting the proper nutrients your body needs, despite the lack of animal proteins. Studies[5] have shown that following a vegetarian diet can be beneficial for weight loss, so whether or not you’re a vegetarian, this menu can help you achieve your weight goal.

Since no meat products are included in this menu, Diet-to-Go has other protein sources, like dairy, eggs, beans, and soy. You can get started with this plan for a minimum of $122/week on the Diet-to-Go website.

Diet-to-Go Review: Our Favorite Items

Okay, so the premise of healthy, pre-portioned, already-cooked meals delivered straight to your door sounds pretty convenient. But what will you actually be eating? Up next, this Diet-to-Go review will feature some of the fan-favorites from each menu.

Chocolate Zucchini Bread

You might have never seen the words ‘zucchini’ and ‘bread’ together before, but this trendy concoction has been all over health food blogs. The Diet-to-Go Chocolate Zucchini Bread is a deliciously convenient option for breakfast, dessert, or a midday snack.

Zucchini isn’t sweet enough to flavor this dish alone, so the chefs added bing cherries, applesauce, cocoa powder, cinnamon, low-fat cream cheese, orange marmalade, and cranberry sauce to round out the flavor. Other key ingredients include whole-grain oat flour and oat bran flakes cereal. Ingredients like whole grains[6] are known to help control body weight.

The Chocolate Zucchini Bread can be served with fruit, like mandarins or strawberries, for a well-rounded breakfast that feels like something you’d grab at a trendy brunch bar. It’s a diet-friendly alternative to chocolate cake or brownies, that’s for sure.

Offered on the Balance Menu, one serving size is 273g and contains 410 calories. Plus, you’ll get 12g of fat, 70g of carbs, and 9g of protein.

Aztec Quinoa Salad

If you’re looking for a lunchtime staple that won’t spike your blood pressure, then the Aztec Quinoa Salad from the Balance-D Menu is for you. Featuring complex carbohydrates from quinoa and delicious protein from chickpeas, you’ll be sure to hit your daily macros with this option.

But, Diet-to-Go didn’t skip on the flavor in favor of health. To delight your taste buds, this meal incorporates fire-roasted tomatoes, lime juice, garlic, sea salt, onion powder, cumin, black pepper, oregano, roasted red pepper, scallions, and more.

One serving size is 325g and contains 450 calories. You’ll also get 21g of fat, 54g of carbs, and 14g of protein—not to mention 90% of your daily vitamin C dose.

Beef Tenderloin with Red Wine Sauce

Does your mouth water whenever you think about a juicy steak? Well, with Diet-to-Go’s Keto-Carb30 Menu, you can easily incorporate luxurious meals into your diet plan. (Even though it tastes like you shouldn’t be able to.)

The Beef Tenderloin with Red Wine Sauce is paired with creamed kale and seasoned cauliflower for a well-rounded meal that keeps your carbs low and your fats high – two things that are essential for a keto diet. The decadent beef tenderloin is complemented by a red wine sauce that features tamari sauce, butter, shallots, tomato paste, and other flavorful ingredients.

One serving size is 336g and contains 450 calories. Plus, it’ll keep you in ketosis with 11g of carbohydrates and 27g of fats.

Spanish Stuffed Peppers

Calling all vegetarians, these Spanish Stuffed Peppers are featured on the Diet-to-Go Vegetarian Menu. This incredibly low-calorie lunch or dinner option contains just 210 calories per 471g serving.

This dish features green peppers that have been stuffed with a blend of vegetarian refried beans, lentils, soy crumbles, feta cheese, tomato, black beans, roasted red pepper, and other nutritious additions. Key seasonings include cilantro, garlic, onion, and green chili peppers.

This delicious, nutritious, and vegetarian-friendly option offers 3g of fat, 33g of carbs, and 12g of protein. This Diet-to-Go review recommends pairing it with some rice.

How Much is Diet-to-Go?

Diet-to-Go Review

This Diet-to-Go review found that the subscription prices vary depending on your customizations. The Balance, Balance-D, and Vegetarian meal plans all start at $122/week, while the Keto-Carb30 menu starts at $138/week.

For the minimum price point of $122/week or $138/week, you’re looking at 5 days per week and 2 meals a day (excluding breakfast). You can also order for:

  • 5 days per week, 3 meals a day for $144/week ($164/week with Keto-Carb30)
  • 7 days per week, 2 meals a day for $163/week ($187/week with Keto-Carb30)
  • 7 days per week, 3 meals a day for $180/week ($205/week with Keto-Carb30)

As for individual meal prices, the breakdown suggests $10 per meal.

Diet-to-Go Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Diet-to-Go Review

The brand’s pre-portioned meals look tasty, sound healthy, and suggest they’ll be more convenient than cooking breakfast, lunch, and dinner every day. But, this Diet-to-Go review wanted to see what customers were really saying.

We sourced testimonials from the brand’s website, Healthline, ConsumerAffairs, and Yelp. These reviews uncover truths about product quality, taste, effectiveness, and customer service.

On its website, Diet-to-Go features ratings from different companies. Epicurious, who rated the brand the best for taste, gave it a 4.5/5 star rating. Overall, they were pleased with how transparent the service is about what’s in its meals:

“Diet to Go gives you choices—plenty of them. You can sign up for low-carb, low-fat, or low-fat vegetarian meals. You pick whether you want to consume 1,200 or 1,600 calories a day, plus the nutrition info is available on the site. Meal options are pre-selected, but customization for allergies and sensitivities are allowed.

On Yelp, Diet-to-Go has 240 reviews with a 3.5/5 star average. Comments are quite split. In terms of positives, users enjoy how convenient the service is, as well as how easy it makes sticking to a healthy lifestyle. Take this example:.

Easy and convenient! Plus everything tastes so good. It’s been so easy to stick with because there’s a great selection. It’s quick and easy prep makes this easy and foolproof. Down 9 lbs my first week. I’ve called a couple times and spoke with Jo. She has been so supportive and encouraging. I feel like I have my own support system.”

But, other Diet-to-Go reviews express dissatisfaction with the meals: “What a waste of money! Terrible food, Not fresh. 1 try was enough. I couldn’t eat any of the lunches or dinners. And it certainly isn’t healthy. There are other choices available on the market that are far better.

Meanwhile, one reviewer on ConsumerAffairs was not too pleased with the Diet-to-Go service: “I was very excited to receive these meals since I decided to lose some weight. It turned out some portions are so big I had to split them… One meal with ground chicken was like ground paper. It was so dry and tasteless I could not eat it. Another meal was two buns with a lot of melted cheese and few slices of tomato. I am not sure how I could possibly lose weight...”

On this website, Diet-to-Go ranks at 3.7/5 stars from just 11 ratings. Other customers were quite pleased with the service and happy that the meals rotate every few weeks, offering more variety.

Although we can acknowledge negative reviews found on Diet-to-Go’s food delivery service, we know that individual taste varies. Additionally, maintaining a healthy lifestyle isn’t the same for everyone. Judging solely based on the reviews, the brand rates pretty well in our eyes.

Is Diet-to-Go Subscription Worth It?

Diet-to-Go Review

By now, you’re probably wondering, is Diet-to-Go good? From our research, we think the brand has good intentions, good reviews, and well-rounded meals. When it comes to subscribing to the service, we think there are definitely some people who would benefit from it.

If you struggle with shopping for healthy groceries, if you’re looking for diabetes-friendly options, or if you need help with portion control, then we recommend looking into Diet-to-Go. It’s quite convenient having meals set up for you, especially if you’re not someone who is creative in the kitchen.

Diet-to-Go is also a great option for busy people who don’t have a lot of time to dedicate to cooking. Everything is cooked, so all you have to do is reheat and enjoy. Of course, this will also save you from the (seemingly) endless pile of dishes at the end of the day.

We were a bit skeptical about the frozen food process, but after exploring the Diet-to-Go reviews Reddit has to offer, we learned that many customers feel many options taste like home-cooked meals.

Some people require assistance when exploring a healthier lifestyle. Diet-to-Go with intermittent fasting is also a great option to try for weight loss. Its meal plans make fasting feel easier and controlled. At a more affordable price point, Diet-to-Go is a great system to explore, especially with its free cancellation policy.

Diet-to-Go Promotions & Discounts

Diet-to-Go Review

At the time of this Diet-to-Go review, you can get 10% off your first week when you subscribe to a meal plan. Also, if you suggest the brand to your family and friends, your account will be credited $25 for every person who signs up for 2 weeks.

Sign up for Diet-to-Go Subscription

Diet-to-Go Review

To get started, head over to the brand’s website. On the homepage, click “order now.” Once you do so, you’ll be asked to insert your ZIP code to see if you qualify for home delivery. Proceed to view your delivery options and available meal plans.

From there, you’ll have the freedom to choose your own meal plan: Balance, Balance-D, Keto-Carb30, or Vegetarian. When done, you will proceed to fill out your delivery address information. After that, all that’s left to do is pay and submit. You’ll have the option to personalize your menu once you submit your order!

Once your order has been submitted, you will be able to create your Diet-to-Go login. The company promises no commitment, allowing you to pause or cancel at any time. If you want to customize a plan, contact the team through the Diet-to-Go phone number.

FAQ

Diet-to-Go Review

Are Diet-to-Go meals frozen?

Yes. This Diet-to-Go review found that the brand started one of the first frozen diet meal mail-delivery products in the US. Your meals are ready to heat up and eat in up to 3 minutes, and there’s no additional prep needed.

How do I cancel my Diet-to-Go subscription?

If you need to cancel your subscription, follow these steps:

  1. Call the customer service team
  2. Specify whether you want to pause or cancel your plan
  3. You can also repeat steps 1 and 2 via email

The weekly deadline for plan changes or total cancellation is Monday at 12:00 pm EST. You do not have to explain why you’re canceling. There are also no cancellation fees.

What is Diet-to-Go’s Shipping Policy?

The brand’s meals are packed on dry ice and shipped in styrofoam coolers. Depending on your whereabouts, the amount of dry ice used in each package varies. It’s important to note that Diet-to-Go packaging is indeed recyclable.

All meal plans have a weekly shipping cost of $20. Diet-to-Go ships anywhere FedEx delivers in the US, excluding Hawaii and Alaska.

What is Diet-to-Go’s Return Policy?

This Diet-to-Go review found that due to USDA & FDA regulations, the company cannot accept returned meals. If there’s a problem with your order, you can contact its customer service team for assistance.

How to Contact Diet-to-Go

If you have any questions after reading this Diet-to-Go review, you can contact its customer service team via:

The brand’s business hours are Monday through Friday, 8:00 am to 9:00 pm EST, or Saturday, 9:00 am to 12:00 pm EST.


If you are looking for more ways to get meals delivered to your home, here are a few other options to consider:

Noom

Factor 75

Blue Apron Weight Watchers

Everytable

About TeePublic

TeePublic Review

The classic graphic tee: a closet staple that’s often married with denim. While it skyrocketed in the 1950s, this old-school necessity has certainly been transformed to meet the fashion demands of the ’60s to the ’90s. 

Fast forward to the early 2010s, the traditional graphic print is now inspired by a hodgepodge of Vimeo, Neopets, and the early ages of Instagram. This is precisely the background that led to the creation of TeePublic

Co-owned by former CollegeHumor founders Josh Abramson and Adam Schwartz, TeePublic made its official debut in 2013. With its headquarters based in New York City, this apparel brand is created as a hub for independent artists to sell their own prints. Today, they offer over 1.2 million designs on their website. 

On another note, TeePublic holds a strong commitment to the environment. They ensure that their printing partners value sustainable efforts, which include non-toxic production and the use of biodegradable ink.  

In the mood for some online shopping? Let this TeePublic review be your leading guide. Join me as I take an in-depth look at the brand, its products, customer ratings, promotions, and more, to help you decide if they’re worth adding to your closet. 

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions. Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Pros and Cons

TeePublic Review

Before we get into this TeePublic review, let’s go over some initial pros and cons:

Pros

  • TeePublic offers over 1.2 million designs on their website 
  • Offers clothing, masks, stickers, and even stationary 
  • Choices available for kids 
  • Provides customers a chance to support their favorite independent artist 
  • All TeePublic apparel is cleared by the WRAP organization 
  • Offers a program for creators to upload and sell their designs 
  • Positive customer reviews 
  • International shipping to most countries 

Cons

  • Unable to accept returns (only for defective products)
  • Reported issues with customer service and item quality 

What Does TeePublic Offer?

TeePublic Review

Here’s some basic fashion advice: You can never go wrong with a t-shirt tucked into jeans. It’s considered the pinnacle of basic style—and there’s always room for reinvention. 

With that in mind, a simple graphic tee can do wonders in elevating your outfit. From grunge to skater-chic, there are multiple aesthetics to choose from. 

For those tired of the Rolling Stones lip or the famous Velvet Underground banana, TeePublic offers a broad assortment of unique T-shirt designs on their website.

Made by a diverse community of independent creators, there’s a high chance that you’ll find something one-of-a-kind. Aside from apparel, this brand also sells phone cases, mugs, wall art, notebooks, and other paraphernalia.

By now, I’m sure you’re pretty overwhelmed with their stock, which is why for this TeePublic review I’ve narrowed down a few key items for customers to look at. I’ll provide a shortlist of some best-selling designs that are definitely worth a second glance. 

4 TeePublic Bestselling Shirts

It’s time for some sassy stylin’. From retro Garfield prints to a Goonies-inspired tee, this brand is anything but limited when it comes to originality and creativity. As an added note, customers can also shop by cut, as some tops are offered as a V-neck, ringer, or more. 

Designed by various independent artists, this TeePublic review will highlight a few of their top-selling shirts for readers to compare. 

TeePublic Rule 34 T-Shirt 

Calling all internet degenerates, boy, do I have a tee for you. The Rule 34 T-Shirt offers a brief reminder of the most important interweb commandment: “if it exists, there is porn of it. There are no exceptions.” 

Presented in a simple block text atop the color of your choice, this suggestive top is definitely for your fellow meme enthusiasts, 4Chan users, and Redditors. 

Designed as the perfect conversation starter, this Gorilla Merch tee is best reserved for casual use, and not for work or babysitting events! In terms of colors, customers can opt for blue, green, orange, red, pink, or more. 

For a top that’ll definitely earn some snickers and eyebrow waggling, the Rule 34 T-Shirt is offered in 5 different styles. This includes:

  • The Classic T-Shirt: $20 
  • V-Neck T-Shirt: $24 
  • Heavyweight T-Shirt: $21 

TeePublic ÒwÓ Angry OwO Emoticon Emoji Shirt T-Shirt 

Poking fun at your fellow weibos, the ÒwÓ Angry OwO Emoticon Emoji Shirt T-Shirt will definitely win an uwu reaction from the meme crowd. For those behind on their internet lingo, this sign (or sound effect) is commonly known in the anime community. It’s usually defined as an indicator of cuteness or *ahem* as a nod to your neighborhood waifu degenerates. 

Loud and large in print, this tee will definitely showcase your love for Lucy Heartfilia from Fairy Tale or Serena from Sailormoon. Offered in 20 different colors, this specialty design is made by Mzethner, who is known for anime-inspired prints.

In terms of price, ÒwÓ Angry OwO Emoticon Emoji Shirt T-Shirt is available in 5 different cuts:

  • Tri-Blend T-Shirt (extra soft): $29
  • V-Neck T-Shirt: $24 
  • Ringer T-Shirt: $26 

TeePublic Funny Birdwatching Gift for Bird Enthusiast T-Shirt 

The Funny Birdwatching Gift for Bird Enthusiast T-Shirt is, no joke, reserved for tit lovers. Made to earn a few smirks and snickers, this comical top shows a harmless selection of miniature birds. There’s blue tits, great tits, and of course—you can’t forget the bearded tit. 

Created by artist qwertydesigns, customers can also buy this print as a hoodie, stick, mug, or mask. Made for those who love boobies and tits, the Funny Birdwatching Gift for Bird Enthusiast T-Shirt is available in 5 offered styles. I’ll only include three for the time being:

  • Classic T-Shirt: $20
  • Tri-Blend T-Shirt: $29 
  • Heavyweight T-Shirt: $21 

TeePublic stupid fly T-Shirt 

For a buzz-worthy tee that’ll tuck nicely in some fly-zip jeans, the Stupid Fly T-Shirt offers a bright pop of turquoise and purple. Showcasing a vibrant print of your favorite insect-on-the-wall, this zany top can act as the final piece to a back-to-school outfit. For those not savvy on white or grey, this shirt is also offered in green, pink, blue, red, or more. 

Sold by designer Charlottahaaigis, this Nickelodeon-inspired print will definitely be a hit among the Ren & Stimpy crowd. Also offered as a mug, mask, and a sticker, the Stupid Fly T-Shirt is offered in various different styles, including:

  • V-neck T-Shirt: $24 
  • Ringer T-Shirt: $26 
  • Heavyweight T-Shirt: $21  

2 Bestselling TeePublic Stickers

Come on, those duo-tangs, notebooks, and folders are practically begging for a makeover! Designed to add a pop of color to your set of documents, my TeePublic review will gloss over a few of their hottest stickers down below. 

TeePublic Blue Waffle Cone Aufklebar Sticker

The Blue Waffle Cone Aufklebar sticker is considered the ‘adult version’ of your typical frozen swirl. Anatomical in design, this suggestive print seems to depict the vagina. But don’t worry, there are some sprinkles added on top to keep things family-friendly.

It took a while for me to understand the punchline behind this evocative design. Once it clicks in your head, you may want to refrain from adding this to your laptop or phone case. 

This adhesive is one of many suggestive designs created by Freezethecomedian. If you’re a fan of their artwork, I suggest taking a look at the ‘Girls Just Wanna Have Fun’ print or the ‘Wet My Plants’ decal. 

Offered in size 3 ⅞” x 2 ¼”, the Blue Waffle Cone Aufklebar sticker costs only $3 in total. 

TeePublic None Pizza With Left Beef Sticker  

Considered a Tumblr meme classic, the None Pizza With Left Beef sticker serves as a funny reminder of takeout gone wrong. This hilarious decal showcases the saddest of Italian pies—stripped from cheese, tangy tomato sauce, and the absence of American-style toppings. 

As a result, this provocative image showcases the literal commitment of your fellow Domino’s employee. Truly, it is a photo emblematic of today’s working class. 

This BARHOOM design deserves more recognition, as customers are invited to sport it as a t-shirt, phone case, mug, or mask. Available in size 3 ¼” x 2 ⅞”, make your love for None Pizza With Left Beef known with this sticker for $3

Who Is TeePublic For? 

TeePublic Review

Fashion comes with no age restrictions. Anybody can rock a shirt from TeePublic. Designed for adults and children, this apparel brand offers a variety of designs suited for any aesthetic. 

Aside from memes and Nickelodeon-esque prints, customers can also find vintage pieces ranging from Felix The Cat to The Golden Girls. 

With that being said, I do recommend shopping in your own designated section. This is because some designs are quite suggestive and provocative. For instance, the Blue Waffle Cone Aufklebar t-shirt is definitely not suited for those under 13. 

Comparison: TeePublic vs. Redbubble 

TeePublic Review

It only makes sense to compare TeePublic to Redbubble—which is another e-commerce marketplace for independent artists. Both of these brands offer a variety of unique designs for phone cases, mugs, and apparel.

So this begs the question, which company outranks the other? I suggest you keep reading to find out. 

TeePublic:

  • Offers 1.2 million designs for their apparel section
  • Also sells mugs, wall art, phone cases, stickers, totes, pins, and more 
  • Most shirts sell for $20 
  • Upholds sustainable and environmentally friendly practices 
  • Customers can contact the artist directly for commissions 

Redbubble:

  • Offers hundreds of designs made by independent artists. This includes phone cases, home & living decor, stationery, masks, and more
  • Most t-shirts are sold within a $20 range 
  • Also values sustainable and eco-friendly practices within manufacturing 
  • Customers can also contact the artist directly

To be honest, TeePublic and Redbubble are quite similar when it comes to company perks and business practices. In terms of the product in question, prices will vary, but it’s safe to say that they’re in the same ballpark regarding t-shirt costs. 

In our opinion, it’s best to opt for Teepublic if you’re specifically looking for wearable items like pins, tote bags, and tops. On the other hand, Redbubble is a great hub for home decor pieces and framed artworks. 

TeePublic Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

TeePublic Review

Customer reviews will make or break a company. With that in mind, how does TeePublic fare when it comes to online testimonials? While there are no comments posted on its official website, I found other sources that critiqued this e-marketplace. This includes:

  • Trustpilot: 145k reviews with 4.4/5 stars 
  • Sitejabber: 1,617 reviews with 4.26/5 stars 

According to thousands of reviewers, TeePublic shirts seem to be a crowd favorite. A majority of customers were happy with the quality of their designs. Others hailed its large selection of unique styles and prints. 

I have been shopping at TeePublic for years now. They are my “go to” for gifts. The selection of shirts, either ready made or customized, is enormous and you can find absolutely any style to fit any personality,” one Sitejabber reviewer wrote.

“I love this company,” one Trustpilot customer added. “Excellent quality, great designs, huge selection, fast service and terrific prices. And I love the collective approach that assists so many fine designers.” 

The rave reviews for TeePublic continue on a few independent blogs, such as ClothedUp. According to the author, this online marketplace served as an excellent way for independent creators to sell their designs. They also gave credit to TeePublic quality control, which is specifically towards their apparel collection. 

“Teepublic is a great place to support independent artists while getting a good deal on clothing. On top of that, you can truly get some unique designs that will make everyone wonder where in the world you got that,” reads the TeePublic review by ClothedUp. 

Despite the number of glowing TeePublic reviews, I found a few dismal reports online. Their official Better Business Bureau page showcases a total of 269 complaints, voicing complaints dealing with quality and delayed delivery. Others noted conflicts with their customer service team. 

“I have reached out to Teepublic twice with an email for information on my order and I haven’t received any emails in return,” one BBB user wrote. 

So far, it seems that this apparel brand is a coveted favorite among many. Despite the number of customer complaints, the amount of positive experiences outweighs the bad. This is partially due to its focus on quality and affordability

Is TeePublic Worth It?

TeePublic Review

We need to support our fellow independent artists—especially during challenging times like this. While big-name brands like Walmart or Old Navy eat up most of the profits, it’s becoming increasingly difficult for local creators to make a living. 

On the other hand, visiting your neighborhood craft store or apparel shop isn’t the most convenient option. Fortunately, TeePublic offers a way for hard-working designers to sell their own creations without the need for a website. 

When it comes to price, TeePublic is quite affordable compared to other marketplaces like Etsy. As I mentioned before, most of their t-shirts cost around $20. But, by far, the best part about this company is that the artist gets a fair cut of the money, which helps to generate that feel-good attitude at checkout. 

If you’re looking for a company that supports independent creators, I’m going to wrap up this TeePublic review by encouraging you to check them out. 

Alternatives

If TeePublic doesn’t have what you’re looking for, these brands also offer unique designs created by independent artists:

  1. Society6: Society6 is an online marketplace that sells a wide range of products, including apparel, home decor, phone cases, and accessories, all designed by independent artists.
  2. Threadless: Threadless is a brand that sells artist-designed apparel, home decor, accessories, and more. They also have a community of artists who submit designs that are voted on by the public.
  3. Design By Humans: Design By Humans is a brand that sells artist-designed apparel, phone cases, and accessories. They also have a community of artists who submit designs that are voted on by the public.
  4. Zazzle: Zazzle is an online marketplace that sells a wide range of products, including apparel, home decor, accessories, and more, all designed by independent artists.

TeePublic Promotions & Discounts 

TeePublic Review

Good news! At the time of this TeePublic review, customers can shop at the TeePublic sale outlet to find select designs at a discounted price. Unfortunately, this is the only promotion that the website offers so far, which means there’s no active TeePublic coupon code that readers can use. 

I recommend keeping an eye on their social pages for any future updates. 

Where To Buy TeePublic

TeePublic Review

Looking to buy a TeePublic star wars t-shirt for yourself? Aside from their New York store location, customers can find its collection exclusively at teepublic.com.

FAQ

TeePublic Review

Where is TeePublic made? 

Depending on the product in question, Tee Public owns multiple facilities throughout the United States. For instance, cases and pins are shipped from Georgia. Stickers are sourced directly from Iowa. 

What sizes does TeePublic have? 

For their adult t-shirts, Tee Public offers sizes from small to 5XL for the men’s section. For women’s clothing, this ranges from small to 3XL. I suggest visiting their website for in-depth specifics on measurements. 

What is TeePublic’s Shipping Policy?

I’m happy to report in this TeePublic review that the brand offers international delivery to select countries such as Canada and Australia. Sadly, they do not provide TeePublic free shipping at this time. 

In terms of American orders, transportation and handling usually costs $7. Outside shipments may range around $8

Currently, the brand offers three different shipping methods for customers to choose from. This includes standard, FedEx Ground, or Air. As a final note, buyers will be given a tracking number to help monitor their orders. 

What is TeePublic’s Return Policy?

Unfortunately, Tee Public does not accept returns on its products. With that being said, defective items are considered eligible under its policy, which is reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

It’s worth noting that they do accept exchanges based on sizing issues. For any concerns or queries related to your order, customers are encouraged to reach out to the brand for additional information. 

How to Contact TeePublic

For questions unrelated to this TeePublic review, you can contact the brand through:


Explore your options for stylish essentials. Check out these popular clothing brands:

Kotn

Unbound Merino

BauBax

Taylor Stitch

Cuts

About Vega

Vega Protein Review

Vega is a plant-based nutrition brand. Its clean, protein-packed powders and snacks boast high vitamin and mineral profiles to help you meet your goals in the gym and the kitchen.

Now, why should you care that it is plant-based? How will a plant-based shake help you reach your health goals? 

A review article states that vegetarian plant-based diets can reduce mortality related to coronary heart disease, diabetes, stroke, and chronic kidney disease. If you are an athlete, listen up.

With over 500k followers on Facebook and a ton of features in high-profile publications like Healthline and Good Housekeeping, the brand has proved itself. And, it has done so not only in the vegan world but with anyone looking for a delicious, nutritious protein option.

The story of Vega is simple and it starts with the classic problem-solving scenario. The problem? No tasty vegan protein powder options on the market. Solution? Well, we think you know.

It was in British Columbia in 2004 that Charles Chang and Brendan Brazier set out to create the plant-based powder to help with athletes’ recovery. Brazier, a triathlete himself, needed something that would speed up his recovery time and help him get back on the road.

Are you looking to clean things up in your diet or put on some plant-powered muscle? This brand may be able to help you with that. Take a peek at this Vega Protein review to see if it aligns with your needs.

We’ll go over important information about the brand and its products, fill you in on what customers have to say about them, and more, to help in your final decision.

Vega Pros and Cons

Vega Protein Review

Pros

  • Plant-Based Protein: Vega Protein is made from plant-based protein sources such as pea, hemp, and sacha inchi. It provides a high-quality protein option for individuals following a vegan or vegetarian diet, as well as those looking to incorporate more plant-based foods into their lifestyle.
  • Complete Amino Acid Profile: Vega Protein contains all nine essential amino acids, which are the building blocks of protein that the body cannot produce on its own. This makes it a complete protein source that can support muscle growth, repair, and recovery.
  • Nutrient-Rich: In addition to protein, Vega Protein products often include other beneficial nutrients such as fiber, omega-3 fatty acids, and antioxidants. This helps provide a more well-rounded nutritional profile and supports overall health and well-being.
  • Free of Common Allergens: Many Vega Protein products are free from common allergens such as dairy, soy, and gluten. This makes them suitable for individuals with dietary restrictions or sensitivities.
  • Variety of Flavors and Forms: Vega Protein offers a wide range of flavors and forms, including powders, ready-to-drink shakes, and protein bars. This allows individuals to choose the format that best suits their preferences and lifestyle.

Cons

  • Taste and Texture: While Vega Protein strives to provide enjoyable flavors, taste preferences can vary among individuals. Some people may find the taste or texture of certain Vega Protein products to be different from traditional protein sources, especially if they are used to animal-based protein products.
  • Price: Vega Protein products may be relatively more expensive compared to some other protein options on the market. The use of high-quality plant-based ingredients and the additional nutrients included in the products can contribute to the higher price point.
  • Digestive Sensitivity: Some individuals may experience digestive sensitivity or mild bloating when consuming plant-based proteins. This can vary depending on individual tolerance and may require adjusting serving sizes or trying different Vega Protein products.
  • Availability: While Vega Protein is widely available in many stores and online retailers, there may be limitations in availability in certain regions or countries. This can make it more challenging for some individuals to access Vega Protein products.
  • Fortified Ingredients: Vega Protein products may contain fortified ingredients, such as vitamins and minerals. While this can be beneficial for individuals with specific nutrient needs, others may prefer obtaining these nutrients from whole food sources.

It’s important to note that individual experiences may vary, and it’s always recommended to consult with a healthcare professional or registered dietitian before making significant changes to your diet or incorporating new protein products.

Ingredients

Vega Protein Review

Pea Protein

Pea protein is a high-quality plant-based protein source that is rich in essential amino acids. It provides muscle-building benefits and supports post-workout recovery.

Peas are rich in proteins, fibers, minerals, and vitamins. A review article published in Applied Physiology, Nutrition, and Metabolism states that peas contain phytochemicals with proven antioxidant and antitumor activity.

Hemp Protein

Hemp protein is derived from hemp seeds and is a complete protein, meaning it contains all nine essential amino acids. It is also a good source of fiber and omega-3 fatty acids.

According to a review article hemp seeds appear to have antioxidant properties and may help reduce blood pressure and glycemia. 

Sacha Inchi Protein

Sacha inchi protein is derived from the seeds of the sacha inchi plant. It is rich in protein and contains essential amino acids, as well as beneficial fatty acids like omega-3s.

A 2021 study highlights the antioxidant properties of the phenolic components of sacha inchi seeds. Phenolic compounds aid the body in “defense responses” such as anti-aging, anti-inflammatory, antioxidant, and anti-proliferative activities. 

Natural Flavors

Vega protein products may contain natural flavors derived from plant-based sources to enhance taste and provide a pleasant flavor profile.

Stevia Extract

Stevia extract is a natural sweetener derived from the stevia plant. It adds sweetness to Vega protein products without adding extra calories or sugars.

Sea Salt

Sea salt is a natural salt that adds a touch of flavor and enhances the taste of Vega protein products.

Organic Ingredients

Some Vega protein products may contain organic ingredients, such as organic cocoa powder, to provide additional nutritional benefits.

Other Plant-Based Ingredients

Depending on the specific Vega protein product, you may find additional plant-based ingredients like organic greens, fruits, or probiotics to enhance the nutritional profile.

Please note that the exact ingredients may vary depending on the specific Vega protein product you choose. Always refer to the product packaging or official website for the most accurate and up-to-date ingredient information.

Benefits

High-Quality Plant-Based Protein

Vega Protein products utilize plant-based protein sources like pea, hemp, and sacha inchi. These proteins are rich in essential amino acids, supporting muscle-building and post-workout recovery.

Nutrient-Rich Ingredient

Pea protein, hemp protein, and sacha inchi protein are not only excellent protein sources but also offer additional nutritional benefits. They contain fibers, minerals, vitamins, and phytochemicals with proven antioxidant and antitumor activities, promoting overall health and well-being.

Pleasant taste and flavor

Vega Protein products incorporate natural flavors derived from plant-based sources. This enhances the taste and provides a pleasant flavor profile, making the protein products enjoyable to consume.

Vegan vs Vegetarian: Vega’s Plant-Based Nutritional Considerations

Vega is classified as “vegan” certified, which means it is safe if you are vegetarian, vegan, or a meat-eater simply trying to up your vegetable quota. So, what’s the difference?

All vegans are vegetarians, but not all vegetarians are vegan. The plant-based lifestyle exists on a continuum from those who eat no animal products or animal byproducts (vegans) to lacto-ovo vegetarians (no animal flesh, but hybrid products like dairy and eggs), to pesco-lacto-ovo vegetarians (hybrid products and fish).

Meaning there are different classes of vegetarians. All abstain from red meat, but some will eat fish, dairy, and/or eggs. Vegans, on the other hand, are stricter. They prohibit eggs, dairy, and often anything that derives from animals, such as honey or leather. 

A 2019 review cites evidence that a plant-based diet may offer a number of benefits for active individuals, including lower cholesterol levels, improved blood pressure, improved blood flow, lower risk and even reversal of atherosclerosis, and reduced inflammation.

We established that there are many positives to eating a plant-based diet. Now for some potential negatives. Plant-based devotees are at risk of developing nutritional deficiencies, including vitamin B12, calcium, iron, and zinc.

The good news is that you can counteract these potential deficiencies by consuming fortified products (such as cereals), food combining (combining foods rich in Vitamin C with foods rich in plant-based iron to improve iron absorption), and supplementation.

As mentioned above, when the requirements of proteins, vitamins, and minerals are not met with the diet, supplements are an excellent choice to fulfill those nutritional needs. Enter the possible demand for vega products. 

You don’t have to be fully vegan or vegetarian to benefit from vegetarian foods and products. If you are thinking of dipping your toes into the veggie world, start by being veggie-ish. Make 2 meals a day vegetarian, or only eat meat once a week.

Also, note that since vegetarianism exists on a continuum, the further along the continuum you move towards being vegan, the fewer foods your diet allows, and the more critical the issue of food combining and possible supplementation becomes. 

If you decide to become vegan, great, but know that you can’t just “cut out” multiple food groups (dairy, meat, etc.) without adding additional types and combinations of foods to your diet. For example, you might need to combine rice and beans to get the required combination of lysine and tryptophan.

As always, talk with your doctor or a registered nutritional health professional before adding any new supplement to your diet. Having this discussion will ensure that the new supplement will not interfere with any drug you are taking and/or with any other supplement you are taking.

5 Vega Protein Bestsellers

Vega One Organic All-In-One Shake

According to Vega, getting a full spectrum of vitamins each day from diet alone isn’t easy or cheap. Though eating the rainbow sounds like a good idea, and we should always try and shoot for that, Vega believed that complete nutrition shakes are the next best thing.

The Vega One Organic All In One Shake contains a full spectrum of vitamins, minerals, greens, protein, adaptogens, and even probiotics to help you reach your nutrition goals.

With 20 grams of protein per serving, 1 billion cfus probiotics, and 7 grams of digestive-healthy fiber, this delicious shake makes an ideal breakfast, lunch, or mid-afternoon snack.

What are probiotics, and why are they beneficial? Think of probiotics as “health-friendly bacteria” that live in your gut and support your physiology and psychology.

According to a review, the potential benefits of probiotics have been seen in treating or preventing multiple disorders/diseases, including diarrhea, irritable bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, constipation, Crohn’s disease, and the recurrence of bladder cancer.

Other benefits include supporting the immune system and improving the host’s ability to deal with anxiety and depression. Some evidence even suggests probiotics might help the health of your skin!

Trainer’s Tip: want to increase the number of probiotics rich foods in your diet? Try fermented foods (think Kombucha and sauerkraut), cultured milk (yogurt and Kefir), and/or tempeh.

Improved athletic performance is another reason to prioritize the consumption of probiotics. Probiotics can improve “athletic performance by enhancing training adaptations, attenuating physiological responses during post-exercise recovery periods, and improving mood and mental responses after intense exercise.” 

Moreover, a clinical study published in The European Journal of Applied Physiology evaluated the impact of probiotic supplementation on the performance of runners exercising in hot weather.

Ten male participants were randomized (in a cross-over fashion) to receive a daily supplement containing probiotics or a placebo for 4 weeks. The authors reported that probiotics improved the performance of runners by prolonging the time to fatigue while exercising in the heat.

Vega’s powder is available in 7 flavors, like Berry and Vanilla Chai. According to Vega, the options as to what you can do with this powder are endless—protein cookies, anyone?!

Trainer’s Tip: We are big fans of making homemade protein popsicles. Why? Because we love Fudgsicles, but they are sadly not exactly made of broccoli. Instead of having a shake post-workout, you can have a  yummy and ice cream-esque hit of protein! Simply blend together your ingredients, pour into popsicle molds, let freeze, and eat. Easy and delicious! We recommend mixing ice with protein powder, almond milk, and maybe half a frozen banana, but feel free to throw in anything you want. Try cocoa nibs, almond butter, flax, or frozen berries. Experiment and see what works for you!

With 19 servings per 876g tub, the Organic All-In-One Shake is $45 (normally $60).

Hungry for more? Check out the recipes section to learn how to make Vega smoothies, treats, and snacks.

Vega Sport Premium Plant-Based Protein Powder

According to vega, you need a little more protein than the regular Joe when you’re highly active. The Sport Premium Plant-Based Protein Powder kicks things into overdrive with its 30 grams of protein from plant-based sources like pea, alfalfa, and pumpkin seed.

Also thrown into the mix is tart cherry, a fruit that helps speed up recovery, and 2 billion CFU probiotics to improve digestion.

One tub holds 19 x 190 calorie servings without a single trace of added sugar. Instead, this formulation used stevia leaf to sweeten things up.

Made in tasty flavors including Chocolate, Berry, Mocha, and Vanilla, enjoy this shake after a workout to fuel muscles and support recovery.

Get an 876g container of this Vega sport protein powder for $34 (was $50).

Vega Protein & Energy Plant-Based Protein Powder

When you say the word “keto,” it is often not vegan-friendly foods that come to mind. Visions of bacon grease, “fat bombs,” and all-meat meals typically pop into our brains, but the thing about keto is, there’s no rule that says your fat content has to be meat and dairy-based. You can get fat from vegetarian-based sources – think avocados, hemp, flax, and coconut. Enter MCT oil, the fat that Vega uses in their powder to make their product both Keto and vegetarian friendly. (Note, not all of the Vega products are keto-friendly. Check all the labels – do your due diligence – before you buy.) 

The Protein & Energy Plant-Based Protein Powder contains no added sugar, offers 20 grams of plant-powered protein, and has 3mg of MCT Oil to help you reach your goals.

What is MCT oil, and why should we consume it? MCT oil is a human-made, highly concentrated source of medium-chain triglycerides extracted and isolated from coconut or palm kernel oil. MCTs may aid weight loss and performance. MCTs aid the feeling of fullness/satiety, increase energy expenditure and may help to facilitate weight control.

Trainer’s Tip: One of the touted benefits of MCTs is that they are less energy-dense than LCTs. Note that you will only experience that caloric benefit if you currently consume LCTs. Adding MCTs to a diet that doesn’t have MCTs and LCTs will not produce a caloric deficit. Also, many common cooking oils include LCTs and MCTs, so the caloric difference is not as useful.

Speaking of goals, they’re made much easier with a little energy, which is why you’ll find 100mg of caffeine from organic coffee fruit in each serving of this Vega protein and energy formulation, along with maca.

In a 513g tub, this goal-attaining Vega protein powder is $30.

Vega Protein & Greens Plant-Based Protein Powder

According to Vega, greens are one of the hardest things to get into our diets, simply because most of them are a little hard to eat. The ones with the highest mineral and vitamin content (kale, Swiss chard, etc.) aren’t the easiest to swallow. Therefore, greens supplements are great for this very reason, packing a daily dose of cell-nourishing vitamins into one convenient, easy-to-eat pill or powder.

The Vega Protein & Greens Plant-Based Protein Powder blends these greens with tasty flavors like Chocolate, Salted Caramel, and Tropical—but don’t worry, you won’t be tasting any undercurrents of kale.

Each serving boasts 20 grams of protein from a mix of peas, rice, hemp, and Sacha inchi seed. You’ll get your daily recommended dose of greens from sources like broccoli, alfalfa, and spinach—just ground up into tiny, tasteless particles.

With 0 grams of sugar and just 110 calories per serving, make refreshing Tropical coconut ice cream, or try mixing the Salted Caramel version with milk and a few other bits and bobs to create Vega banana protein pancakes.

Get a 22 oz tub of this brain and body-boosting Vega protein and greens powder for $33.

Vega Protein Snack Bar

Though protein bars often look like a candy bar, according to Vega, they are nothing like Snickers. Vega believes that they are worth eating because they are packed with so much of what your body needs.

The Vega Protein Snack Bar comes in Crunchy Peanut Butter or Crispy Mint Chocolate flavors. Each box includes 12 x 70 gram bars that pack easily into your gym bag, purse, or jacket pocket for quick fueling during outdoor adventures.

The bars contain 20 grams of brown rice and pea protein. Plus, they have 3.5 grams of something called “Branched Chain Amino Acids,” designed to effectively fuel and repair muscles, along with 480 mg of Tart Cherry.

BCAAs (branched-chain amino acids) are – as the name suggests – amino acids. Amino acids are molecules that combine to form proteins. They are critical for tissue repair and growth. The 9 essential amino acids – 3 of which are BCAAs – can’t be produced by the human body. The three BCAAs are leucine, isoleucine and valine. 

BCAA supplements are used to decrease muscle fatigue, alleviate muscle soreness and promote recovery from your workout. As reported in a study published in The Journal of Nutrition, the intake of BCAA supplements before exercise reduces the breakdown of muscle proteins that occurs during physical activity.

The authors conducted a study including 30 healthy, non-trained men and women. Participants were randomized to take BCAA or a placebo solution before performing an exercise routine (140 squats divided into 7 sets). Researchers found that BCAA supplementation delayed the onset of muscle soreness for several days after exercise. BCAA appears to help in muscle recovery.

Pick up a box for $20.

What Kind Of Protein Is In Vega?

Vega Protein Review

Vega states that their protein is a mix of plant-based sources. Some formulas use a blend of pea, hemp, and sacha inchi, while others have brown rice, alfalfa, and pumpkin seed.

The brand always uses a mix of sources to give you a wide spectrum of vitamins and minerals along with solid protein.

Who Is Vega For?

Vega Protein Review

Vega is a completely vegan brand, but its protein powders and snacks are loved by those just looking for a clean fuel source. Lactose intolerance is very common, and nowadays, more and more people are finding they react to dairy.

According to Vega, their product is a clean and animal-friendly way to get your protein in. Its powder is low in sugar, instead sweetened with stevia, meaning they’re suitable for those on low-carb diets.

Alternatives

Looking for alternative supplement brands to explore? Check out these options:

  • Ora Organics: Ora Organics offers a range of organic supplements made from high-quality ingredients. Their products are designed to support various aspects of health and wellness.
  • Apothekary: Apothekary specializes in herbal supplements and adaptogens that promote overall well-being. Their products are thoughtfully crafted to address specific health concerns and provide natural support.
  • ASYSTEM: ASYSTEM offers science-backed supplements designed to optimize physical and mental performance. Their products are formulated with clean ingredients and aim to support vitality and longevity.
  • Love Wellness: Love Wellness focuses on women’s health and offers a range of supplements targeting specific needs like gut health, hormonal balance, and beauty. Their products are made with natural ingredients and backed by thorough research.
  • Perfect Keto Supplements: Perfect Keto Supplements specialize in ketogenic supplements and snacks. Their products are designed to support the ketogenic diet and help individuals achieve and maintain ketosis.

Explore these alternative supplement brands to find the one that aligns with your specific health goals and preferences. Each brand offers unique formulations and benefits to support your well-being journey.

Comparison: Vega vs. Shakeology

Vega Protein Review

Protein shakes aren’t just about protein anymore. As diets change and the hours in the day seem to grow shorter, the things we eat need to do have more than one purpose—and they need to get the job done quickly.

The realm of bars and shakes isn’t new; it’s just growing. Supplements are a billion-dollar industry. The Global Dietary Supplement Market was estimated at USD 167.8 billion in 2019 and is expected to reach USD 306.8 billion by 2026. Several brands on the market offer all-in-one shakes, precisely because of the high demand for fast, affordable, and nutritious food.

In this section of our Vega Protein review, we’ll be looking at Shakeology’s complete shake and how it compares to our featured brand’s product. For the sake of a fair comparison, we’ll be using our featured brand’s Organic All-In-One Protein Powder as it’s the closest thing it has to the competitor.

Let’s take a look at what’s exactly in each of the formulas one by one, then we’ll zoom in on the nutrition facts, starting with Shakeology.

Our competitor offers whey-based and plant-based formulas, but this Vega Protein review will be examining its vegan version. Made from a mix of pea, flax, quinoa, and rice, the powder also has a superfood and antioxidant blend, super-green and phytonutrients blend, adaptogens, probiotics, and digestive enzymes.

Vega actually has the same lineup, except its protein comes from pea, hemp, and Sacha inchi[20] seed (known for its high mineral content). So far, the two products are pretty much equal, so let’s look at the nutrition data.

  • Vega Organic All-In-One Protein Powder – Chocolate – $45 (normally $60)
    • 19 servings
    • 170 calories
    • 20 grams protein
    • 5 grams fat
      • 1 saturated
      • 3 polyunsaturated 
      • 1 monounsaturated 
    • 7 grams fiber
    • 1 gram sugar
      • 0 grams added sugar
  • Shakeology Plant-Based Protein Powder – Chocolate – $125
    • 30 servings
    • 160 calories
    • 16 grams protein
    • 3 grams fat
      • 1 saturated
      • 1 polyunsaturated
      • 1 monounsaturated 
    • 6 grams fiber
    • 7 grams of sugar
      • 5 grams added sugar

There are quite a few big differences between these two products, and not just in price difference, but, let’s break down the pricing to see how different they really are:

  • Vega $60 tub = $3.15/serving
  • Shakeology $125 bag = $4.15/serving

When you look at it this way, the price difference isn’t too bad, but Vega’s sale takes it down to just over $2/serving.

Vega Protein Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Vega Protein Review

From the last section of this Vega Protein review, we can see that the brand’s protein powder is a really good value. To find out whether or not it’s worth the buy, we’re going to need to hear from customers about taste and quality as well.

In this section, you’ll read about those very things from a few different customers who’ve tried it. Let’s get started.

Checking out the brand’s website first, we put together a shortlist of a few of its bestsellers:

  • Organic All-In-One Shake: average of 4.1/5 stars from 3,769 ratings
  • Protein & Greens Plant-Based Protein Powder: average of 4.1/5 stars from 3,769 ratings
  • Snack Bars: average of 4.7/5 stars from 130 ratings

The All-In-One Vega Nutrition Shake seems to be the most popular option, so let’s take a look at what customers had to say about it.

5-star reviews consist of comments applauding the taste and texture of this shake. One Vega Protein review reads, “I’ve been religiously using whey protein for years but recently made the switch to Vega’s Protein & Greens. Less bloating, more nutrients and still plenty of protein.”

It’s wonderful when a product that’s healthy for you actually works and tastes good.

The cons list is varied. Some buyers mention its high cost, other the taste of certain flavors. While the price might look daunting at first, it’s an all-in-one shake, so you’re getting a probiotic, greens, protein, and superfood blend all in one. So, it’s saving you money in the long run.

We swapped over to Amazon to see if those high scores found on the brand’s website held up. They do. The Vega Protein & Greens Plant Protein Shake has a 4.6/5 star rating from 4,351 buyers.

Here’s the rating breakdown if you’d like to see how that score was calculated:

  • 5 stars 78%
  • 4 stars 11%
  • 3 stars 6%
  • 2 stars 2%
  • 1 star 4%

Buyers who are lactose intolerant express gratitude for this product and many say they love the flavor and how it mixes with other foods and liquids. One Vega Protein review that mentions this reads, “Great flavor, mixes well into oatmeal and smoothies, and smells delicious.” The mixing ability of protein is critical, so it’s good to know this one works well.

Though there are very few negative reviews, the most common complaint is about the taste.

Since we felt like we had a solid grasp on the taste and texture of Vega’s shakes, we headed to the Better Business Bureau to see how well the brand does with customer complaints.

Finding an A+ rating and just 1 complaint made in the last 3 years, it looks as if this company does a great job at resolving issues as well as preventing them from being taken to the BBB in the first place.

We feel confident that Vega is a quality brand with all of our research. Though some customers don’t love the taste, and while we know certain flavors taste better than others, all in all, it appears that the brand’s protein powder tastes good and mixes well with other liquids and foods.

Is Vega Worth It?

Vega Protein Review

Only you know what is “worth it” for you. Only you know your financial realities, health goals, diet history, and taste preferences. As mentioned earlier in this review, it is up to you to be an informed consumer. 

For a protein powder, Vega is a little pricey. But for its all-in-one, it’s a great value. Keep in mind that most of the brand’s powders have more than just protein. They also either have probiotics, MCT oil, greens, or a mix of all of the above.

There’s nothing that signals to us that its plant-based protein powder isn’t worth the buy, which is why this Vega Protein review wholeheartedly believes that it is. Not sure? Try individual packs. It sells its powder in single-serving packs at some grocery stores and online shops.

Vega Promotions & Discounts 

Vega Protein Review

Right now, the brand has a discount running for a couple of its products, like the All-In-One Shake and Electrolyte Hydrator. During this Vega Protein review, we spotted a few others too!

  • Get 20% off when you sign up to the mailing list
  • Members get free shipping on orders over $30
  • Non-members get free shipping on orders over $50

Where to Buy Vega

Vega Protein Review

The brand’s products are found in a ton of locations across the US and Canada. You always have the option of buying products directly from MyVega.com, but you can also find them in other shops, including Amazon, Walmart, Costco, Vitasave.com, and IHerb.com.

FAQ

Vega Protein Review

Where is Vega made?

Vega makes its products in facilities located in the USA and Canada.

What is Vega’s Shipping Policy?

Currently, Vega only ships within the US and Canada. The brand offers the following shipping options:

  1. Standard 3-5 business days $10 or free for orders over $30
  2. Express 1-3 business days $18

Once your order ships, you’ll receive a confirmation email with a tracking link that you can use to follow your package’s progress.

What is Vega’s Return Policy?

If you need to return your product or are not happy with it, fill out the Return Form on the company’s site and send it to [email protected]. You have 30 days to do so from the date of purchase.

How to Contact Vega

We hope that you found all of the information you needed in this Vega Protein review. If you still have questions, please feel free to reach out to the brand by using any of the following methods:


Need more than what this brand has to offer? Here are a few other supplement brands to choose from:

Ora Organics

Apothekary

ASYSTEM

Love Wellness

Perfect Keto Supplements

About Better Not Younger

Better Not Younger Review

Better Not Younger is a hair care brand dedicated to meeting the unique needs of women over 40. Their products target age-related hair challenges, like thinning, dryness, and loss of elasticity. With a focus on rejuvenation, Better Not Younger empowers women to embrace their hair at any age.

The brand’s mission is to provide effective solutions specifically tailored to the changing needs of mature hair. Better Not Younger formulates products that nourish and revitalize, helping to combat common concerns like brittle strands and reduced hair density. By addressing these challenges, they aim to boost confidence and celebrate the beauty of age.

In a study exploring the impact of hair loss on quality of life, researchers observed a significant correlation between hair loss and decreased psychological well-being. Participants reported feelings of embarrassment, self-consciousness, and diminished self-esteem, which negatively affected their overall quality of life. Addressing hair loss concerns is crucial in promoting emotional well-being and enhancing individuals’ overall satisfaction with their appearance and daily lives.

Better Not Younger offers a diverse range of hair care products designed to restore vitality and manageability. From shampoos and conditioners to serums and styling products, their formulations are enriched with ingredients that promote hydration, strengthen hair fibers, and improve overall hair health.

In addition to their focus on age-related hair issues, Better Not Younger is committed to clean and sustainable beauty practices. They prioritize using high-quality, natural ingredients and avoid harmful chemicals like sulfates, parabens, and phthalates. Better Not Younger’s eco-conscious approach reflects their dedication to both hair health and environmental responsibility.

Recent Studies About Haircare Products

If you’re looking for haircare products to address specific hair concerns (such as hair loss, thinning, or dryness), it may be useful to explore recent studies on the ingredients used in the products of your chosen brand.

  • A 2015 review discusses the various hair conditions affecting hair health and growth, such as hair loss, graying, and dandruff. The review also highlights the potential damaging effects of external factors and chemicals found in many shampoos, and emphasizes the importance of selecting safe and nourishing ingredients for scalp improvement.
  • A 2022 review summarizes the current and emerging therapies to promote hair growth, with a focus on androgenetic alopecia (AGA), male pattern hair loss (MPHL), and female pattern hair loss (FPHL). The review outlines various treatments such as finasteride, minoxidil, topical prostaglandins, natural supplements, microneedling, low-level laser light, platelet-rich plasma, fractional lasers, cellular therapy, Wnt activators, and SFRP1 antagonism.

Pros and Cons

Better Not Younger Review

Pros:

  1. Targeted Solutions for Mature Hair: Better Not Younger specializes in addressing the specific needs of women over 40, offering targeted solutions for age-related hair concerns such as thinning, dryness, and loss of elasticity. Their products are formulated to nourish and revitalize mature hair, promoting improved texture, volume, and overall hair health.
  2. Embracing Age with Confidence: The brand’s focus on empowering women to embrace their hair at any age is a significant advantage. Better Not Younger encourages a positive mindset by celebrating the beauty and uniqueness of mature hair, helping women feel confident and comfortable in their own skin.
  3. Effective Formulations: Better Not Younger utilizes high-quality ingredients known for their beneficial effects on hair health. From hydrating and strengthening ingredients to those that promote scalp health and stimulate hair growth, their formulations aim to deliver noticeable results, enhancing the overall appearance and condition of mature hair.
  4. Clean and Sustainable Beauty: Better Not Younger prioritizes clean and sustainable beauty practices. They avoid harmful chemicals and opt for natural, environmentally-friendly ingredients. This commitment to clean beauty aligns with the growing demand for safer and more eco-conscious hair care options.

Cons:

  1. Limited Product Range: Compared to some other hair care brands, Better Not Younger may have a more limited product range. While they offer solutions for common age-related hair concerns, customers seeking a wide variety of styling products or specialized treatments may find a narrower selection in their product lineup.
  2. Availability and Accessibility: Depending on your location, accessing Better Not Younger products may be challenging. Availability may be limited to certain regions or online platforms, which can pose difficulties for those who prefer in-store purchases or have limited access to online shopping.
  3. Individual Hair Variability: While Better Not Younger formulates their products for mature hair, individual hair needs and responses can vary. Some individuals may experience different outcomes or preferences based on their unique hair type, texture, and condition. It’s important to keep in mind that not all products may work equally well for everyone.
  4. Price Point: Better Not Younger’s focus on targeted solutions and high-quality ingredients may result in a higher price point compared to some mainstream hair care brands. This may be a consideration for budget-conscious consumers who are seeking more affordable options.

Key Ingredients in Better Not Younger Products

Better Not Younger prides itself on formulating hair care products with a selection of key ingredients that cater to the specific needs of mature hair. These ingredients are carefully chosen for their nourishing and revitalizing properties, promoting healthier, more vibrant hair. Here are some of the key ingredients commonly found in Better Not Younger products:

1. Peptides and Proteins:

Better Not Younger incorporates peptides and proteins into their formulations to strengthen and fortify mature hair. These ingredients help to improve hair elasticity, enhance resilience, and minimize breakage. Peptides and proteins work at a structural level to revitalize the hair and promote a more youthful appearance.

2. Botanical Extracts:

Better Not Younger harnesses the power of various botanical extracts to support the health and vitality of mature hair. These extracts often include:

  • Saw Palmetto Extract: Saw palmetto extract is known for its potential to inhibit the production of DHT (dihydrotestosterone), a hormone associated with hair loss. It may help promote hair density and minimize hair thinning.
  • Baobab Seed Extract: Baobab seed extract is rich in vitamins and antioxidants, providing nourishment to the hair and scalp. It helps improve moisture retention, combat dryness, and promote overall hair health.
  • Aloe Vera Leaf Juice: Aloe vera leaf juice is renowned for its soothing and moisturizing properties. It helps calm the scalp, reduce inflammation, and maintain optimal hydration levels for healthier-looking hair.

3. Essential Oils:

Better Not Younger incorporates essential oils into their products to provide additional benefits to mature hair. Some commonly used essential oils include:

  • Rosemary Oil: Rosemary oil stimulates the scalp and promotes hair growth. It can help improve circulation, strengthen the hair follicles, and enhance overall hair health.
  • Lavender Oil: Lavender oil has calming and soothing properties, which can be beneficial for a sensitive or irritated scalp. It may also help reduce scalp inflammation and support a healthy hair environment.
  • Argan Oil: Argan oil is rich in antioxidants, essential fatty acids, and vitamins. It helps nourish and hydrate the hair, promoting shine, softness, and manageability.

4. Vitamin Complexes:

Better Not Younger products often include vitamin complexes, such as vitamins B, C, and E. These vitamins contribute to overall hair health by providing antioxidant protection, promoting collagen production, and supporting a balanced scalp environment.

These are just a few examples of the key ingredients commonly found in Better Not Younger products. By incorporating these carefully selected ingredients, Better Not Younger aims to nourish, revitalize, and promote the overall health and appearance of mature hair.

5 Better Not Younger Bestsellers

Better Not Younger Superpower Fortifying Hair Scalp Serum Review 

The Fortifying Hair Scalp Serum was created with women over 40 in mind. This serum works to keep your scalp happy, which should result in more volume and faster hair growth. 

This serum contains the key ingredients of niacinamide, caffeine, and Gotu Kola. Niacinamide, a form of vitamin B3, and caffeine are super successful in increasing hair growth. One study[3] that looked at a blend containing these ingredients found that they successfully raised the hair shaft’s diameter. Similarly, Gotu Kola[4], a herb in the parsley family, has increased the potential for hair growth.

This product conditions your scalp and hair at the roots. So, it helps strengthen your aging follicles. And you can melt your worries about your strands looking greasy throughout the day, as this serum is pretty weightless. 

As a bonus, the hair serum is cruelty-free, sulfate-free, and paraben-free, so you’ll be totally guilt-free. For the best results, use this serum daily on towel-dried or dry hair. 

A one-time purchase of the Fortifying Hair Serum will run you about $47

Better Not Younger Hair Thickener Review 

If you’re looking to add some stylish volume, the Better Not Younger Hair Thickener might be able to help you out. This spray gives you the look of bouncy, thick locks by lifting hair at the root. It’s also another product that conditions your scalp for a bouncy, dense mane. 

Some hard-hitting ingredients include ceramides and niacinamide. Ceramides[5] have proven to repair damaged hair, increase smoothness and flexibility. One study[6] showed that niacinamide successfully increases hair fullness. Basically, this spray formula is a hair savior.

To get beautiful results, spray the Hair Thickener on wet/damp hair at the roots. It’s best to spray where it looks like there’s thinning. Comb through and style. Better Not Younger also recommends reapplying the next day for a refresh. 

The Better Not Younger’s Hair Thickener retails for $34

Better Not Younger Wake Up Call Volumizing Shampoo Review 

Say “good morning!” to better hair after incorporating the Wake Up Call Volumizing Shampoo into your usual routine. This color-safe formula can leave your tresses looking luscious and shiny without any product buildup. 

This sulfate-free Better Not Younger shampoo is rich in vitamins and natural conditioners that can leave you feeling refreshed and ready to take on the day. Of course, thin strands will get the same rejuvenation and a little extra body too. 

A key ingredient in this shampoo is burdock root. This ingredient has anti-inflammatory[7] properties, which allow the scalp to be the perfect canvas for hair growth. One study[8] found that a shampoo containing anti-inflammatory and antioxidant ingredients successfully increased hair growth and reduced hair fallout.

The 8.4 fl oz Wake Up Call Volumizing Shampoo retails for $27. This Better Not Younger review recommends pairing this product with its matching conditioner for the best results, which we’ll look at next.

Better Not Younger Wake Up Call Volumizing Conditioner Review 

As said above, the Wake Up Call Volumizing Conditioner can follow the shampoo of the same name to optimize results. It’s the final step to achieving the radiant hair of your dreams. 

This conditioner has the same nourishing ingredients as its shampoo with a few extras, including oleanolic acid. One study[9] found that a hair loss lotion containing oleanolic acid increased the number of hair fibers, increasing overall thickness. Oleanolic acid accomplishes this by inhibiting DHT[10] (dihydrotestosterone), which is associated with hair follicles’ diameter. By reducing DHT levels, oleanolic acid can help to increase hair thickness. 

The Wake Up Call Volumizing Conditioner comes in an 8.4 fl oz bottle, and it sells for $27

Better Not Younger New Dawn Activated Charcoal Scalp Cleanser Review 

Product buildup is a common problem when it comes to the scalp. But, you can turn over a new leaf with the New Dawn Activated Charcoal Scalp Cleanser. This product can rejuvenate your scalp and life with its deep cleansing properties. 

This activated charcoal cleanser includes powerful ingredients like lactic acid, menthyl lactate, and the star of the show, activated charcoal. Anecdotal evidence suggests that this ingredient has the potential to cleanse the scalp and increase hair volume.  Essentially, this gentle exfoliant eliminates residue buildup and can get you a step closer to healthier locks.

This refreshing New Dawn Activated Charcoal Scalp Cleanser retails for $34

Is Better Not Younger Vegan? 

Better Not Younger Review

Better Not Younger products are vegan except for their Skin & Scalp Collagen Gummies. They are also a cruelty-free brand. 

How to Use Better Not Younger Products

To maximize the benefits of Better Not Younger hair care products and achieve the desired results, it’s essential to follow the recommended usage instructions. Here’s a general guide on how to use Better Not Younger products effectively:

  1. Read and Follow Product Labels: Start by carefully reading the product labels and instructions provided by Better Not Younger. Each product may have specific guidelines for usage, so it’s important to familiarize yourself with the recommended steps and any special considerations.
  2. Wet Hair Thoroughly: Before applying any Better Not Younger product, wet your hair thoroughly with lukewarm water. Ensure that your hair is fully saturated, as this helps the product distribute evenly and penetrate the strands effectively.
  3. Apply the Product: Take the appropriate amount of product based on the instructions or your hair length and density. Gently massage the product into your scalp and work it through the lengths of your hair, focusing on the areas that require attention. Pay attention to any specific recommendations for application techniques or targeted areas.
  4. Leave-In or Rinse-Out: Depending on the type of Better Not Younger product you’re using, you may need to decide whether it should be left in or rinsed out. Some products, like leave-in conditioners or serums, are designed to be left in the hair to provide ongoing nourishment and protection. Others, such as shampoos and conditioners, are meant to be rinsed out after a specific duration.
  5. Massage and Rinse: While using rinse-out products like shampoos and conditioners, take a moment to gently massage your scalp using your fingertips to promote blood circulation and product absorption. After the recommended duration, thoroughly rinse your hair until the water runs clear, ensuring no product residue is left behind.
  6. Follow Usage Frequency: Pay attention to the recommended frequency of product usage provided by Better Not Younger. Some products may be designed for daily use, while others may suggest a more intermittent or targeted application. Adhering to the recommended frequency helps maintain the optimal balance for your hair’s health.
  7. Combine with Other Better Not Younger Products: Consider using a combination of Better Not Younger products that complement each other for enhanced results. For example, pairing a shampoo and conditioner from the same product line can provide a more cohesive hair care routine tailored to your needs.
  8. Adjust Based on Individual Needs: Hair needs can vary, so be open to adjusting the usage of Better Not Younger products to suit your specific requirements. You may find that using products more or less frequently, or in different amounts, yields the best results for your hair type, texture, and condition.

Remember, it’s always a good idea to conduct a patch test before using any new hair care product, especially if you have known sensitivities or allergies. Additionally, if you have any specific concerns or questions about using Better Not Younger products, consult with a hairstylist or dermatologist for personalized guidance.

Who Is Better Not Younger For? 

Better Not Younger Review

Better Not Younger’s products and marketing are specifically designed for women over 40 experiencing hair thinning and loss. But, in their FAQ, the company states that men who are dealing with similar problems can benefit from taking their hair and skin vitamins. 

Alternatives

While Better Not Younger offers targeted solutions for mature hair, there are other hair care brands available that also cater to the specific needs of women over 40. Here are a few alternative options worth considering:

  • Nioxin: Nioxin is a well-known brand specializing in hair care solutions for thinning hair. They offer a range of products, including shampoos, conditioners, and treatments, designed to promote a healthy scalp environment and improve the appearance of thinning hair.
  • Oribe: Oribe is a luxury hair care brand that offers a variety of products suitable for mature hair. Their formulations focus on nourishment, hydration, and enhancing hair vitality. Oribe offers a range of shampoos, conditioners, and styling products renowned for their quality and performance.
  • R+Co: R+Co is a brand that combines artistry, innovation, and effective ingredients to create hair care products suitable for all hair types, including mature hair. Their product lineup includes shampoos, conditioners, and styling products designed to address various hair concerns while providing a luxurious experience.
  • Living Proof: Living Proof is a brand known for its scientifically advanced hair care formulations. They offer a range of products that address specific hair needs, including those associated with aging. Their products focus on enhancing hair health, manageability, and overall appearance.
  • Renpure: Renpure is a brand that emphasizes clean and natural hair care. They offer a selection of products formulated with gentle ingredients that promote healthy hair growth and nourishment. Renpure’s range includes shampoos, conditioners, and treatments suitable for mature hair.

Remember, when exploring alternative hair care brands, it’s important to consider your specific hair concerns, preferences, and budget. Reading customer reviews and seeking recommendations from trusted sources can also provide insights into the effectiveness and suitability of different brands and products.

Better Not Younger Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Better Not Younger Review

Getting the right products for your hair and scalp can be a hit-or-miss situation. Customer feedback can help in that aspect. That’s why this Better Not Younger review scoured the internet for testimonials to help you get a better idea of what the brand’s bestsellers can do. 

We found feedback on the company website and third-party sites like Influenster and Sephora. The reception is mainly appreciative, with some complaints about their products sprinkled throughout. We’ll go over the positives first. 

On the company website, Better Not Younger has an overall rating of 4.3/5 stars from 2.9k reviews. People praise the products, fast shipping, and customer service. Here’s the average rating for each product in this review: 

  • Superpower Fortifying Hair & Scalp Serum: 4.6/5 stars from 464 reviews 
  • Life Me Up Hair Thickener: 4.5/5 stars from 543 reviews x
  • Wake Up Call Volumizing Shampoo: 4.8/5 stars from 761 reviews  X
  • Wake Up Call Volumizing Conditioner: 4.7/5 stars from 514 reviews x
  • New Dawn Activated Charcoal Scalp Cleanser: 4.6/5 stars from 173 reviews X
  • No Remorse Heat Protection Spray: 4.8/5 stars from 170 reviews x
Better Not Younger Review

We’re going to be honing in on the Fortifying Hair Serum and the Wake Up Call Conditioner for direct reviews. 

A reviewer on the main website loves the hair serum, as they shared: “I’ve been using the […] serum for a couple of months now. I’m impressed with the added volume and thickness it gives to my hair. My stylist was also impressed with the health of my scalp, which had been dry for several months in the winter.” 

The Fortifying Hair Serum seems to have earned its award. Another customer raves about the product, saying, “I have been using this product for about one year, and I have noticed a definite improvement in the thickness and texture of my hair. My hair doesn’t lay flat against my head any longer and is easier to style.” 

So far, so good! When it comes to the Volumizing Conditioner, it has an average of 4.6/5 stars from 100 reviews on Sephora. A customer recalls having incredibly soft hair, writing, “Received this as a sample and fell in love. I put it through my whole hair, roots to ends, and left it in for 10 minutes, and my hair was SILKY and VELVETY like I’ve never felt before. IT’S AMAZING.”

Better Not Younger Review

Other customers at Sephora praise the conditioner for being able to hold volume for long periods of time. So, it seems like the brand is well-loved. But, this Better Not Younger review found some criticisms about specific products, including their award-winning serum. 

Customers on Better Not Younger’s main website have gripes as well, saying that they haven’t seen any changes in their hair. One customer continued use for the recommended time (3–4 weeks), and they didn’t see any results. 

This Better Not Younger review had trouble finding testimonials about the company’s customer service outside of the main website. For example, there aren’t many complaints about their team’s response times. 

Is Better Not Younger Worth It?

Better Not Younger Review

When women get to a certain age, it’s difficult to find representation within the beauty industry, especially when it comes to hair care. Better Not Younger works to change that narrative and start a conversation about women’s changes with age. 

Based on this Better Not Younger review, we would say that the company is worth checking out if you’re struggling with hair thinning and hair loss. The products are well-thought-out, and the company is transparent about what ingredients they use, which is a huge plus. 

Additionally, with vegan and cruelty-free products formulated for sensitive skin, the chances of irritation are slim. Along with the positive customer reviews and if you have the means, their hair products might be your saving grace.

Better Not Younger Review

Plus, if you are skeptical, you can take their hair quiz to see which products the company will recommend for you. 

We would note that there aren’t many reviews about customer service experiences outside the main website. There aren’t many complaints about their service either, but definitely keep that in mind if you’re talking to representatives. 

Better Not Younger Promotions & Discounts 

Better Not Younger Review

This Better Not Younger review found a few ways for buyers to save money. For example, orders over $100 are eligible for a complimentary Deluxe Minis Kit for only $10 (use the code KIT10 at checkout). 

You can also join the brand’s rewards program to collect points towards future purchases. 

Where to Buy Better Not Younger

Better Not Younger Review

You can buy Better Not Younger directly from better-notyounger.com. Their products are also available at Sephora locations in the United States.  

FAQ

Better Not Younger Review

Where is Better Not Younger made? 

Better Not Younger products are made in the US. The company’s headquarters are located in Miami, Florida. 

What is Better Not Younger’s Shipping Policy?

Better Not Younger offers free shipping for US residents. International shipping costs may vary based on local mail laws. 

US orders are typically fulfilled within 1 to 2 business days. Better Not Younger estimates that your package should arrive between 5 to 8 days, depending on where you live. Delivery times for international orders may vary based on your local customs process. 

If you want your products delivered ASAP, you can contact the Better Not Younger team by email. Include your order number, and they’ll try to expedite the process. 

What is Better Not Younger’s Return Policy?

Better Not Younger has a 30-day return policy. Your product must be unused or less than 1/3 used to qualify for a refund.

Simply email their customer service team with your order number, the items you’re returning, and your reasoning. Then, pack up and seal your items for safe transport and ship to their mailing address. You can find it in the following section. 

Your refund will be processed within 2 to 3 weeks of BNY receiving your package. Note that the total does not include shipping fees. They also don’t accept returns if your product wasn’t purchased directly from their website. 

How to Contact Better Not Younger

If you have any other questions beyond this Better Not Younger review, contact the brand via any of the following methods:  

  • Filling out the online contact form 
  • Phone: 1 (800) 406-3026
  • Email: [email protected]
  • Mail:

Better Not Younger Returns
10461 NW 36th Street 
Doral, FL 33178
USA


Better Not Younger monitors their phone lines from Monday to Friday, 9 AM–5 PM, ET.


We know how important good hair products are. Check out a few other brands you may enjoy.

Oribe Hair

Amika

LUS Brands

Olaplex

Nioxon

About Monat

Monat Hair Review

Monat , short for Modern Nature, is a renowned brand that has made a significant impact in the hair care industry. Founded in 2014, Monat has quickly gained a reputation for its high-quality, naturally based hair care products that promote healthy and beautiful hair.

With a mission to provide premium and innovative hair care solutions, Monat has become a leading force in the market. The brand’s commitment to using safe, non-toxic ingredients sets it apart from many other hair care companies. Monat products are carefully crafted with botanical extracts, essential oils, and advanced scientific technologies to deliver exceptional results.

In a study on hair care, researchers emphasize the significance of understanding the benefits and risks of hair cosmetics and pharmaceuticals. Evaluating the efficacy of products, including Monat, is crucial to ensure they meet consumers’ expectations and deliver claimed results, resembling cosmeceuticals with therapeutic properties. Media-driven concerns about health hazards require thoughtful clarification by influential figures.

Monat’s extensive range of products caters to various hair types and concerns. From shampoos and conditioners to styling products and treatments, Monat offers a comprehensive selection to address different needs, including hair growth, repair, hydration, and color protection.

One of the standout features of Monat is its dedication to sustainability and eco-conscious practices. The brand prioritizes environmentally friendly manufacturing processes, packaging, and ingredient sourcing. By incorporating sustainable practices into their operations, Monat strives to minimize its ecological footprint and contribute to a healthier planet.

Monat takes pride in its commitment to providing a rewarding business opportunity for its independent distributors. The company operates through a direct selling model, allowing individuals to start their own Monat businesses and build successful careers while sharing the brand’s exceptional products with others.

Over the years, Monat has amassed a loyal and passionate community of customers and brand ambassadors who have experienced the transformative power of Monat’s hair care products firsthand. The brand’s commitment to delivering results, combined with its emphasis on natural ingredients and sustainability, has positioned Monat as a trusted leader in the industry.

With a strong focus on innovation, quality, and social responsibility, Monat continues to evolve and expand its product offerings, empowering individuals to embrace their hair’s full potential and achieve hair goals they never thought possible.

Pros and Cons

Monat Hair Review

Pros:

  • Effective Results: Monat’s hair care products have gained a reputation for delivering noticeable results. Many customers report improvements in hair health, including enhanced shine, reduced frizz, and increased manageability. The brand’s focus on using high-quality ingredients and advanced scientific technologies contributes to these positive outcomes.
  • Natural and Safe Ingredients: Monat takes pride in formulating its products with naturally derived ingredients. Botanical extracts, essential oils, and other plant-based components are carefully selected to promote hair health without the use of harmful chemicals such as sulfates, parabens, and phthalates. This commitment to safe ingredients appeals to customers seeking a more natural approach to hair care.
  • Versatile Product Range: Monat offers a wide range of products tailored to different hair types and concerns. Whether you have dry and damaged hair, need a volumizing boost, or seek color protection, there is a Monat product designed to meet your specific needs. The versatility of their product line allows customers to create personalized hair care routines.
  • Sustainability Initiatives: Monat’s commitment to sustainability sets it apart from many other brands in the industry. From eco-friendly packaging materials to responsible sourcing practices, Monat strives to minimize its environmental impact. By choosing Monat, customers can align their hair care routine with their eco-conscious values.
  • Business Opportunity: Monat provides a business opportunity for individuals interested in entrepreneurship. Becoming an independent distributor allows individuals to start their own Monat business, earn income, and potentially build a successful career. The brand offers training, support, and a strong community for those looking to venture into the world of direct selling.

Cons:

  • Price Point: Monat’s premium quality and natural ingredients come at a higher price point compared to some other hair care brands in the market. This might be a consideration for budget-conscious consumers who are seeking more affordable options.
  • Individual Sensitivities: While Monat formulates its products with safe and non-toxic ingredients, it’s important to note that individual sensitivities can vary. Some individuals may experience adverse reactions or allergies to specific ingredients. Patch testing and consulting with a dermatologist or allergist is recommended, especially for those with known sensitivities.
  • Availability: Monat primarily operates through a direct selling model, which means that its products may not be readily available in traditional retail stores. This limited accessibility can pose challenges for customers who prefer in-store purchases or immediate availability.
  • Transition Period: Some customers may experience a transitional phase when switching to Monat products. As the brand focuses on promoting scalp health and natural hair growth, individuals may notice changes in their hair texture or oil production during the initial period of product use. This adjustment phase can vary among individuals and may require patience and consistency.
  • Personal Preference: Hair care products are subjective, and what works well for one person may not have the same effect on another. While Monat has a dedicated following, individual preferences regarding scent, texture, or specific hair concerns may influence personal experiences and satisfaction.

5 Monat Hair Bestsellers

Monat Rejuvenique Oil Intensive Shampoo Review 

If you need to freshen up those dull locks, the Rejuvenique Oil Intensive Shampoo features a nourishing blend of 13 Monat ingredients. Beauty boosters such as antioxidants, fatty acids, and beta-carotene are added to help revitalize the scalp and the roots. 

You can also use this formula as a daily skin care treatment for instant hydration and protection.

We recommend adding this Monat hair care product before showering or after styling to prevent frizz. For a highly versatile product, make the Rejuvenique Oil Intensive Shampoo yours for $98

Monat Renew Shampoo Review 

Part of the Monat hair products line, this Renew Shampoo utilizes the power of 4 key ingredients: the Rejuvenique formula, Capixyl, Procataline, and Crodasorb. Great in protecting those vulnerable locks from environmental stressors and UV damage, this antidote can be seen as the haircare equivalent of sunscreen.

Salt and sulfate-free, this Monat hair loss product doesn’t require the use of harmful substances to do the job. Optimized for color-treated and brittle ends, the Renew Shampoo costs a cool $37. The product also works on bleached hair and for those with extensions. 

Monat Black Shampoo + Conditioner Review 

Keep your shower basket neat and spacious with the Black Shampoo + Conditioner. This 2-in-1 product is optimized for all genders, as it works to keep hair voluminous, youthful, hydrated, and clean. 

Powered by the brand’s Rejuvenique formula, Crodascorb, Procataline, and Capixyl, this Monat shampoo hybrid keeps those ends from frying and drying out. For extra nourishment, we recommend pairing it with the Monat rejuvenique oil afterwards.

Designed as a product that will hopefully save you some time in the shower, the Black Shampoo + Conditioner rings up to a total of $41. Monat recommends leaving it on for 2 or 3 minutes before rinsing off.  

Monat The Champ Dry Conditioning Dry Shampoo Review

When there’s no time to hop into the shower, The Champ Dry Conditioning Dry Shampoo acts as your stand-in. This nifty spray tames flyaways while imparting body, shine, and texture. 

Most importantly, it keeps grease at bay, as customers can use this product to help refreshen and cleanse unkempt roots. This Monat dry shampoo is powered by organic sugar cane alcohol, argana rice starch, and the Rejuvenique formula. 

Optimized for all hair types, rock that second-day look with The Champ Dry Conditioning Dry Shampoo for $37

Monat Intense Repair Treatment Review 

Need a lift? By the way, I’m not talking about carpooling. The Intense Repair Treatment encourages volume, shine, texture, and more youthful hair. Best paired with the Monat shampoo for a deeper cleanse, this formula can help transform those mousy stresses into a celebrity dream. 

You can thank its list of nourishing ingredients, including red clover extract and Capixyl. If you’re going all out on hair care products, why not treat yourself to some Monat skincare formulas as well? Giving users that luxurious at-home spa experience, the Intense Repair Treatment costs $69 in total. 

Key Ingredients in Monat

Monat takes pride in formulating its hair care products with a range of key ingredients that promote healthy and beautiful hair. These ingredients are carefully selected for their nourishing properties and their ability to address specific hair concerns. Here are some of the key ingredients commonly found in Monat products:

1. Botanical Extracts:

Monat harnesses the power of various botanical extracts to enhance the health and vitality of the hair. Examples include:

  • Aloe Vera: Known for its soothing properties, aloe vera helps to moisturize and condition the hair, promoting a healthier scalp and reducing dryness.
  • Chamomile: Chamomile extract helps to calm and soothe the scalp, reducing irritation and promoting a healthy environment for hair growth.
  • Horsetail Extract: Rich in minerals and antioxidants, horsetail extract strengthens the hair follicles, promotes hair growth, and improves hair elasticity.
  • Lemon Peel Extract: Lemon peel extract assists in regulating oil production, providing balance to oily scalps and promoting a cleaner, refreshed feel.

2. Essential Oils:

Monat incorporates a variety of essential oils into its formulations to nourish the hair and provide aromatherapy benefits. Some notable essential oils used by Monat include:

  • Peppermint Oil: Peppermint oil stimulates the scalp, promoting blood circulation and providing a cooling sensation. It can also help alleviate dryness and itchiness.
  • Rosemary Oil: Rosemary oil is known for its ability to improve hair thickness and promote healthy hair growth. It also has antioxidant properties that protect the hair from damage caused by free radicals.
  • Lavender Oil: Lavender oil helps to soothe the scalp and reduce scalp inflammation. It also has a calming effect on the senses, promoting relaxation.

3. Advanced Scientific Technologies:

Monat combines natural ingredients with advanced scientific technologies to deliver targeted hair care solutions. Some key technologies used by the brand include:

  • Rejuvenique S™: This proprietary technology is a blend of rare oils, including Abyssinian oil and baobab oil, known for their nourishing and rejuvenating properties. Rejuvenique S™ helps to moisturize, strengthen, and revitalize the hair, restoring its natural shine and vibrancy.
  • Capixyl™: Capixyl™ is a peptide complex that supports hair health by strengthening the hair follicles, promoting hair growth, and reducing hair loss. It works to create a healthier environment for hair growth and a denser, fuller-looking mane.

These are just a few examples of the key ingredients that Monat incorporates into its hair care products. By combining the power of nature with scientific innovation, Monat aims to provide effective solutions for various hair concerns while prioritizing the overall health and well-being of your hair.

Is Monat FDA-approved? 

Monat Hair Review

After combing through their website, we learned that some ingredients that they use—such as colorants—are FDA approved. This does not mean that Monat products are cleared by the administration as a whole. Some online sources (albeit unreliable ones) stated that they are not authorized by any official authorities within the Food and Drug ministry. 

This Monat hair review uncovered a few unsavory reports that the company has made false claims of FDA approval on their website. For more details on this, we recommend reading up on a few articles online. 

How often should you wash your hair with Monat? 

Monat Hair Review

According to their website, customers should schedule their shower routines depending on their hair type. For instance, if you suffer from occasional oily roots, it’s best that you wash with Monat’s shampoos and conditioners on a daily basis. 

This Monat hair review also found out that users should normally clean their hair at least 3 or 4 times a week. Like most hair care formulas, it ultimately relies on trial and error. We suggest changing up your shower routine to see if Monat’s products work well in keeping those roots healthy and clean. 

What happens when you stop using Monat? 

Monat Hair Review

Whether it’s Pantene, Dove, or Monat, your hair will return back to its original state if left untreated. While we’re on the topic of use, we found a hefty amount of negative testimonials about the side effects of the brand’s products. Stay tuned, as we’ll give you the scoop later on in this critique. 

Who is Monat for? 

Monat Hair Review

Due to its marketing and given price, Monat seems to vibe with the older, upper-middle-class generation. The brand doesn’t do much to appeal to the younger crowd, as exemplified through their website design and product packaging.

This company is intended for those who can afford to spend $40 to $100 on hair and skin care goods. It’s also worth noting that Monat can appeal to all genders, as most of their products are optimized for all hair and skin types

Alternatives

While Monat has gained popularity for its natural and effective hair care products, there are several other brands in the market that offer compelling alternatives. Here are a few notable alternatives to consider alongside Monat:

Aveda: Aveda is a well-established brand renowned for its focus on natural and eco-friendly hair care products. They offer a wide range of hair care solutions that cater to different hair types and concerns. Aveda products often contain botanical extracts, essential oils, and plant-based ingredients, promoting hair health while incorporating sustainable practices.

Olaplex: Olaplex has gained a dedicated following for its innovative approach to hair repair and protection. Their products focus on rebuilding and strengthening damaged hair, particularly from chemical treatments and heat styling. Olaplex formulations contain unique ingredients that target and repair broken bonds within the hair, resulting in healthier, more resilient strands.

Briogeo: Briogeo is a clean hair care brand that combines natural ingredients with advanced technology. Their products are free from sulfates, silicones, parabens, and artificial dyes. Briogeo offers a variety of solutions for different hair concerns, including dryness, frizz, and damage. They utilize a range of plant-based extracts and oils to nourish and revitalize the hair.

Living Proof: Living Proof focuses on developing scientifically advanced hair care products backed by cutting-edge research. Their formulations aim to address specific hair challenges, such as frizz, volume, and color protection. Living Proof utilizes patented technologies and innovative ingredients to deliver results-driven solutions for various hair needs.

Rahua: Rahua is a brand that places a strong emphasis on sustainability and ethical sourcing. They offer luxurious hair care products crafted with organic, plant-derived ingredients sourced from the Amazon rainforest. Rahua’s formulations are designed to promote healthy, shiny hair while supporting the well-being of the environment and local communities.

Comparison: Monat vs. Oribe

Bang the gong; It’s time for a short throwdown of two luxury cosmetic brands. To help readers make a more informed decision, this Monat hair review will compare this company with Oribe. We’ll gloss over their range of products, their given prices, and how effective their formulas are. 

Oribe hosts dozens of tried-and-true formulas, ranging from hair oils to premium shampoos. They are quite expensive, but it seems that several customers and professional dressers are loving their effective products. This is especially due to their sprays and conditioners, which were great in imparting volume and frizz control. 

Monat Hair Review

On the other hand, Monat does have a certain advantage when it comes to products. Aside from hair formulas, they also have skincare. But, not many customers have praised this brand for their effective shampoos and conditioners. This doesn’t bode well for the company, or how expensive their items are. 

Monat Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Monat Hair Review

This Monat hair review was curious to see what customers thought about their purchases. From what we’ve gathered so far, it seems that the brand needs to go back to the drawing board when it comes to making effective products. 

Trustpilot holds over 3,658 testimonials with a poor ranking of 2.7 stars out of 5. To put more salt on the wound, the Better Business Bureau showcases a total of 596 complaints with only 208 cases resolved in the past year. 

39% of Trustpilot users detailed horror stories of their hair falling out after using their products. Others wrote dismal reviews about their lack of quality customer service, especially towards their membership program.

They are not professionals or scientists. My scalp was very dry and itchy afterwards and chunks of my hair came out every time I washed. Save your money, time and hair,” one Trustpilot reviewer wrote. 

Independent blogs, such as Home Sweet Home Maker and Baby Center, wrote a few harsh criticisms towards Monat hair care products. Both authors noted the hidden dangers of using their formulas for an extended period of time—as they were commonly linked to side effects. Other salient points included its hefty price and Monat’s confusing membership program

“Now that I don’t want to continue buying Monat, I have to pay $25 again to “unsubscribe” to my membership. The membership agreement says that if you don’t purchase two orders of $84 they have the right to “recapture” the fees, whatever that means,” reads the review by Home Sweet Home Maker. 

Despite the negativity, this Monat hair review uncovered a few positive testimonials online. According to 55% of Trustpilot users, alongside a couple independent bloggers, stated that their shampoos and treatments worked wonders in thickening and nourishing their hair

“I started my Monat journey and I am absolutely loving it! My hair is growing fast and strong and even my curls are starting to bounce back as they used to,” one Trustpilot reviewer wrote. 

Based on a review published by Sunsets & Stilettos, the author wrote an encouraging critique of how healthy and strong her locks looked after using the brand’s hair care products. She also posted some Monat before and after photos for better comparison. 

Is Monat Worth It?

Monat Hair Review

Unless you’re up for the risk, this brand unfortunately falls into the ‘third place’ category- according to this Monat hair review. This is mainly due to the majority of negative customer comments online and their bad reputation on the internet. 

While it’s common for some products to garner no real improvement for a couple of users, it should definitely send red flags if the formula in question is linked to several side effects

Additionally, it doesn’t help that Monat is under public scrutiny. There are several lawsuits tied to their shady business practices and harmful hair care products going back to 2015. On another note, the brand is also labeled as a pyramid scheme by many customers, bloggers, and media outlets. 

While we won’t go into detail of the company’s controversy on the internet, we do suggest that you educate yourself on articles published by The Atlantic and the Insider. Paired with their poor reputation, it seems that Monat isn’t worth the hefty price—for products that are rather risky, the $40 to $100 mark may not be worth it in the long run. 

Appearing to be a company that needs an overdue makeover when it comes to marketing and reputation, we suggest that you skip Monat as part of your hair care journey. 

Monat Promotions & Discounts 

Monat Hair Review

This Monat hair review discovered a few ways to help customers save money. To keep things simple to read, we’ll provide them in point-form down below:

  • 15% off on products with purchases $124+
  • 20% off on products with purchases $163+
  • 25% off on products with purchases $268+
  • 15% off on your next order if you sign up for their VIP program 

As of lately, this Monat hair review hasn’t come across an active Monat promo code that readers can use on their website. We suggest that you follow their social media pages (such as Facebook and Instagram) to receive any updates on future promotions and discounts! 

Where to Buy Monat

Monat Hair Review

Customers can buy their products by visiting monatglobal.com. You can also find them at select retailers such as Walmart or Amazon.

FAQ

Monat Hair Review

Where is Monat made? 

This Monat hair review found out that their hair care products are manufactured in the US. While we aren’t sure where their skincare formulas are made, we do know that their headquarters are based in Florida. 

Is Monat really natural? 

Monat states that their formulas use natural additives. This includes organic sugar cane, vinegar, and red clover extract. We suggest reading the ingredients list on your chosen product for further specifics. 

Does Monat really regrow hair?

Yes and no. Some customers report that Monat products are key in thickening and volumizing hair. Others state that it made their locks fall out after continuous use. 

Is Monat vegan and cruelty-free?

Yep! According to their website, Monat is vegan and cruelty-free. They are also Leaping Bunny Certified. 

What is Monat’s Shipping Policy?

This Monat hair review found that the brand ships to many different countries, including Canada, the United States, and Ireland. Depending on your total, the brand will add a fee for standard or express delivery. 

Fortunately, they will provide a tracking number to help customers locate their order. 

What is Monat’s Return Policy?

Monat has an extensive return policy for regular customers, VIP members, or market partners. As a general rule, they offer a 30-day money-back guarantee for all of their products. 

Monat will cover the affiliated shipping cost under some circumstances. To initiate the returns process, contact the brand’s customer service team. 

How to Contact Monat

For inquiries unrelated to this Monat hair review, you can contact the company through:

  • Phone number: (833) 750-4880
  • Email: [email protected]
  • Direct messaging them on their social media pages 

Monat’s customer service team operates between Monday to Friday, 8 AM–11 PM, and weekends on 8 AM–5 PM ET


Need some hair alternatives? Check out these other brands we recommend below:

Oribe Hair

Amika

LUS Brands

Olaplex

Nioxon

About The Beard Club

The Beard Club Review

The Beard Club is a subscription box for men offering products to help you grow and maintain a luscious, healthy beard with minimal effort.

Operating out of its New Jersey office, this one-stop online store for the bearded saves time, energy, and money by offering products for your facial fur at your doorstep.

If you are still with me reading The Beard Club review, you probably fall into one of those categories: You have a mane you’re struggling to tame, or you have a scraggly stubble you’re grappling to grow out. The Beard Club beard kit can help you with both.

So, besides the marketing, what is it about The Beard Club that has so many men marching to its call? To find an answer, I combed through multiple customer reviews online and trimmed out fluff from ads to bring you this The Beard Club review, which will help you decide if this is your last stop for a healthy beard.

Pros and Cons

The Beard Club Review

Before going deeper in the service, pricing, and more, let’s break down some potential pros and cons of The Beard Club:

Pros

  • Wide range of products: The Beard Club offers a diverse range of grooming products, which allows customers to choose the products that best suit their needs and preferences.
  • Good quality: The products offered by The Beard Club are generally of good quality and have received positive reviews from many customers.
  • Good customer service: The brand has a reputation for good customer service, including responsive and helpful support and easy returns and exchanges.

Cons

  • Expensive: Some customers may find The Beard Club’s products to be expensive compared to similar products offered by other brands.
  • Strong fragrance: Some customers may find the fragrances used in The Beard Club’s products to be overpowering or unpleasant.

How Does The Beard Club Work?

The Beard Club Review

First off, The Beard Club does not offer one-time orders without signing up to be a club member. Here’s a breakdown of the sign-up process:

  1. Create your customized Beard Box by selecting products from The Beard Club’s official website or choose from among the brand’s popular kits
  2. Continue creating your account by providing your shipping address and billing information
  3. Your Beard Box, with beard care products and any one-time accessory selected, will be shipped
  4. Your subscription will be automatically renewed and billed every month and you’ll receive a shipment

If customers would like more products sent before the scheduled delivery date, they can update their subscription. You can also modify, pause, or cancel the subscription at any point.

So, how does The Beard Club do it? That’s why my The Beard Club review is here. The company curated its kits into three categories: Growth kits, Trimmer kits, and Grooming kits.

Each of The Beard Club kits contains a combination of the brand’s products–oils (The Beard Club’s best seller), moisturizers, shampoos, balms, body wash, wax, and tools (trimmers, combs, razors, and beard scissors)

The Beard Club Growth Kits

The Beard Club Review

For this The Beard Club review, I looked into the subscription Growth kits, including The Starter Kit, The Advanced Kit, and The Ultimate Kit.

The Starter Kit

The Starter Kit is the ideal, cost-effective way to kick-start your growth journey with its combination of Growth Vitamins, Growth Oil, and a free Beard Comb.  

The Growth Vitamins, which come in a bottle with 60 pills, contain more than 20 essential vitamins and minerals, such as Biotin and MSM, known for their positive effect on hair growth. They also contain Zinc and Vitamin D to support healthy testosterone.

The Growth Oil comes in a 1 oz bottle and is a blend of healthy oils such as Castor and Coconut Oil. The oil, when applied topically, strengthens roots, thickens hair, and eliminates itch while softening skin and split ends.

Priced at $33, there’s a reason why this kit is among The Beard Club’s top sellers. There are plenty of The Beard Club beard before and after photos to prove how effective the products are.

The free comb (made from solid Pearwood and with wide teeth) is a thoughtful addition to the kit that complements the other products well.

The Advanced Kit

If you’ve tried The Starter Kit, and you quite like the result, it’s time to level up with The Advanced Kit.

A lot of growth and a bit of grooming is how customers describe The Advanced Kit, which includes Beard Growth Vitamins, Beard Growth Oil, Beard Growth Vitamin Spray,  Beard Shampoo, and three free gifts with your first order to keep your beard game strong. 

The Growth Vitamin Spray, which comes in a 1 oz bottle, is a blend of nutrients and oils like Biotin, Bamboo, Vitamin D, Peppermint, and Lavender Hydrosol. This exquisite cocktail will help you keep your fuzz hydrated all day.    

With its all-natural blend of Rosemary Extract, Aloe Vera and natural oils like Coconut, Castor, and Jojoba, The Beard Club’s Beard Shampoo is specifically formulated to clean and condition beards. That’s not all: it also detangles, moisturizes, and refreshes your beard while keeping the follicles healthy and dandruff-free

A key feature that emerged is its comprehensive packaging and the inclusion of the free gifts: a mustache comb crafted from Sandalwood, a beard brush made with Birchwood, and a beard brush designed with Pearwood. At $59, the kit is a steal for a killer stubble.  

Ultimate Growth Kit + Trimmer

At $115, The Beard Club beard kit, Ultimate Growth Kit + Trimmer can cause a dent in your household expenses, but once you unwrap the box and see your tried and tested products within, it’s a small price to pay. 

The Ultimate Beard Growth Kit contains all the brand’s products to support the growth of a healthy beard (Growth Vitamins, Growth Oil, Growth Vitamin Spray, and Beard Shampoo), along with an additional goodie: A PT45 Trimmer.

The Ultimate Growth Kit + Trimmer also comes with a folding comb for portability and a brown tweed travel bag with leather accents. 

Backed with a one-year limited warranty, the versatile PT45 Trimmer is perfect for your beard, hair, and body, and comes with a twist handle for 5 different cutting lengths and a rechargeable battery. 

The Beard Club Trimmer Kits

This Beard Club review looked into the brand’s popular trimmer packages including The PT45 Trimmer Starter Kit, The PT45 Trimmer Deluxe Kit, and The PT45 Trimmer Premium Kit.

PT45 Trimmer Starter Kit

The Beard Club’s PT45 Trimmer Starter Kit is perfect for the most unruly beards. The kit features the PT45 Trimmer with a LED display stand and 8 trimmer guides, paired with Beard Cream, Sandalwood Beard Oil, Growth Vitamin Spray, Beard Shampoo, and Sandalwood Beard Balm.  

Powered by a 7,000 RPM motor, the PT45 Trimmer is tipped with a silver titanium-coated ceramic moving blade and comes with a travel lock to prevent accidents.

The trimmer’s 3.7 V lithium-ion rechargeable battery has 3 hours of runtime per charge. No, this one isn’t just for your beard.

The Beard Club Review

The PT45 Trimmer Start Kit also includes a Sandalwood Balm (1 oz) made with a natural blend of Sweet Almonds, Orange Peel, and Amber Oils, which will help you style your beard without leaving a stiff residue. The Sandalwood Oil comes in a 0.5 oz bottle and is popular for its aroma and conditioning properties. 

The Beard Cream (2 oz), with its blend of natural Coco-Glucoside, Aloe Vera, and Shea Butter leaves your beard soft and tamed. At $81, this multifaceted kit could be a sweet deal and an ideal Christmas gift. 

PT45 Trimmer Deluxe Kit

Owning a beard isn’t a fad for you. It’s a lifestyle. You preach it. People around you talk about it. Well, The Beard Club’s PT45 Trimmer Deluxe Kit is for you.

The kit includes the PT45 Timmer, Beard Cream, Sandalwood Beard Oil, Growth Vitamin Spray, Beard Growth Oil, Beard Shampoo, Sandalwood Beard Balm, Beard Brush and its additional star: A Straight Edge Razor.  

The Beard Club Review

The Beard Club’s Straight Edge Razor, made in an attractive black, stainless design, is perfectly balanced and weighted for easy maneuvering.

It comes with 10 stainless steel razors. At $106, this kit has everything you need to grow, style, and maintain your facial hair and that jawline after your bearded days.   

PT45 Trimmer Premium Kit

The PT45 Trimmer Premium Kit has everything you need to grow a luscious beard that is bound to make heads turn. At $127, it’s packed with an extensive collection of products besides the trimmer.

The PT45 Trimmer Premium Kit comes with the PT45 Trimmer, Beard Cream, Sandalwood Beard Oil, Growth Vitamin Spray, Beard Growth Oil, Beard Shampoo, Sandalwood Beard Balm, Beard Brush, Straight Edge Razor, Wooden Folding Comb, Sandalwood Mustache Comb, and a Travel Bag. 

The Beard Club Grooming Kits

Finally, I explored The Starter Beard Care Kit and The Deluxe Beard Grooming Kit

Starter Beard Care Kit

Popping Vitamins and trimming beard fuzz is a lot of work. It’s time to pamper yourself a little with soothing balms and scented oils.      

The Beard Club’s Starter Beard Care Kit includes a Beard Shampoo, Cedar Beard Oil, Cedar Beard Balm, and Boar Bristle Brush. A Straight Edge Razor, 10 stainless steel blades, and a Black Leather Razor case are thrown into the mix for free

While many of these products feature in The Beard Club’s trimmer and growth kits, some of them are exclusive to the company’s grooming division: The Cedar Beard Balm and Cedar Beard Oil, for example. 

The Cedar Beard Balm, popular among those sporting a stubble, is a blend of natural ingredients that will help you fight the itchy phase when your beard is just growing out. It also provides hydration and conditioning for softer skin and beard. 

The Cedar Beard Oil minimizes beard itch by keeping your beard and skin moisturized and nourished with its blend of Cedar Wood Oil and Sweet Almond Oil.

Pamper yourself with the Starter Beard Care Kit, priced quite reasonably at $38.   

Deluxe Beard Grooming Kit

The Beard Club’s Deluxe Beard Grooming Kit has everything you need to look, smell, and feel great without fretting too much over the cost. 

This beard grooming kit includes a Beard Shampoo, Sandalwood Beard Oil, Sandalwood Beard Balm, Beard Cream, Body Wash, Straight-Edge Razor, Boar Bristle Beard Brush, Beard Club Travel Bag, Folding Beard Comb, and Beard Scissors.

The Beard Scissors are made of stainless steel and have a silicone finger grip for precision. Don’t stop at just trimming your beard; match your sharp bearded look with a groomed mustache and trimmed nostril hair.   

The body wash included in this kit is made with a blend of Rosemary, Cedarwood, and Coconut.  At $79, this is a sweet deal for your beard, face, and soul. 

The Beard Club Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

The Beard Club Review

While researching for The Beard Club review, it is clear that customers have given The Beard Club bead kit mixed reviews, with reactions ranging from skepticism to unrestrained plaudits. Does The Beard Club work?

Customers who’ve used The Beard Club’s products for beard growth vouch for them. On Amazon, of the 241 customer ratings, 55% have given The Beard Club’s Beard Growth Vitamins 5-star. Here is an objective The Beard Club review:  

It isn’t a miracle product. The process was slow. Still, I recommend buying it and trying it. No negative side effects and my patches are closing. I even smell better. Can’t say it will work for everyone but it is definitely worth trying.”

Customers are unanimous in their praise for The Beard Club’s beard grooming products, particularly the brand’s scented oil and balm.  

Is The Beard Club Worth It?

The Beard Club Review

As one of the most comprehensive subscription boxes for bearded men, with a variety of products at a reasonable price, I’d conclude this The Beard Club review by saying that the subscription is definitely worth trying.   

If you’re skeptical, start with The Beard Club’s lower-end kit, and work your way to other products. The brand’s flexible subscription also allows you to modify your monthly kit based on your needs and preferences.    

The Beard Club Promotions & Discounts 

The Beard Club offers a Rewards Program. Simply join, earn points, and redeem your points for special discounts and offers. You can earn points by simply:

  • Adding The Beard Club on Instagram (5 points) 
  • Signing up for The Beard Club (15 points)
  • Reviewing a product (25 points) 

Where to Buy The Beard Club

The Beard Club review

At the time of this The Beard Club review, I found a few purchase options:

  • Sephora 
  • The Beard Club Amazon
  • The brand’s website at TheBeardClub.com 

FAQ

Does The Beard Club help grow beard hair?

During my research for The Beard Club review, I found out that the brand offers products (pills and spray) that are a blend of vitamins and minerals to help you thicken and grow your beard. While the products have their share of skeptics, most customers who’ve used them vouch for their effectiveness. 

How long does it take for The Beard Club to ship?

The Beard Club will have your boxes shipped within 1-3 business days and your products should arrive within 7-10 business days from when it was shipped (8-16 days for Canadian shipments).

How do I cancel my Beard Club membership?

The Beard Club’s customers can skip a monthly shipment by logging into their account and under the ‘Next Shipment’ tab, click ‘Skip’ to skip one month. You could also click the ‘Edit’ option to change the shipment frequency in which you receive individual products. 

If you’d still like to cancel your subscription, follow these steps: 

  1. Log into your account and click on ‘Overview’
  2. Scroll to your subscription and click ‘Cancel Plan’

Even if you cancel your monthly plan, you will still be a part of the club, which means you have access to Beard Club merchandise, receive beard care tips, and be a part of the Rewards Program.  

If at any point customers need more beard products and would like to resubscribe, they can simply log back into their account and reactivate their old subscription. 

How to Contact The Beard Club

If you still have questions after The Beard Club review, you can write to them at [email protected], or send a message to their Facebook page. The company strives to respond within 2 business days.


Explore more options with other top grooming brands:

Bevel Shave

Supply.Co

Scotch Porter

Looking for a below the belt trimmer? Check out Meridian Grooming and Manscaped.

About Plexaderm

Plexaderm Review

It’s a blessing to age, but the process isn’t always easy. As the years fly by, our faces change before (and under) our very eyes. We try to turn back time with expensive creams, chemical peels, more water, less meat…the whole lot. One survey found that 62% of Americans use anti-aging products daily.

But sometimes, our efforts just don’t work. And if they do, they sure are taking a long time to show and are using a lot of money we just don’t have. Plexaderm was created to help men and women combat the signs of aging in just 10 minutes. 

Wrinkles and sagging result in part when the skin becomes less elastic[2], which happens naturally with age. Developed at the Sheer Science headquarters in Boca Raton, Florida, the product pulls your skin taut, decreasing wrinkles and puffiness.

The brand’s website is bursting with testimonials and heartfelt letters from users who are overjoyed that they finally found a solution to wrinkled and sagging skin. 

Plexaderm offers a fast-acting anti-aging solution to reduce the look of wrinkles, puffiness, and sagging skin. The powerful product tightens skin for a smoother, more youthful appearance in 10 minutes.

While there are certainly no negative physical effects to wrinkly skin, its effects on psychological well-being[1] are another story. Dissatisfaction with one’s skin can contribute to low self-esteem, poor self-perception, and thus lower quality of life. If this sounds like you, an anti-aging problem could do wonders for both your skin and mind.

This Plexaderm review will closely examine the skin-perfecting product, explaining how to use it, what effects it has, and if it really works. You’ll also read genuine customer reviews and information on promotions to help you decide if it’s worth your time and money. Let’s begin by looking at Plexaderm’s pros and cons.

Pros and Cons

Plexaderm Review

Plexaderm is designed to reduce the appearance of wrinkles, fine lines, and under-eye bags. Some potential pros and cons include:

Pros:

  • Instant results: Plexaderm claims to provide visible results in just a few minutes of application, which can be useful for special occasions.
  • Non-invasive: Unlike cosmetic procedures like Botox or fillers, Plexaderm is a topical treatment that doesn’t require any needles or injections.
  • Easy to use: The product comes in a convenient applicator, making it easy to apply and integrate into a daily skincare routine.

Cons:

  • Temporary effects: The effects of Plexaderm only last for a few hours, so it needs to be reapplied throughout the day to maintain results.
  • May cause irritation: Some users have reported experiencing irritation, redness, or dryness after using Plexaderm. It’s important to patch test the product before applying it to the face.
  • Expensive: Plexaderm is relatively expensive compared to other skincare products on the market.

Smoothing out the skin around your eyes is just one way to use this serum. Apply it to smile lines and forehead creases to rewind the clock.

Recent Studies About Skincare

Suppose you’ve landed on my Plexaderm review because you’re struggling with a skin issue. If you don’t already know some of the science behind skincare, it can’t hurt to check out what recent studies have to say.

  • A 2022 study compared the efficacy and tolerability of a novel topical skin care regimen vs. standard of care in subjects with mild to moderate acne vulgaris. The results showed that the novel topical skin care regimen was more effective and well-tolerated than the standard of care.
  • Acetyl hexapeptide 30[14] is a longer chain acetyl molecule that plays an essential role in anti-aging by encouraging the production of collagen.
  • A 2019 study investigated the effects of propylene glycol on skin texture, tone, and radiance in women aged 35-65 years. The results showed that the use of the product for 8 weeks led to significant improvements in skin hydration, texture, and radiance, as well as a reduction in the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles.

Ingredients

Plexaderm Review

The main active ingredient in Plexaderm is sodium silicate, which is designed to form a temporary tightening layer on the skin.

Other ingredients in Plexaderm include:

  • Acetyl hexapeptide-8: a peptide that is thought to help relax the muscles around the eyes, reducing the appearance of wrinkles.
  • Hydrolyzed rice protein: a protein that can moisturize and nourish the skin.
  • Propylene glycol: a common cosmetic ingredient that is used as a solvent and a humectant, helping to keep the skin hydrated.

Benefits

Some of the benefits of Plexaderm are:

  1. Reduces wrinkles and fine lines: The acetyl hexapeptide-8 in Plexaderm can help reduce the appearance of wrinkles and fine lines.
  2. Reduces under-eye bags: Sodium silicate in Plexaderm can help tighten the skin and reduce the appearance of under-eye bags.
  3. Moisturizes the skin: Propylene glycol is a humectant that can help attract and retain moisture in the skin, keeping it hydrated.
  4. Non-invasive alternative to cosmetic procedures: Plexaderm offers a non-invasive and affordable option for those who want to reduce the signs of aging without undergoing cosmetic procedures.

How to Use

Here are the steps on how to use Plexaderm:

  1. Cleanse your face and pat dry.
  2. Take a small amount of Plexaderm and dot it under your eyes or on any areas you want to target.
  3. Gently smooth and blend the product over the area until it is absorbed.
  4. Keep your face expressionless for 10 minutes while the product dries and sets.
  5. Once the product is dry, you can apply makeup or other skincare products as desired.

It’s important to note that you should only use a small amount of Plexaderm, as a little goes a long way. Also, avoid using too much pressure when applying the product, as this can prevent it from properly absorbing into your skin.

3 Best-Selling Plexaderm Products

The key ingredient responsible for the dramatic results produced by Plexaderm is sodium silicate. Also known as “liquid glass,” this ingredient forms a thin film[3] wherever it is applied to the skin. Together with magnesium sodium silicate, sodium silicate pulls the skin taut, resulting in a smooth, lifted look.

In this section of this Plexaderm review, I’ll go over the brand’s signature product and how much use you’ll get out of each bottle.

The brand only offers one product, so I’ll look at their various sizes, including the Trial, 1-Bottle, and 3-Bottle options. Let’s get started!

Plexaderm 6 Application Trial Review 

If you’re skeptical about Plexaderm rapid reduction serum, then the trial size is a great place to start. It’s a no-risk option that lets you be the judge of if the product works before you commit to buying a full size. 

One study[4] found that a significant proportion of women question the effectiveness of anti-aging products, so this trial-size version of the product is a great way to test it out before committing.

The Plexaderm Trial Offer comes with 6 applications, more than enough to see what all the fuss is about. There are 6 individual portions of the serum, so how much you use depends on how large of an area you are applying it to. 

This packet could be enough for 3-6 eye treatments, but if you are interested in using it on your entire face, this 6 Application Trial may just last for one use. See the results for yourself for only $15

Plexaderm 1-Bottle Review 

You’ve seen the results on TV and you’re ready to see your own in the mirror. Or, perhaps you’ve just finished your Trial Offer

The 1-Bottle version should be enough for about 30 days, but keep in mind it may last for more or less time depending on how much of your face you are applying it to, or how severe the wrinkles around your eyes are. 

With a recommended sale value of $120, you can get 1 bottle of Plexaderm serum for $60.  

Plexaderm 3-Bottles Review 

The great thing about Plexaderm is that you only need to use it when you want to. You won’t need to worry about missing a day in your treatment and how that might hold back your results in the long run. 

Whenever you put on Plexaderm eye cream, it works. Results vary, of course, but the point is that it’s totally up to you as to how often or when you use it. 

The 3-Bottles offer is huge, knocking the Plexaderm cost down to $40 per bottle. This is enough for about 3 months of everyday use. You may find that it lasts even longer when you choose not to use it on the weekends or skip a few days here and there 

With an MSRP of $360, you can get 3-Bottles now for $120

Who is Plexaderm For?

Plexaderm Review

Plexaderm is for anyone who wants to reduce the appearance of wrinkles around their eyes, face, or neck. It can be used by any men and women daily that have deep lines, under-eye bags, or wrinkles around their eyes. 

Suitable for those over 50 years of age, this product can be used by any adult who wants a smoother facial appearance. 

Who Should Not Use Plexaderm? 

Plexaderm Review

If you have a known allergy or sensitivity to any of the ingredients in Plexaderm, it’s best to avoid using the product to prevent an adverse reaction. However, if you’ve read through the ingredients listed in this Plexaderm review and you know that none of them irritate you, then you’re in the clear.

What Do Experts Think? 

Plexaderm Review

 

There are a limited number of studies on Plexaderm specifically, but some studies have examined the efficacy of ingredients found in Plexaderm. For example:

  • A study published in the Journal of Cosmetic Dermatology found that acetyl hexapeptide-8 (one of the ingredients in Plexaderm) may have potential as a topical anti-aging treatment.
  • Another study in the International Journal of Cosmetic Science reported that hydrolyzed rice protein (another ingredient in Plexaderm) can help improve the hydration and texture of skin.

Alternatives 

Plexaderm Review

The titular product of my Plexaderm review isn’t the only skincare out there. Here are three similar brands worth checking out:

  • No BS Skincare: No BS uses plant-based ingredients like coconut oil, cucumber, rose hip, and caffeine in their various products that can reduce acne, undereye circles, and wrinkles.
  • Sunday Riley Skincare: Sunday Riley is known for using a variety of natural ingredients, such as blue tansy, avocado oil, and chamomile, in addition to scientifically-proven actives like retinol and vitamin C. Sunday Riley products are also cruelty-free and free of parabens, sulfates, and phthalates.
  • Murad Skincare: Murad is the first doctor-founded clinical skincare company that uses hearty ingredients like hyaluronic acid, coconut extract, shea butter, and avocado oil.

Plexaderm Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Plexaderm Review

You may have seen Plexaderm on TV and were taken aback by the dramatic results that appeared right before your eyes. You may have also shooed away the thought that it could work for you the same way. TV magic, right? 

The brand’s website has some pretty convincing testimonials, but sometimes checking reviews from outside sources yields more detailed and (possibly) more truthful feedback. 

That’s why in this section of my Plexaderm review, I’ll show you what I found after a lengthy web search for honest customer reviews. I looked for in-depth analyses as well as complaints to provide a balanced view of the product. 

The Plexaderm review page on review.io displays an average rating of 4.5/5 stars awarded by more than 1,700 buyers as of May 2023.

Most customers were overjoyed there, with one writing, “I absolutely love my plexiderm especially the new packaging!!! I’m almost out so I will be ordering in the next couple of weeks!!

Next, I headed over to Trustpilot, where I found more than 200 reviews on Plexaderm’s page as of May 2023. Happy customers reveal the product truly works and that many of them have been using it for years. 

One of many commenters gushed about the product: “You will look like you had a facelift and it lasts all day. So happy there is a product like this available for it will save lots of people from having surgery.” 

This is such a crucial point because the results of Plexaderm look natural, unlike plastic surgery, which can look… anything but. 

However, the overall Trustpilot rating was pretty alarming. After reading a few pages of negative reviews, I found that most were with regards to the bottle and pump not working.

Here’s how one customer summarized the issue in their Plexaderm review. “The product is great and really works. The only thing I do not like is the new packaging it comes in now. I liked the older packaging thought it is easier to use.”

The brand notes that it can take about 20 pumps or longer to prime the bottle, and if no product is coming out, try running it under warm water as it could be clumped together in the pump. 

Plexaderm is covered under the name of True Earth Health Products on the Better Business Bureau. The parent brand has an A+ rating thanks to the 20 complaints that were all resolved within the last 3 years. Most of the complaints are about faulty packaging or wrongful charges. One or two say the product didn’t work, but those are few and far between.

For such a well-known brand, 20 issues on the BBB is pretty good. Of course, none would be better, but they’ve resolved all of them, so I at least know their customer service is good. Additionally, they hold an average score of 3/5 stars based on two customer reviews as of May 2023.

Many of the negative Plexaderm reviews come from customers who highlight that the product does not have long-term results – but that’s okay because it’s not supposed to. Plexaderm only claims to be a 10-hour skin tightening formula that can be enjoyed for the day, and judging by the positive reviews, they seem to deliver on this product.

Is Plexaderm Worth It?

Plexaderm Review

The company isn’t exactly a skincare brand, but they do offer products other than the Plexaderm Rapid Reduction Cream Plus. The brand doesn’t hide the fact that their products are not long-lasting.

When looking at the product from a temporary makeup perspective, it’s absolutely amazing. I’ve seen the results in real life, but know the product can be finicky and it may be difficult to wear under certain types of makeup. 

The only other concern I have about the product is its ingredients. Although the product has been deemed safe for cosmetic use, most, if not all, of the ingredients are synthetic and can potentially cause irritation. So, be sure to test patch the formula first before using it on your face.

Plexaderm side effects include dermatitis and redness. If you do use it and don’t like it, the brand has a 30-day money-back guarantee. 

All in all, I recommend the brand for those looking for a temporary solution to counter the skin’s natural aging process.

Plexaderm Promotions & Discounts 

Plexaderm Review

Throughout this Plexaderm review, we kept an eye out for any deals the brand has up on their website. Here’s what we found:

  • Free continental US shipping
  • July 4th Special 50-67% off your order (Plexaderm coupon code is automatically applied at checkout)

Where to Buy Plexaderm

Plexaderm Review

To get the best deals on your first order, I suggest buying directly from Plexaderm.com. The brand can also be found at Walmart, Amazon, and other pharmacies and retailers in your area. 

FAQ

Plexaderm Review

Where is Plexaderm Made? 

Plexaderm is made by Sheer Science, a cosmetic skin science company located in Farmingdale, New York. 

Is Plexaderm vegan and cruelty-free? 

The skin-tightening product is not tested on animals, and while I wasn’t able to find if the brand is completely vegan, the small Plexaderm ingredients list does not appear to have animal-derived ingredients. I’m not a scientist, so I can’t say for sure. 

Is Plexaderm Safe to Use Daily? 

Plexaderm is safe to use every day, but if you have a skin condition or extremely sensitive skin, be sure to do a test patch before applying to a larger area. 

The brand has stated that using too much of the product on your skin in a single dose may not be healthy for your skin, so only use the smallest amount of product needed to see results. 

Is Plexaderm a Moisturizer? 

It is not a moisturizer per se, but it does attract and keep moisture in the skin. The product is more so like an adhesive that temporarily tightens your skin. 

If you’ve ever done one, think of how a gel facial mask feels tight on your skin after it dries. Plexaderm works the same way as it gently pulls your skin with it to flatten out puffiness and lines. 

How Often Should You Use Plexaderm? 

How often you use it is completely up to you. As a temporary treatment, it does not give long-term results. You can use it every day or only when you feel like it

Can You Wear Makeup Over Plexaderm? 

Yes, you can, but wait 20 minutes before you apply makeup. Be sure the makeup has an oil-free formula to prevent the product from breaking down. 

If you wear concealer, you can actually mix your dose of Plexaderm into your concealer and apply the same way you would normally. The same results will show. 

What is Plexaderm’s Shipping Policy?

Plexaderm orders normally ship out in 1-2 days from when you place them online. The brand only ships to the US and Canada, and shipping rates vary by weight. 

If you live outside of those locations, use any other contact methods at the bottom of this Plexaderm review to get in touch with customer service. 

If you selected Standard Shipping at checkout, your order should arrive in 5-7 business days. If you choose Expedited, you should see it in 2-3 business days. Standard Shipping is free within the continental US. 

What is Plexaderm’s Return Policy?

Plexaderm comes with a 30-Day Satisfaction Guarantee that states if you are not happy or do not see results from using the product for 30 days, you can get a full refund. This applies to your first month’s supply only. 

For all other orders, if you wish to return a product, you can do so within 30 days as well, but the product needs to be unopened. To start the return process, call Plexaderm’s customer service department and let them know the following details:

  1. Name
  2. Order Confirmation
  3. Reason for Request

Be sure to include these within your return package as well, addressed to:

Sheer Science
Attn: Returns Department
PO Box 61553
Savannah, GA 31420

The brand urges customers to ship via USPS with insurance, just in case. 

How to Contact Plexaderm

If you need any other information that wasn’t included in this Plexaderm review, you can use the 2 contact methods below to get in touch with the brand:


Looking for more ways to keep your skin smooth and glowing? Check out these options below:

Proven

True Botanicals

Timeless

Versed Skincare

NuFACE Skincare

About Riversol

Riversol Products Review

Leave those homemade sugar scrubs and face masks behind. Riversol offers professional-grade skin care products designed for every concern. And the better our skincare, the better our mood and mental health, according to one study.

Dermatologist-tested, this cosmetic brand provides its own formulas when it comes to cleansers, makeup removers, and serums.

Dr. Rivers is the kind of person that goes above and beyond the call of duty. Throughout his 20 years of dermatology experience, he knew all the ins and outs of the skincare industry. More specifically, he knew what products to avoid or recommend.

Unfortunately, Dr. Rivers found that when it came to cosmetic products, most formulas were packed with fragrances and harmful dyes. 

Wanting to help his future patients, he decided to create his own skincare brand. With the help of a local chemist, Riversol was born in Vancouver, Canada. This cosmetic company utilizes Beta-Thujaplicin as its central ingredient, which is key for reducing sun spots and other imperfections. 

Is it time to leave it to the professionals? I’ll answer that question for you in this Riversol products review. In this article, I’ll provide an in-depth look at the brand’s ingredients, their formulas, customer ratings, promotions, and more, to help you decide if they’re worth checking out. Let’s begin by looking at their pros and cons. 

Pros and Cons

Riversol Products Review

 Pros:

  1. Developed by a dermatologist: Riversol was developed by Dr. Jason Rivers, a dermatologist with over 30 years of experience. This means that the products are formulated with medical expertise and scientific research in mind.
  2. Gentle and effective ingredients: Riversol uses gentle yet effective ingredients such as Vitamin C, antioxidants, and peptides to nourish and improve the skin’s appearance.
  3. Customizable skincare routines: Riversol offers customized skincare routines based on skin type and individual concerns, which can help users achieve optimal results.
  4. Good customer reviews: Many customers have left positive reviews about Riversol products, praising their effectiveness in improving the appearance of their skin.

Cons:

  1. Premium price point: Riversol products are relatively expensive compared to other skincare brands, which may make them less accessible to some consumers.
  2. Limited product range: Riversol’s catalog is relatively limited, which may not offer as much variety for consumers with specific skin concerns.
  3. Limited availability: Riversol skincare products are primarily sold online or through select dermatologists, which may not be as convenient for some consumers.
  4. Potential for irritation: While Riversol products are formulated to be gentle, some individuals may still experience skin irritation or allergic reactions to certain ingredients.

Overall, Riversol is a well-regarded skincare brand that has received positive feedback from many customers. However, the premium price point and limited availability may be drawbacks for some consumers.

The brand offers a wide assortment of skincare goodies like serums, sunscreens, and cleansers. If you’re looking to treat a specific concern, shoppers can peruse through their organized sections dedicated to acne or anti-aging. 

Need a head start? Don’t worry; this Riversol products review will go through a few of their best-selling formulas down below. 

Recent Studies on Skincare

If you’ve landed on my Riversol products review because you’re struggling with a skin issue (such as hyperpigmentation, dry skin, age spots, and more), it might be helpful to read some recent studies about skincare ingredients that are present in products on the market.

  • A 2021 study evaluated the efficacy and tolerability of a topical serum containing adenosine and vitamin C in reducing wrinkles and dark circles in subjects with periorbital hyperpigmentation and wrinkles. The results showed significant improvement in wrinkles and dark circles with good tolerability.
  • Vitamin C plays a role in skin health by accelerating the production of collagen and elastin, as well as restoring a youthful, glowy look. 
  • This study discusses how glycolic acid works to break the bonds between the outer layer of skin cells, gently exfoliating and aiding in excess shedding.
  • Hyaluronic acid is a powerful humectant that can hold up to 1,000 times its weight in water, making it an excellent ingredient for hydrating the skin. Hyaluronic acid can improve skin hydration, reduce the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles, and improve skin elasticity.

Ingredients

Riversol Products Review

Riversol uses a variety of ingredients in its skincare products that are known for their nourishing and revitalizing properties, including the following:

  1. Vitamin C: A powerful antioxidant that helps to brighten the skin, reduce hyperpigmentation, and improve skin texture. Riversol uses a stabilized form of Vitamin C in its products to ensure maximum effectiveness.
  2. Peptides: Amino acids that help to stimulate collagen production and improve skin elasticity. The peptides Riversol uses help reduce the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles.
  3. Niacinamide: Also known as Vitamin B3, this ingredient helps to strengthen the skin’s barrier function and improve its overall texture. Riversol includes niacinamide to help soothe and hydrate the skin.
  4. Hyaluronic acid: A humectant that helps to hydrate and plump the skin by attracting moisture from the environment. Riversol uses hyaluronic acid to help improve skin hydration and texture.
  5. Retinol: A form of Vitamin A that helps to increase cell turnover and improve skin texture. Riversol products include a gentle form of retinol to help reduce the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles.

Overall, these ingredients work together to help nourish, hydrate, and improve the appearance of the skin.

How to Use

Riversol Products Review

Here are some general steps to use Riversol products:

  1. Begin with clean skin: Start with a gentle cleanser to remove any dirt or makeup from your skin.
  2. Apply toner (if using): Some Riversol products come with a toner, which is designed to balance your skin’s pH and improve product absorption.
  3. Apply serum: Serums are lightweight, fast-absorbing liquids that deliver active ingredients to the skin. Apply a few drops of the Riversol serum to your face, neck, and chest, and gently massage it in.
  4. Apply moisturizer: Moisturizers help to hydrate and protect your skin. Apply a small amount of Riversol moisturizer to your face and neck, and gently massage it in.
  5. Use sunscreen (if using during the day): Sunscreen is important for protecting your skin from UV damage. Apply a broad-spectrum sunscreen with an SPF of at least 30 on top of your moisturizer.
  6. Repeat the routine: For best results, use Riversol products twice a day, in the morning and evening.

It’s important to note that the specific steps and products may vary depending on the Riversol product line you are using. Be sure to read the product instructions carefully and consult with a dermatologist if you have any questions or concerns.

5 Best-Selling Riversol Products

Stuck in those teenage years? I know how you feel. My yearbook photo serves as a bad memory of hormonal zits and redness. For those who aspire to have a blemish-free face, this Riversol products review will highlight a couple of their fan favorites for readers to try out. 

Riversol Exfoliating Glycolic Peel Review

It’s time to treat your complexion like a precious piece of China. Designed for sensitive skin, the Exfoliating Glycolic Peel is formulated to buff out those roughened textures. It gives you that coveted ‘Instagram glow’ by effectively unclogging pores.

This Riversol glycolic peel is also enhanced with Beta-T antioxidants and vitamin E for a boost in protection and nourishment. It contains 4% AHA to remove those stubborn dead skin cells from your face. 

Best followed with your choice in cleanser, moisturizer, and serum, the Exfoliating Glycolic Peel costs $55 in total.

Customers say: “One of the best glycolic peels and I’ve tried many. My skin felt and looked firmer. Softer. I just loved no gritty exfoliation.”

Riversol Anti-Redness Serum Review 

Unless you love the ‘Kool-Aid man aesthetic’, it’s best to treat those rosy cheeks and forehead with the Anti-Redness Serum. It’s formulated with a blend of Beta-T antioxidants and vitamins E and C. Altogether, these ingredients prove effective in reducing sun damage, refining wrinkles, and blurring any signs of dark spots. 

Users can also apply this treatment as an anti-aging product, as it’s safe for sensitive skin. Ideally paired with the Riversol refreshing gel cleanser to help loosen up those tight spots, the Anti-Redness Serum is priced at $69

Customers say: “I started using this about 6 months ago and I never break out and my skin is not red anymore! I had spots that wouldn’t heal for months and looked horrible! The spots started healing immediately and I bought the Corrector too to heal the scars!

Riversol Anti-Aging Trio Review 

Is your face calling for an early retirement? Keep those ideas at bay with the Anti-Aging Trio. This 3-in-1 set contains the Daily Moisturizing Cream, The Hydrating Cream Cleanser, and the Anti-Aging Reparative Serum. 

These formulas work in tandem to defeat fine lines, dark spots, and uneven skin tones. Think of it as the real-life Photoshop blur tool. This Powerpuff team of products can also unclog pores and decrease signs of hyperpigmentation. 

Intended for all skin types, including dry, normal, combination, or oily, the Anti-Aging Trio rings up to a total of $139. You should know that its estimated retail value is a whopping $157

Customers say: “I have been using the Riversol trio along morning and night for almost one year. I love how it makes my skin feel. The labial lines from my nose to mouth are greatly reduced as are the fine lines around my eyes.

Riversol 15-Day Anti-Aging Sample Kit Review 

If you consider yourself a skincare skeptic, the 15-Day Anti-Aging Sample Kit allows you to try out Riversol products before making any commitments. This bundle includes a variety of professional-grade formulas, such as the Cream Cleanser, the Moisturizing Concentrate, the Reparative Serum, and more. 

While you’re free to try out all of their samples in one go, Riversol does recommend a few select formulas depending on your skin type. For instance, those who have oily skin are invited to give the Gel Cleanser, Anti-Aging serum, and the Daily Moisturizing Cream a whirl.

Formulated with Beta-T and vitamins C and E, the 15-Day Anti-Aging Riversol sample kit is entirely free of charge. 

Customers say: “I love it. It’s so easy to use and made my skin so soft I saw a big difference from whe I started using it and when it ran out.

Riversol 15-Day Redness Control Sample Kit Review 

Say goodbye to that cherry-toned complexion. The 15-Day Redness Control Sample Kit is designed to quell hyperactive skin. Customers are in for a treat, as this set includes the Cream Cleanser, the Anti-Redness Serum, the Lightweight lotion, and more. If you aren’t sure where to start, Riversol offers a helpful guide on what products to use for each skin type.

For the best results, the brand recommends that you apply each product every day. Best paired with the Riversol anti aging cream to clear out those fine lines, add the 15-Day Redness Control Sample Kit to your cart for free

Customers say: “I have very bad rosacea and after two weeks of using this product I did see a bit of improvement in the texture of my skin. redness is getting better and really liked how light the moisturizer was.

Who Is Riversol For? 

Riversol Products Review

If you’re tired of ineffective skincare products, it’s probably because they aren’t personalized towards your needs. More often than not, the cosmetic industry has you pick and choose formulas without any word of education. 

Riversol is different in which they organize their cleansers, exfoliants, and creams by skin type and concern. They also offer an ingredient glossary and a library of resources related to dermatology. That way, buyers can inform themselves before making that crucial purchase. 

Who Shouldn’t Use Riversol

Riversol Products Review

While Riversol products are designed to be gentle and suitable for most skin types, there are certain individuals who may need to avoid using them. These include:

  1. Individuals with allergies or sensitivities: If you have a known allergy or sensitivity to any of the ingredients in Riversol products, it is best to avoid using them.
  2. Individuals with severe acne: If you have severe acne, it is recommended that you consult with a dermatologist before using any new skincare products.
  3. Individuals with certain medical conditions: If you have certain medical conditions, such as eczema or rosacea, it is best to consult with a dermatologist before using Revisol.

As with any new skincare product, it is always a good idea to do a patch test before applying it to your face or body. Apply a small amount of the product to your inner arm and wait 24 hours to see if any allergic reactions or irritation occur.

What Do Experts Think

Riversol Products Review

There are mixed reviews on Riversol products from experts in the skincare industry, as some praise the brand for its use of high-quality, natural ingredients and its effectiveness while others criticize the relatively high price point and limited availability in certain regions.

One study published in the Journal of Cutaneous Medicine and Surgery found that Riversol products containing vitamin C and E effectively improved the appearance of skin tone and texture in a group of study participants. Another study reported that Riversol’s anti-aging serum was effective in reducing the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles.

However, it is important to note that every individual’s skin is unique, and what works for one person may not work for another. It is always a good idea to consult with a dermatologist or skincare expert before starting a new skincare regimen, and to patch test new products to ensure that they are suitable for your skin type.

Alternatives  

Riversol Products Review

Here are three brands with items similar to those featured in this Riversol products review:

  • Dr. Brandt Skincare: Dr. Brandt Skincare is a line of skincare products developed by Dr. Fredric Brandt, a dermatologist who was well-known in the beauty industry before his passing in 2015. The brand’s products are formulated to address a variety of skin concerns, including aging, dullness, uneven texture, and acne.
  • REN Skincare: A line of natural and cruelty-free skincare items with ingredients like rosehip oil, lactic acid, and shea butter.
  • Tula Skincare: A skincare line that prioritizes pre- and probiotics in their ingredients, helping to rebalance skin bacteria and heal stubborn skin.

Riversol Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Riversol Products Review

From anti-aging serums to redness-reducing creams, it seems that Riversol holds the goods when it comes to effective skincare regimens. But, it’s important that I look at some common customer feedback to see if they fall in or out of favor with the public.

In total, over 34k reviews were posted on Riversol’s official website with a full score of 5/5 stars. Let’s take a look at some of the ratings for their top-selling products as of May 2023:

  • Exfoliating Glycolic Peel: 756 reviews with 4.9/5 stars 
  • Anti-Redness Serum: 252 reviews with 4.7/5 stars 
  • Anti-Aging Trio: 6,764 reviews with 4.8/5 stars 
Riversol Products Review

I’ve uncovered hundreds of inspiring before and after cases, in which Riversol was branded as a life-saver in reducing redness, dark spots, acne, and other imperfections. Other customers found their skin clearer, smoother, and healthier after using some of their products. 

I decided to try out the anti-redness serum and I am so glad I did! It has noticeably reduced my redness, bumps, and has evened out my skin tone, and I’m only halfway through the first bottle!! Thank you Riversol! You have given back my confidence,” one customer wrote for the Anti-Redness Serum

The praise for Riversol continues on other websites such as their Facebook page and ChickAdvisor. Here are some ratings as of May 2023:

  • Facebook: 603 votes with 4.6/5 stars
  • ChickAdvisor for the Anti-Aging Reparative Serum: 63 reviews with 3.9/5 stars 
Riversol Products Review

Due to hundreds of success stories, a majority of customers have recommended this brand. Their 15-day sample kits proved to be a winner among the crowd, as it enabled buyers to try out their products first. 

Others found their skin younger and wrinkle-free when using the Anti-Aging Reparative Serum. One ChickAdvisor customer wrote, “I faithfully used the products daily and noticed after day one my skin looked brighter and felt so smooth. And as the days went on it just got better,”

A few independent blogs, such as Luciana Couto, also rated this brand with a thumbs up. This is especially towards the Daily Moisturizing Cream: “I like its consistency. It’s light, as if it’s almost a lotion, and it’s not greasy at all. I can apply it right before my makeup because my skin absorbs it fast.” 

Riversol Products Review

In terms of negative experiences, this Riversol products review uncovered a few while searching through the web. On their company page, some customers reported no improvements after using their formulas. Others detailed side effects, such as dryness and redness. 

“It didn’t work out. I had rashes and burning sensations. I tried it for 3 days and in those 3 days it was terrible. I stopped immediately,” one customer wrote for the 15-day Anti-Aging Sample Kit.

All in all, this Riversol products review stamps a mark of approval for this skincare brand. It’s not just personal opinion—rather the overwhelming amount of positive customer experiences I’ve uncovered online. 

Is Riversol Worth It?

Riversol Products Review

There’s nothing like a good ol’ before and after story when it comes to skincare, and Riversol is full of them. From acne to anti-aging, hundreds of customers are living by this brand’s all-effective regimens. 

Not only do the products provide successful results, but they help induce some confidence for those who are insecure about their zits or imperfections. I don’t know about you, but I needed something like Riversol to help me get through my teenage years. 

It’s widely apparent that Riversol wants to help. Compared to cosmetic brands that often leave customers in the dark, this company is chock full of useful resources such as the ingredients glossary. I wouldn’t have known the effects and benefits of Beta-T until today. 

But, with most skincare companies, there’s usually a caveat. In this case, it’s the price. Riversol products are not very affordable, aside from their sample kits. But, if you’ve tried brand after brand with no avail, this Riversol products review recommends that you check this label out. 

Riversol Promotions & Discounts 

Riversol Products Review

This Riversol products review found out that they have a sale outlet in which select formulas are at a discounted price. 

Riversol also offers a rewards program where members can accumulate points to gain access to exclusive deals. 

In terms of their referral program, the brand will reward buyers with a $20 discount when sharing their affiliate link. 

Aside from their sample kits, I could not find any active discount or coupon codes that readers can use on their website. This Riversol products review recommends following them on their social media pages for any future updates. 

Where To Buy Riversol

Riversol Products Review

Customers can find their products by visiting riversol.com. You can also purchase them on Amazon or at select pharmacies around your area. The brand has an online store locator on their website for a more detailed search. 

FAQ

Riversol Products Review

Where is Riversol made? 

This Riversol products review found out that their products are made in Vancouver, Canada. 

What are the ingredients in Riversol? 

Most Riversol products use a blend of Beta-T, vitamin C, and vitamin E. With that being said, all of their formulas vary in terms of ingredients. I suggest looking at the product description within your given item for further specifics. 

Is Riversol cruelty-free? 

Yep! Riversol states that they are entirely vegan and cruelty-free. 

Does Riversol contain hyaluronic acid? 

As of lately, this Riversol products review found no indication as to whether they use hyaluronic acid in their formulas. 

Is Riversol good for wrinkles? 

Some Riversol products are formulated to reduce the sign of wrinkles. I recommend taking a look at their Anti-Aging Cream as an ideal solution. 

How quickly does Riversol work?

This ultimately depends on how frequently you use Riversol products. On a continuous basis, results may show up in a matter of weeks. 

What is Riversol’s Shipping Policy?

This Riversol products review is happy to report that they offer free shipping on orders that total $69 or more. Fortunately, they provide other delivery options such as priority, express, and international. 

Aside from their sample kits, the brand will issue a tracking number that customers can use to monitor their purchases. 

What is Riversol’s Return Policy?

Riversol offers a 60-day return policy for their products. As of lately, I were unable to determine whether they offer free shipping under this guarantee. 

To initiate this process and receive your refund, get in touch with Riversol’s customer service team for further instructions. 

How to Contact Riversol

For inquiries unrelated to this Riversol products review, you can contact the company through:

  • Phone: 1-866-774-8377
  • Email: [email protected]
  • Using the chat function on their website 
  • Filling out their request form online 
  • Direct messaging them through their Facebook or Instagram page

Looking for more ethical skincare brands? Check out these options below:

Proven

True Botanicals

Timeless

Versed Skincare

NuFACE Skincare

About Annie Cloth 

Annie Cloth Review

Updating your closet to refresh your style can be exciting, but knowing where to buy clothes, shoes, and accessories that are stylish and affordable is another story. Annie Cloth looks to make revitalizing your wardrobe easy by offering a vast selection of fashion at low prices

If a style update has been on your to-do list, this Annie Cloth review will hopefully provide some ideas for new, envy-inducing outfits. 

Annie Cloth is a fashion brand that sells a variety of apparel for men and women. The brand has an incredible selection of pieces for all styles. Their prices are cost-effective, with many products costing under $20, as well as usually accompanied by abundant offers and discounts.

Annie Cloth is a fashion brand based in Hong Kong, specializing in affordable and stylish women’s and men’s clothes, shoes, and accessories. Their goal is to offer clothing that expresses who you are without breaking the bank.  

To achieve this goal, the brand sells products for a range of fashion tastes at price points that are considerably less expensive than more well-known brands. You can also purchase items for all body shapes and sizes, with XS through 5XL sizing available. 

This selection of trendy pieces at low price points has gained the brand a global customer base. They even sell home decor items and pet supply products if you’re looking for a one-stop-shop experience. 

A review conducted on the textile industry has shown that the attention of consumers toward sustainability innovation has increased in recent years.

Annie Cloth’s commitment to sustainability and ethical practices reflects the brand’s effort to meet the growing demand for eco-friendly, socially responsible products.

In today’s market, consumers are increasingly aware of the impact of their purchases on the environment and society, and Annie Cloth’s focus on sustainable materials, eco-friendly packaging, fair labor standards, and social responsibility aligns with these values.

By prioritizing sustainability and ethical practices, Annie Cloth is not only meeting customer demands but also taking responsibility for its impact on the planet and people.

This Annie Cloth review will provide a thorough look at some of the brand’s best sellers, highlighting what makes them great purchases. We’ll also cover customer ratings, an Annie Cloth discount code, and more to help you decide if shopping at the company is worth it. 

Annie Cloth Pros and Cons

Annie Cloth Review

Here are some potential pros and cons of shopping with Annie Cloth:

Pros

  • Affordable pricing: Annie Cloth offers a range of clothing items at relatively low prices compared to other retailers.
  • Wide selection of clothing: The store has a large variety of clothing items including dresses, tops, bottoms, swimwear, and accessories.
  • Free shipping: Annie Cloth offers free shipping worldwide on orders over a certain amount, which can be a significant cost-saver for international customers.
  • Easy to use website: The website is user-friendly and easy to navigate, making it simple to find and purchase items.
  • Size guide: The store provides a size guide to help customers choose the right size for their body measurements, which can reduce the likelihood of returns or exchanges.
  • Good customer service: Many customers report positive experiences with Annie Cloth’s customer service team.

Cons

  • Sizing issues: While the size guide can be helpful, some customers report that clothing sizes can vary from what is listed on the website, leading to sizing issues and the need for returns or exchanges.
  • Quality concerns: Some customers report that the quality of the clothing is not as high as they expected, with issues such as thin or see-through material, loose threads, or sizing inconsistencies.
  • Long shipping times: Because Annie Cloth ships internationally, shipping times can be long, ranging from 15 to 30 business days. This may not be ideal for customers who need their clothing items quickly.
  • Limited return policy: Annie Cloth has a relatively strict return policy, with only 7 days allowed for returns or exchanges, and some items being ineligible for returns.
  • Possible customs fees: International customers may be subject to customs fees or taxes on their purchases, which can increase the overall cost of shopping with Annie Cloth.

Overall, while there are some potential drawbacks to shopping with Annie Cloth, many customers have had positive experiences with the store and appreciate the affordable prices, wide selection of clothing items, and good customer service.

Annie Cloth Sizing Guide

When it comes to sizing, Annie Cloth offers a range of sizes from XS to 5XL. However, it is important to note that their sizing may differ from standard US sizing, so it is recommended to refer to their sizing chart before making a purchase.

To find your size on Annie Cloth, you can measure your body and compare it to their size chart. Here are the steps to follow:

  1. Measure your bust, waist, and hips in inches or centimeters.
  2. Refer to the Annie Cloth size chart to find your corresponding size based on your measurements.
  3. If you are in between sizes, it is recommended to size up for a more comfortable fit.

It is important to note that some customers have reported that Annie Cloth’s sizing can be inconsistent, so it is recommended to read customer reviews and check the measurements of each individual item before making a purchase. Additionally, Annie Cloth offers a 30-day return policy for items that do not fit or meet your expectations.

Annie Cloth Sustainability and Ethical Practices

When it comes to sustainability and ethical practices, Annie Cloth has taken some steps to minimize its impact on the environment and ensure ethical manufacturing practices.

Sustainability

  • Eco-friendly packaging: Annie Cloth uses eco-friendly packaging for its products, including biodegradable poly mailers and recycled cardboard boxes.
  • Sustainable materials: The store uses sustainable materials, such as organic cotton and linen, in some of its clothing items.
  • Sustainable practices: Annie Cloth encourages sustainable practices, such as recycling and reducing waste, among its customers and employees.

Ethical Practices

  • Fair Labor Standards: Annie Cloth claims to ensure fair labor standards are upheld throughout the entire supply chain, from manufacturing to shipping.
  • No Animal Cruelty: The store states that they do not use any materials or products that involve animal cruelty or exploitation.
  • Social Responsibility: Annie Cloth supports various social initiatives such as “donation” program, in which a portion of their profits goes to support charitable organizations and social welfare.

While Annie Cloth has taken some steps towards sustainability and ethical practices, it’s important to note that the store does not have any official certifications or third-party verifications for their sustainability and ethical practices.

However, their website clearly states their intention to be a responsible retailer, and they do offer transparency on their policies and practices, which can be helpful for customers who prioritize these issues.

5 Bestselling Annie Cloth Products

Annie Cloth Sleeveless Denim Floral-Print One-Pieces Jumpsuit Overalls

Add some flowery fun to your closet with this incredibly cute Sleeveless Denim Floral-Print One-Pieces Jumpsuit Overalls

The overalls have long-leg pants with eye-catching white and yellow flowers all over. If you love pockets you’ll absolutely adore this item: the front of the jumpsuit’s top features a large one front and center, while there are pockets in the side and back of the pants. 

The pant legs also roll up at the bottom, and the top has two classic overall fasteners

For those who like colorful pieces, this apparel doesn’t just come in traditional denim blue. Colors available include light blue, deep blue, gray, pink, and khaki

Add these springtime-inspired overalls to your wardrobe for only $36.

Annie Cloth Women Casual Loose Shirt Tops Tunic Blouse

With its flowy, relaxed fit, the Casual Loose Shirt Tops Tunic Blouse can quickly become a main staple of your wardrobe. 

You have the option to wear it as a casual and relaxed piece or dress it up a little more. For example, wear in the day with just jeans and sneakers, and then add some nice jewelry and a great pair of heels to make it the perfect going-out top. 

These Annie Cloth Bohemian tops come in an oversized style and include chic wooden buttons and cuffed sleeves. The material used in the design is a light and breathable linen and cotton blend. 

The $23 blouse is another item that’s perfect for those that like to wear bright and colorful pieces. Colors to choose from include pink, green, sky blue, and purple. More classic and minimalist white and khaki colors are also available. 

Annie Cloth Women Summer Bohemian Style Sexy Floral Printed Maxi Dresses 

The brand’s dresses are known for being casual, comfortable, and stylish. The Annie Cloth Summer Bohemian Style Sexy Floral Printed Maxi Dresses are no exception to this with their free-spirited pattern and fit.  

The dresses are tunic style and have a deep v-neck collar and three-quarter length sleeves. Made from a super-light fabric, it’s ideal for the summer and makes an incredible vacation piece.  

Fun and vibrant colors abound, with rose red, green, blue, sky blue, and khaki making it a difficult choice to pick out just which dress we want to buy. 

Experience true freedom and fashion with these Annie Cloth dresses for $27

Annie Cloth Women Cotton Solid Drawstring Casual Linen Pants

If you’re searching for some stylish and comfortable new summer pants, you have to check out the Cotton Solid Drawstring Casual Linen Pants

These slouchy and relaxed pants have a waist tie and cute cuffed ankles. The main pant fabric is a breathable and light linen and polyester blend, perfect for hot summer days. This apparel would look great with sandals or running shoes and a casual summer top. 

This $20 garment can be ordered in a variety of colors, such as beige, blue, yellow, navy blue, and green, so it’s ready to go with any outfit for the hot summer months. 

Annie Cloth Women Comfy Platform Sandal Shoes

Finding comfortable sandals that don’t rub is a challenge many women have faced. Luckily, the Comfy Platform Sandal Shoes look and feel great at the same time.

This design has an across-the-foot strap with an added big toe strap for extra support. The small amount of material around the toe area is part of what makes these sandals so comfy and minimizes rubbing. The footwear also has a slight platform for added height and softness on your feet when walking.  

These sandals are available in a range of colors, including classic black or taupe, luxurious silver or gold, vibrant yellow or purple, and sassy leopard

Whether these shoes are for vacation, walking around the city, or just relaxing at home, you’ll treat your feet with their luxurious comfort and minimalist style. 

The Comfy Platform Sandal Shoes are available for the low price of $20

Annie Cloth Style Tips

Annie Cloth is an online clothing store that offers a wide variety of clothing styles and accessories. Here are some style tips for shopping with Annie Cloth:

  1. Check the size guide: Before purchasing an item, make sure to check the size guide to ensure that you’re ordering the right size. Annie Cloth provides measurements in both inches and centimeters for each size, so take accurate body measurements and compare them to the size guide to find the best fit.
  2. Consider the fabric: Some items on Annie Cloth’s website may have different fabrics or materials than what is shown in the photos. Check the product description to get a better idea of the fabric and any care instructions. This will help you make an informed decision and ensure that the item will fit your needs and preferences.
  3. Mix and match: Annie Cloth offers a variety of clothing styles, so don’t be afraid to mix and match different pieces to create a unique and personalized look. For example, pair a flowy bohemian top with some high-waisted jeans for a casual yet stylish look.
  4. Accessorize: Annie Cloth also offers a wide range of accessories, including jewelry, hats, bags, and scarves. Adding accessories to your outfit can help elevate your look and make it more polished and put-together.
  5. Read customer reviews: Many of the items on Annie Cloth’s website have customer reviews that can provide helpful insights into the fit, quality, and overall style of the item. Take some time to read through reviews before making a purchase to get a better idea of what to expect.
  6. Don’t be afraid to try something new: Annie Cloth offers a variety of clothing styles, so don’t be afraid to try something new or experiment with different looks. You may discover a new style or trend that you love!

How to Choose High-Quality Fabrics for Elegant and Expensive-Looking Clothing from Annie Cloth

When shopping with Annie Cloth, you may be looking for clothing that looks elegant and expensive, fits well, and is made from high-quality materials. Here are some materials to look for:

  1. Silk: Silk is a luxurious fabric that is soft and drapes beautifully. It has a subtle sheen that can make clothing look elegant and expensive. Silk is also breathable and comfortable to wear, making it a good choice for both formal and casual clothing.
  2. Cashmere: Cashmere is a type of wool that is soft, lightweight, and warm. It has a fine texture and a subtle sheen that can make clothing look elegant and expensive. Cashmere is also durable and long-lasting if cared for properly, making it a good investment for high-quality clothing.
  3. Wool: Wool is a classic fabric that is warm, durable, and versatile. It can be used for a variety of clothing items, from suits and jackets to sweaters and skirts. Wool has a natural sheen and texture that can make clothing look elegant and expensive.
  4. Linen: Linen is a lightweight and breathable fabric that is perfect for warm weather clothing. It has a natural texture that can make clothing look elegant and expensive. Linen can also be dressed up or down, making it a versatile choice for any occasion.
  5. Velvet: Velvet is a luxurious fabric that has a soft, plush texture. It has a subtle sheen that can make clothing look elegant and expensive. Velvet can be used for a variety of clothing items, from dresses and blazers to pants and skirts.

When shopping for clothing with Annie Cloth, be sure to check the fabric content listed in the product description to ensure that you are getting a high-quality material.

By choosing clothing made from these materials, you can achieve an elegant and expensive-looking style that is both timeless and fashionable.

Who is Annie Cloth For?

Annie Cloth is an online clothing store that offers a wide range of clothing items, accessories, and home decor at affordable prices. The store is geared towards women of all ages and body types who are looking for stylish and trendy clothing items that won’t break the bank.

Annie Cloth offers clothing items in a variety of sizes, from small to 5XL, which makes it an inclusive and body-positive brand. The store offers a wide range of clothing styles, from casual to formal, so there is something for everyone.

Annie Cloth’s target market is women who are looking for affordable and trendy clothing options that are on-trend and of good quality. The store appeals to women who are fashion-conscious and like to stay up-to-date with the latest fashion trends without sacrificing their budget.

Overall, Annie Cloth is a great option for women who are looking for stylish clothing items at affordable prices, with a range of sizes and styles to choose from. Whether you’re looking for a casual outfit for running errands or a dress for a special occasion, Annie Cloth offers a variety of options that can fit your style and budget.

Alternatives

If you’re looking for other online clothing stores that offer similar products to Annie Cloth, here are some brand alternatives to consider:

  1. Shein: Shein is a popular online clothing store that offers a wide range of affordable clothing items, including dresses, tops, bottoms, swimwear, and accessories. Like Annie Cloth, Shein offers free shipping and has a user-friendly website.
  2. Romwe: Romwe is another online clothing store that offers trendy and affordable clothing items for women. They offer a wide range of clothing styles, from casual to formal, and have a large selection of accessories and jewelry.
  3. H&M: H&M is a Swedish clothing brand that offers a wide range of affordable clothing items for men, women, and children. They have a focus on sustainable and ethical practices, and offer a range of clothing styles from casual to formal.
  4. Mango: Mango is a Spanish clothing brand that offers a wide range of clothing items for women. They have a focus on high-quality materials and sophisticated designs, and offer a range of clothing styles from casual to formal.

These brands offer a variety of clothing styles, affordable prices, and user-friendly websites, making them good alternatives to Annie Cloth. However, it’s important to note that each brand has its own unique style and approach to sustainability and ethical practices, so it’s worth doing some research to find the one that best fits your needs and values.

Annie Cloth Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Annie Cloth Review

This Annie Cloth review took to the internet to find out what people really think of the brand. We’ll cover customer ratings from their official website, as well as opinions from SiteJabber, Trustpilot, and the Better Business Bureau.

The 9,921 reviews on the company’s website are primarily positive across all product categories, with ratings of 4/5 to 5/5 stars

A customer who was highly satisfied with her All Season Sneakers gave the product 5/5 stars and said it surpassed her expectations: “The product is super! Thanks to the seller for the fast shipment and quality goods… The fabric is very soft, strongly stretches. I recommend!”

Many other Annie Cloth products have similar ratings on the official website, but are unfortunately also lacking in number of reviews:

  • All Season Sneakers: 4.9/5 stars out of 10 reviews
  • Fashion Wild Earrings: 4.8/5 stars out of 17 reviews
  • Women V-Neck Short Sleeve Hollow Polka Dot Summer Dress: 4.8/5 stars out of 32 reviews
  • Casual Cotton Plain Linen Pants: 4.7/5 stars out of 18 reviews

Ratings on the company reviews website SiteJabber were also positive, with Annie Cloth receiving 4.5/5 stars based on 19,433 reviews

The 4,067 Annie Cloth reviews left on Trustpilot are more mixed, with the brand receiving an average rating of 3.3/5 stars

Customers rating the brand positively appreciate the vast selection of clothes, shoes, and accessories available and the highly affordable prices. The good quality of the products and quick delivery times are also praised. 

One Sitejabber reviewer gives the brand 5/5 stars and says, “This is a fantastic clothing website with the best customer service I have come across. Great variety, good prices … reasonable shipping costs. … Efficient website and excellent customer service.”

Annie Cloth’s Better Business Bureau reviews are much more negative. The brand scores just 1.02/5 stars based on 172 customer reviews

Those rating the brand negatively mention the cheap price and the resulting poor quality of the products, receiving incorrect sizes, and the items not appearing as they look in the pictures. Bad customer service experiences and delivery delays were an issue too.  

One unhappy Trustpilot reviewer sums up this ‘too good to be true’ sentiment: “The price was really great, however, I guess you get what you pay for. The quality of the items was lower than the bulk items you can purchase from the local box store.”

Having looked at reviews, it seems as though quality and customer service are definitely an issue. Adding in the difficulty of making returns and some issues with even receiving the order, this leads many past customers to warn against purchasing from the brand, despite all the apparent good ratings.  

Is Annie Cloth Worth It?

Annie Cloth Review

So what’s the verdict, is Annie Cloth legit? 

Despite some reviewers saying they didn’t receive their order, it is a legitimate company, and most customers do end up receiving their items. 

The clothing gets made in China and ships from there as well, with many reviews saying the clothes and accessories are mass-produced with low-quality materials. 

You can also often find items sold by Annie Cloth on other fast-fashion websites, so these items are not unique. 

If you want an inexpensive way to update your closet, then it’s worth taking a look at Annie Cloth for their staggering variety of apparel. 

Annie Cloth Promotions & Discounts 

Annie Cloth Review

This Annie Cloth review gathered all the best promotions and discounts that are currently running.  

Signing up for the brand’s newsletter will get you access to an Annie Cloth coupon code for 10% off

You can save on linen and cotton styles, lingerie and sleepwear, and fashion jewelry by buying multiple items. The purchase of three items of the same category (Ex. lingerie and sleepwear) will get you 50% off the third item

Buying six items will get you 99% of the sixth item. There is also a “Buy three,  save 30%” sale on select items. 

Annie Cloth also has daily flash sales, with items discounted 21%. An Annie Cloth clearance sale is currently running too. 

Where to Buy Annie Cloth

Annie Cloth Review

If this Annie Cloth review has encouraged you to shop at the brand, you can purchase on their website at anniecloth.com. Orders placed on the website can be shipped worldwide.  

A limited selection of items is available on Amazon, but there is no dedicated Annie Cloth Amazon store page. 

FAQ

Annie Cloth Review

What is Annie Cloth?

Annie Cloth is a highly affordable women’s and men’s clothing brand. The company sells various clothing items and accessories, including tops, pants, shoes, lingerie, and jewelry. A range of styles and designs are available for all fashion tastes. 

Where is Annie Cloth located?

Despite appearing to be a US-based company, Annie Cloth lists their headquarter location as Kowloon, Hong Kong. The brand sends orders to customers across the globe and ships from China. 

What sizes does Annie Cloth have? 

Annie Cloth makes clothing for all body types. Women’s and men’s clothes are sized XS through 5XL

Women’s shoe sizes available are US 4.5 through US 11 (European size 35 through 43.) Men’s shoe sizes available are US 6.5 through US 11 (European size 39 through 45.) 

You’ll need to check each item to see what sizes are available because some apparel is not available in every size. 

How long does Annie Cloth take to ship?  

Annie Cloth offers worldwide shipping on all orders. Exact shipping costs and delivery time will depend on the weight of your order and your location. 

The brand states that delivery using their standard shipping option can take 20 to 30 business days and costs $11+. Free shipping is available on orders over $109

If items in your order are marked “final sale” or “presale” they will not count towards the $109.   

The brand states that customs fees do not occur for many orders, but this is dependent on where the package is being shipped to. 

You can access Annie Cloth tracking information by following these simple steps: 

  1. Click “Tracking Order” found in the footer of anniecloth.com
  2. Click “Logistics Tracking” on the order you want to track 

You’ll then be able to see if the order has shipped and where the parcel currently is. 

What is the Annie Cloth Return Policy?

This Annie Cloth review found that you can return the brand’s purchases within 15 days of the delivery date. You cannot return the following items, 

  • Jewelry and accessories
  • Lingerie
  • Swimwear

Items must be unworn, undamaged, and in their original packaging. 

To initiate a return, follow these steps:

  1. Click “Tracking Order” found at the bottom of the Annie Cloth website
  2. Enter the order number and your email address
  3. Find the order you want to return and click the “Return” button 

You should then receive an email with a return shipping label. 

Any shipping fees incurred are the responsibility of the customer. Items sent back without notifying Annie Cloth will not be refunded. 

How to Contact Annie Cloth

If you have questions for the brand after reading this Annie Cloth review, you can contact them via email at [email protected]

You also have the option to fill out a contact form or use their live chat feature, both available on their official website.


Need some more high-quality staples for your everyday wardrobe? Here are a few other brands to consider:

Andrew Marc

For Days

Outerknown

Oak and Fort

Outdoor Voices